Category: Leading Article

  • Photograph by Nathaniel St. Clair

    There is something of a loose, informal social contract inherent to a successful human society, and that is the condition of reciprocal empathy. When one experiences misfortune, others in a healthy society care and assist, despite there being no contractual obligation. Others care when catastrophe falls upon their neighbors. It’s basic empathy, not a complicated interaction. Yet we have been immersed in a society that simply wants us to feel empathy in one direction, and that is towards those who have ample resources and power but, for whatever reason, have hit a bump in their golden paved road. The empathy our power structures want us to feel is not the kind that extends downward; the narrative is that we should only feel a concern for the already powerful when they face misfortune.

    An example of this would be the recent magnification of the loss of housing for individuals like actor James Woods (well, I say “actor” but who knew he was playing himself in Casino?). He has been appearing on all the major “news”–(again, the quotes) channels, weeping and wailing over the loss of his mansion. I ask you this—have any of you ever seen an interview on such media from the homeless who have had every single one of their possessions taken, not by wildfire, but by police sweeps—sweeps often conducted to remove the unsightliness of poverty prior to big game events and concerts and such? I’m guessing no. They wouldn’t even want the homeless in their studio. But of these groups –who is more likely to be able to build back their possessions? I am guessing James Woods is not sleeping below an overpass without a sleeping bag or tent at this time.

    The lack of empathy is, of course, what brings people to these dire straits in the first place. As I often say, it’s a feature, not a bug, in late-day capitalism that instead of the carrot dangling like it did in the 50’s (a home, a boat maybe, money to send the kids to college), we are firmly in stick territory. If you do not participate successfully in this parasitic economy, you may end up without any safety net at all in your life. Never mind that we have ample resources to deal with any and all of these problems (for example, Elon Musk’s net worth is 416 billion and the estimated current cost of the LA wildfires from an Accuweather calculation is at 135-150 billion). Can you wrap your head around that? One man, a weird man, has enough money to take care of this problem and still have a majority of his wealth left over. How can things not be completely wrecked in such a scenario? Yet said man spends so much time demonizing those who have nothing to their names by saying things like “in most cases, the word ‘homeless’ is a lie, it’s usually a propaganda word for violent drug addicts with severe mental illness”. Now, that quote I would use maybe for James Woods now that he is mansion-less, but all those other souls out there that Musk was referring to—not so much. Again, can you imagine having all that wealth and power and you use it……to denigrate people so down on their luck that they don’t even have a roof over their heads or a way to get one? It’s a massive tell that Musk has some sort of internal rot in need of healing. He seems to want love so badly, to the point that it is painful to witness, but avoids all the obvious ways that it could truly come his way (mainly extending out kindness and empathy, not being a part of the overall problem that makes worldwide misery index soar). Of course, it’s not ideal to rely on billionaire largesse, but he truly could have more love than he would know what to do with and could try to fill that internal void if he made any attempt at just being kind. It’s as simple as that.

    Look at MacKenzie Scott—she is genuinely cared about by an enormous number of appreciative individuals. It’s not normal to amass that much wealth, but the real evidence of decency is what you do with that wealth if it finds you. Musk chooses to shit-tweet about the homeless; Scott is handing out no-strings-attached grants to make the world better. This is speaking to individual-level behavior, of course. The answer is not to have a society that allows for such disparity, but her behavior is a path of attempted decency, his—not so much.

    It’s in this setting that it has become completely acceptable that the concern is for the oppressors of the world, but almost never for the oppressed. The situation in Palestine exemplifies that. You can have people fighting to stay alive and to keep their land and it is labeled terrorism. They get no sympathy, but those colonizing and taking it—well, they get all the sympathy should they have that push-back. Americans with the comfort of time seem to understand Little Big Horn, but in the current era can’t see similarities where they exist, mainly because of the spoon-fed narratives of the media—even in the setting of real-time documentation. Up becomes down, sideways becomes straight, so many words lose their meaning. The disproportionate (by that I mean genocide) response is considered normal, but the act of fighting the powers that be is not. It’s never considered to look back at root causes and to rectify inhumane living conditions—it’s just accepted that the powerless are to die off and the powerful need to continue enriching themselves.

    It’s like the homeless having their possessions taken along with their make-shift shelters…..instead of seeking humane answers, we criminalize homelessness. We ensure that housing markets are unaffordable by allowing entities like Blackrock to buy up massive amounts of real estate. We limit the possibilities available to claw out of terrible situations and then bemoan the fact that said individuals become unable to participate in what we consider normal society.

    Yet, with all of this going on, we allow James Woods and Mel Gibson to whine on television. Ghouls like Laura Ingraham, whose own brother disavows her lack of empathy, amplify their stories. The empathy is to flow upward, never down, much in contrast to the Jesus fellow they all seem to love to align themselves with.

    Unless industrialized late-stage capitalism has factories producing needles with camel-sized passage possible, they are screwed if any of that dogma is true.

    But I’m not here to Christian-shame—I think we know (and even they know) that they use the label as a shield. Also, I don’t believe in the supernatural of it–that book of theirs is at odds with itself. But I do think that we aren’t here to continue to punch down and use our empathy for those least in need of it, those who definitely exhibit no reciprocity. I’m not going to be shaming those who would make jokes if it makes them feel better to say, “Well, James Woods, maybe you did need a ceasefire.”–do what heals you; he’s going to be fine.

    I do think of something I heard once from (okay, keep with me—I’m not going completely woo on you, but I do like to listen to accounts from those who have had near-death experiences; it fascinates me). But anyway, one of those accounts came from a man who came back and said he was told “it’s not a courtroom, it’s a classroom” in regard to his questions about following religious dogma. His entire worldview was changed and opened up post “death” to levels of love and understanding beyond the standard guidelines of individual religions. So let us look at that statement, and for me, for some reason it resonates like no other. In that one sentence, it offers more than atheistic materialism or the rule-based religions of the world. If this is a classroom, what are we learning—how are we trying to do better? Look at a MacKenzie Scott and an Elon Musk for two different paths to take.

    There is one thing that I am sure of and that is the fact that we need to normalize the empathy we are capable of and the actions that can stem from actually caring about others. For far too long we have normalized vapid self-infatuation and we hold individuals like Musk up as an example of success, not a cautionary tale. Those with wealth need to come down and join the rest of us in decent human society. You can’t continue to use your damaged soul as the springboard for the philosophies you choose to embrace. It’s as if some use it as the starting point. Gee, I’m rich, healthy, and good-looking (or at least with the money, I was able to make myself look good)……where can I shop around and find something that allows me to continue feeling awesome about that with absolutely no responsibility to others? I know, maybe Ayn Rand or similar rubbish. This is not the way. This is not learning in the classroom of life– this is being the bully, the asshole with no hint of self-awareness. And I’m fairly certain that is not why we are here.

    The post The Empathy Inequality Index appeared first on CounterPunch.org.

    This post was originally published on CounterPunch.org.

  • Photograph Source: Office of Congressman Mike Johnson – Public Domain

    Beyond the massive trust deficit of the dominant political duopoly in America, many thought Trump 1.0 was an aberration. Then, the election of Trump 2.0 was a confirmation that Trump 1.0 was not a fluke and is now a coronation.

    Yet many people in America are actually hoping he can really effect positive change and break this duopoly stranglehold without breaking America in the process.

    What’s possible with Trump 2.0?

    As pie in the sky as it might seem or appear (and chances that admittedly approach zero), the incoming Trump 2.0 Administration does have a golden opportunity to reform the federal government, the administrative state, the ‘deep state’ and truly re-make democracy in America for, of and by the People — without dismantling or demolishing it in the process.

    Yet what will more likely happen than not?

    While recognizing and realizing a plurality of voting Americans did cast their lot with Trump, I am afraid Trump and company will just gild the lily, consolidate oligarchy, and just screw up America even more for sport, revenge and maximum grift and corruption — for the decided benefit of the rarified very few —whether the rest of America wants it or not.

    They will simply replace the heart of the Republic with an unleashed, massively hyper-normalized corruption racket using the levers of government to push the peddle of raw, abusive power all the way down and in the process accelerate the demise of American democracy hurtling hellbent toward autokleptocracy with little or no constraint.

    This dismantling of democracy by blowing it up from within will no doubt take place with great applause — leaving the rest of America in the rear view mirror and too many more people ending up in the ditches and in the dust.

    At a minimum chaos will ensue, disorder will reign and America may just have an event horizon meeting with history’s reckoning. But am quite sure for many the prospect of just watching it all unfold will provide maximum entertainment and daily drama — until it doesn’t.

    Smashing and deconstructing the village of American democracy from within only creates the conditions for collapse instead of a re-birth and reconditioning of the village after clearing out the debris, waste, fraud and abuse — unless the intent is to sell the village out and sell off what’s left — leaving a ghost town of grift and gain with a new sheriff in town packing his power and enforcement ‘peacekeepers’ strutting around like a performative peacock entertaining their flock in a hyper inflated memeTV unreality show.

    But going back to re-generating a real democracy is probably just too hard. Trump decidedly did NOT run for democracy, nor did he take a stand for democracy or even fight for real democracy for the everyday working American.

    He ran on himself, for himself and by himself and his worldview and democracy is in the way of his brand and stamp of federal autocracy through oligarchical consolidation and control that he wants to impose on America.

    He’ll just recast the American Empire in his own image while keeping most of what doesn’t make America all that great!

    It is probably a bit too early to prognosticate, but perhaps the return of a New America post-Trump — after the central gov’t is captured and co-opted — hinges on and relies upon the states and the people coming out of the morass and hot mess of America increasingly getting by in name only.

    What a country!

    Meanwhile one can still at least rage against The Machine — even when it transforms into The Terminator and turns its targeting on democracy as the enemy within.

    And the scourge of oligarchy will no doubt increasingly bend government to its will by exercising control in their own interests and especially for corrupt and selfish purposes.

    The post Pre-Inauguration Perceptions on Eve of Trump 2.0 appeared first on CounterPunch.org.

    This post was originally published on CounterPunch.org.

  • Mount Hood through a skein of smoke from wildfires near Portland. Photo: Jeffrey St. Clair.

    Sometime in the 1980’s, as a young college dropout living somewhere in the Boston area, and spending a lot of time hanging around the hub of activity of all sorts that was Harvard Square in Cambridge, Massachusetts, one day I got word that Pete Seeger was going to be speaking at a class.  Back then you didn’t need an ID card to enter a building, you could just walk in.  Maybe the public were welcome to that class, I don’t remember, but it was just me and a couple dozen students, in any case.

    I think Pete might have played a song or two, but all I remember was the story he told.  Maybe I remember the story in particular because he cried a bit in the course of telling it.

    It was a fictional story, about how some scientist had discovered that by mixing together several commonly-found, easily-available compounds of the sort you might use to clean your bathroom floor, you could create a powerful bomb.

    There were efforts to suppress the information but eventually word got out, and humanity braced for impact.  In Pete’s tale, what happened next was both sides of the civil war in Peru that was then very violently ongoing used the new bomb recipe, to apocalyptic effect.

    The whole country was just destroyed, with a staggering death toll.  Watching the millions of refugees streaming out of their ruined land, in Pete’s tale the rest of the world came together and made a plan to prevent this kind of thing from happening anywhere else.

    Realizing that if any disgruntled person could so easily just make a bomb that would destroy the neighborhood, the only way forward was radical equality and empathy, with societies focused on taking care of each other, and making sure no one wanted to blow up the neighborhood.

    For days now I’ve been glued to the news even more than usual, watching these hurricane-strength winds blow flames all over the Los Angeles area, with thousands of homes destroyed already, and so many people, including friends of mine, waiting to find out what will become of theirs.

    As I hear the horror stories from a burning megalopolis, I’m reminded of Pete’s little parable, in so many ways.

    Of course, it’s the combination of the parched Earth, steep hillsides, and fast winds, all in an urban setting, that make the LA area so susceptible to fire, along with poor infrastructure and other factors.  But most of the fires start out with either some kind of accident, like a cigarette butt, or a chain dragging behind a car, or with arson.

    At a juncture like this, especially, every individual has the power to blow up the neighborhood, essentially, either by accident or on purpose, with no particular effort at all.

    Not only does everyone have the power to burn down the neighborhood with a cigarette, but every individual’s home or business is completely interdependent on everyone else’s homes and businesses, in terms of how their properties are prepared for fire.  It’s no good if just some of the homes in a neighborhood are well-designed for fire.  They all need to be, in order for the fire not to have a foothold to spread from.

    At times when there isn’t such a crisis going on, I hear frequent news reports about the difficulties they have up and down the west coast trying to retain sufficient numbers of firefighters.  The firefighters are chronically underpaid — pay that never nearly keeps up with the ever-worsening housing crisis — and the departments are chronically understaffed, as a general rule.

    LA completely embodies the concept of the endless American suburb, where people have historically gone to buy their little patch of paradise, or their big patch of paradise, depending on how wealthy they may be.  But now paradise has burned, again.  And whether you’re one of the estimated 70,000 people in Los Angeles County living on the streets (some of whom may be staying warm in the winter with propane heaters in their tents), or a movie star in a mansion with a nice, safe, fireplace, we’re all equal under the Santa Anna winds, just as prone to the errant cigarette butt as everyone else, just as strong as the weakest link in the chain.

    As terrible as the ongoing burning of LA continues to be, if we don’t radically change course as a society, the future is absolutely guaranteed to be astronomically worse.

    If we continue to follow our current path here in the USA, which can mainly be characterized as what they call the “free market,” then after the fires in LA, just like after the fires in Santa Rosa, Paradise, Talent, Phoenix, Detroit (Oregon), and so many other cities and towns, what comes next is fire insurance becomes either far more expensive or unavailable, while the cost of buying or renting continues to increase far beyond most anyone’s earnings do, forcing people to move further and further away from urban centers, into more fire-prone rural areas.

    Here in Portland, Oregon, so far away from Los Angeles, we can be sure that the housing crisis will continue to worsen, as we welcome our friends who will be moving here from LA.  Anyone from Portland can tell you that that’s going to happen, because most of the people that most of us know around here these days are from southern California.  I would also have moved here if I were from southern California, I understand completely, and hasten to add I certainly don’t harbor the least bit of ill will towards people from California, Mexico, China, or anywhere else.

    But as soon as someone who does blame people from California or Mexico for the rising cost of housing around here — and someone will — then they will be playing the game of the land-owning banks and hedge funds anyone who rents or bought a house in the past two decades or so is probably deeply beholden to right now.

    Yes, what comes next along with the rising cost of housing and more migrants from LA and wherever else will be more of the blame game accelerating.  Some will blame the migrants for the rising costs — deport them!  Others will blame the racists for attacking the migrants.

    No one will blame the corporations doubling and tripling our rents.  The algorithms won’t promote that sort of thing, and the FBI doesn’t want to promote it, either, and neither does the corporate media.

    That’s what’s coming — more of the same repercussions from the fires, along with more fires.  At least, that’s what’s coming if we continue along the route of housing as an investment market for people to do whatever they want with.

    It could all be radically different, but then we’d have to first collectively acknowledge that there’s such a thing as society, and that we need to live in a country that makes policies accordingly.  And then we’d need to build a social movement powerful enough to force the political class to implement those policies, starting with things like real rent control, and a real plan for adapting to climate change, and to implement the other sorts of policies one can commonly find in so many other, more functional countries where there is a widespread belief in the existence of society.

    Where it’s not just talk about everyone having an “equal shot,” as our outgoing president loves to say, but having actual equality — the kind of equality that is not just morally right, but that our future absolutely depends on.

    The post The Coming Fires appeared first on CounterPunch.org.

    This post was originally published on CounterPunch.org.

  • Image by Nick Roney.

    “LA is vast. It is a city and a county. It is a global place, a Pacific Rim space, a “Third World” metropolis. It has all the contradictions of the world and all the world is condensed in it. The homes of rich, poor, middle class, Black, white, Asian, Latino have burned. Fire is coming for all of us.” – Viet Thanh Nguyen

    As I sit at my desk to write, the light shining through my office window is a distinct orange, and the sky outside is a murky, polluted shade of brown. The air quality is horrendous, and my eyes are dry and itchy. My throat is sore. Two major fires are still raging out of control in Los Angeles, the city I love, with little to no containment. Another has just erupted in Woodland Hills. Fortunately, we’re in a safe zone away from the infernos. Many more are not so lucky.

    Scrolling through the latest fire updates on social media, I quickly read commenters who are cheering on the flames as if they’ve been ignited to smoke out the wealthy elites from their mansions. They seem gleeful. A few conspiracists I come across believe this is all a planned land grab (by whom I’m unsure), while others spread lies that the shadowy Deep State, the ones behind weather-altering chemtrails, is somehow responsible. 

    I gather that most of these folks don’t live in Los Angeles (or the real world?), and I’m sure very few could point out the location of Eagle Rock on a map. Yet, here they are, experts on fire ecology and the history of Los Angeles.

    I see, as per usual during a big L.A. fire, that a few are passing around Mike Davis’s fantastic essay, “The Case for Letting Malibu Burn,” not because of Davis’s thesis that the poor, by capitalist design, suffer most during a natural disaster but because they seem to believe he was some kind of schadenfreude. It’s all a disservice to his legacy and a twisted misreading of Davis’s important work.

    A fervent critic of the conditions that lead to inequality, Mike Davis was not one to celebrate misery. He would have had nothing but empathy for those impacted by these flames (okay, maybe not James Wood). As I think about Mike, his daughter Róisín messages me. Her childhood home and school have burned to the ground.

    Another friend posts a short video of a smoldering foundation, remnants of his garage/art studio. He’s lost everything, years of work. His family was lucky to escape. A GoFundMe pops up; a friend of a friend needs help. The place they rent is gone.

    I do get it, though. Many people do not empathize with Los Angeles or those who live here, even though L.A. is one of the country’s most culturally significant, diverse, and fascinating cities. It’s almost a natural reaction to hate this place. The city has been relentlessly portrayed in the media, magazines, film, and television as vapid – a bastion of rich, self-obsessed Hollywood liberals, freeways, and smog. It’s an easy city to despise if you are afraid of what you do not know, and no single person knows everything about Los Angeles.

    L.A. is endlessly complicated, and the reality of what’s behind these fires, which will forever reshape the city’s battered landscape and our charred souls, is no different.

    The totality of the destruction of these flames is impossible to comprehend right now. They’ve destroyed museums, schools, mobile home parks, senior centers, stores, restaurants, encampments, apartment buildings, fire stations, countless homes, and many historical and cultural landmarks. It’s nearly impossible to keep track of what’s gone.  Hundreds of thousands of people have been displaced. The historic Black community of Altadena has been decimated. People have died, animals have suffocated, and families across the economic spectrum have lost everything.

    Yes, Mike Davis and others predicted much of this, but never at this scale or this ferocity. Like much of the West, Southern California has long been shaped by wildfires. We know the extent of these disasters could have been mitigated had the city instituted stricter building codes decades ago, restricting the development of homes in the more fire-prone areas of Topanga, Malibu canyons, and the foothills of the San Gabriels. And yes, as Mike Davis rightly pointed out, native California plants adapted to the region’s wildfire were replaced by invasive grasses brought by European settlers looking to “green” the browning landscape, only to increase fire risk. These fires, in part, are colonial blowback.

    Of course, this is essential to understanding what’s happening now, but it doesn’t explain everything. It is, in part, an oversimplification.

    What caused these flames is still unknown. Arson is suspected, and there are worries that downed powerlines initiated the first spark, more casualties of California’s faltering electric grid. What is known, however, is that these fires, Eaton and Palisades, are the worst the city has witnessed in terms of size and damage. We also know that the prime culprit, which mainstream media almost universally refuses to address, is our rapidly warming climate.

    Los Angeles has not had significant rainfall in over eight months, and the plants and soil are excruciatingly dry and ripe to burn. This is all part of a turbulent pattern that none of us can escape. Four of the driest ten years since the city began keeping tabs in 1877 have occurred in the last decade. The summer of 2024 was the hottest ever; eight of the warmest summers on record have happened since 2014. We live amidst the most radical climate upheaval in human history, full of fury and unpredictability.

    The fire season in Los Angeles typically ends in November. When the warm Santa Ana winds kick up at this time of year, as they do, they don’t usually cause much fuss, as we’ve traditionally had enough rain to temper the risks that go along with them. This year, however, dry, hurricane-level Santa Anas blowing in from the Great Basin were the strongest we’ve experienced in over a decade, exceeding 100 mph. Of course, fire loves wind, and wind spreads fire. While these winds may not be linked directly to climate change (there is some debate), they are now occurring well into the winter, prolonging and intensifying Southern California’s already worsening fire seasons.

    To say these flames are unprecedented in the modern era would be an understatement. Alone, the Eaton fire is the worst Los Angeles has ever experienced; combined with the fire in the Palisades, it is all unfathomable. Over 5,000 structures have burned in the Palisades alone. The number of homes destroyed in Altadena and Pasadena remains unknown, but 8,000 are still at risk. Combined, these fires are the most costly in U.S. history.

    One thing is for sure: L.A. was utterly unprepared for the mayhem, and Mayor Karen Bass, with her cutting over $17 million from the Fire Dept. budget, must absorb some blame. But the saga is much larger than Bass’s ugly missteps. Like so many cities across the country, Los Angeles was not ready for this singular climate calamity (water running out?), of which we know many more are to come. Will lessons be learned, or will mistakes be repeated? My money is on the latter.

    Once the ashes cool, the smoke recedes, and the sun shines, Los Angeles will again look to rebuild what has been lost, as has followed many other disasters of its past. I fear there will be little debate, and when these fires strike again, internet trolls will contend that L.A. deserves its fate while failing to expose the fossil fuel cartel for fanning the flames. I understand it’s easier to blame Angelenos than face the truth that our world is forever changing, but please, for the sake of this fire’s victims (and my social media feed), leave the collective punishment rationale to those committing genocide in Gaza.

    The post Burn, Hollywood, Burn? appeared first on CounterPunch.org.

    This post was originally published on CounterPunch.org.

  • Pacific Palisades fire from a flight leaving LAX. (Screengrab from video posted to X.)

    There’s nothing so terrifying as a nightmare come to life. The Santa Ana winds have haunted the dreams of southern Angelinos for decades. Like the Chinooks of the Rockies and the Mistrals of the Rhone Valley, these winds play on the mind. They tell you they’re coming for you. They whisper the dangers they bring with them. Van Gogh believed the mistral inflamed his madness. Another kind of madness seems to be inflicting LA, the madness of boundless consumption.

    Some listen to the warnings of the wind. Some don’t. Those who listen are driven mad by those who don’t. In the chaparrals of southern California, the warning of the Santa Anas has always been: fire. Fires that race down hillsides and canyons faster than any Tesla can drive. Fires that leap roads, highways, malls. Fires that ride on the wind. 

    This is not new. The Santa Ana winds come with the territory–that territory being the desert basins behind the coastal mountains and canyons. They are katabatic winds that rush downhill, dry and fierce, as they pour through the Cajon, San Gorgonio, and Soledad passes. Geography makes them. Climate change and a rapacious real estate industry that has remained deaf to their message have turned them into killers.

    Historically, the Santa Anas (ponder the resonance of that name in our time of mass xenophobia) are autumn winds, warm winds that carry the dust of the Mojave. Now, Santa Anas can erupt any time of year. That’s climate change, for you. Yet a threat that is omnipresent often seems somehow less ominous, making it more likely to catch you off guard.

    Even so, LA wasn’t entirely taken by surprise this week. They had two days to get ready. The Santa Anas create the conditions for catastrophic fires on their own. They are fire-making weather events that dry out already parched landscapes, lowering the humidity and raising the temperature as they blow through. 

    On November 13, 50-mile-per-hour Santa Ana winds whipped up a bonfire started by college students into an inferno that spread across neighborhoods in Montecito and Santa Barbara. The Tea Fire burned for three days, destroying 210 homes. Then-Governor Arnold Schwarzenegger described the charred landscape as “looking like Hell.”

    The next day, the still-roaring winds, gusting to 80—mph, supercharged a fire in the Santa Clarita Valley that ravaged the town of Sylmar. The Sayre fire burned for a week and destroyed more than 600 buildings, including 480 mobile homes.

    We don’t know how this week’s fires originated—cigarette, campfire, truck spark, downed power line, or arson. But the Hollywood Hills, Santa Monica, and San Gabriel Mountains were already primed to burn. Chapparal is born in fire and thrives in it. In their natural state, the chappal landscapes of southern California experience low-intensity fires once every 20 to 50 years. 

    After a couple of relatively wet years, the southern California coast has now flipped back into drought conditions. It hasn’t experienced any measurable rainfall in eight months. Climate change has made southern California drier, increasing the frequency and intensity of the region’s natural fire regime. Even fully functioning fire hydrants will never replace the amount of moisture climate change has stolen from the ecosystem. 

    They talk about the “urban-wildland” interface. In So Cal, that interface is under relentless siege as new luxury homes, condos, and “mixed-use” buildings creep inexorably up the hillsides and canyons, undeterred by the rugged geography, faultlines, or flammability. The boundaries between the natural and the manufactured have been shredded, both on the ground and in the atmosphere. The buffer zones are gone and now nothing is standing between you and the wind.

    Yes, you were warned. But no number of red flags could really fortify you for what was coming; no amount of preparation at this late stage could save you from hundred-mile-per-hour winds from a hurricane of fire.

    Even palaces burn.

    Pacific Palisades fire. (Screengrab from video posted to X.)

    +++

    + You don’t have to be versed in Mike Davis’s The Ecology of Fear to understand that the people who always pay the heaviest price for these kinds of cataclysms in So. Cal–even in elite zip codes like Pac Palisades–aren’t Hollywood moguls or hedge funders, but LA’s mostly brown working poor…

    + In 2019, Eric Garcetti, then the mayor of Los Angeles, told David Wallace-Wells: “There’s no number of helicopters or trucks that we can buy, no number of firefighters that we can have, no amount of brush that we can clear that will stop this. The only thing that will stop this is when the Earth, probably long after we’re gone, relaxes into a more predictable weather state.”

    + An initial estimate from AccuWeather Inc. puts the total cost of the LA fires at between $52 billion and $57 billion, making it the most expensive fire event in history.

    + In July, State Farm, one of the biggest insurers in California, canceled 1600 homeowner policies in Pacific Palisades. A year earlier, the same insurance company had dropped more than 2,000 policies in the nearby neighborhoods of  Brentwood, Calabasas, Hidden Hills, and Monte Nido, all of which have now been ravaged by devastating wildfires. But the big insurers who have canceled policies for homeowners and businesses in climate-vulnerable states continue to insure the fossil fuel industries that make people’s homes uninsurable.

    + 19 of the 20 largest fires in California history have ignited since 2000…

    + Environmental historian Stephen J. Pyne, author of Fire in America: “If we keep fighting a war with fire, three things are going to happen. We’re going to spend a lot of money, we’re going to take a lot of casualties, and we’re going to lose.”

    + Mike Davis: ‘The loss of more than 90 percent of Southern California’s agricultural buffer zone is the principal if seldom mentioned reason wildfires increasingly incinerate such spectacular swathes of luxury real estate.’

    + When there’s a mass shooting, the response from MAGA is “thoughts and prayers.” When there’s a climate-driven cataclysm, the response is: “Drill, baby, drill, rake, baby, rake, and log, baby, log.”

    The LA fires will be used as Trump’s Reichstag fire against environmental regulations.

    + He’s deliriously wrong about everything in this post, except for the incompetence of Gavin Newsome, a preening servant of the real estate and energy industries.

    + President Empathy struts his stuff one more time…

    + If Biden keeps this up, he may be destined to end his presidency less popular than Trump was after Jan. 6, 2021.

    + Final presidential approval ratings…

    Clinton: 66%
    Reagan: 63%
    Ike 59%
    Obama 59%
    George HW Bush: 56%
    Ford: 53%
    LBJ: 49%
    JFK: 48%
    Biden: 39%
    Trump: 34%
    George W. Bush: 34%
    Carter: 34
    Truman: 32%
    Nixon: 24%

    + Norman Maclean, Young Men and Fire: “In this story of the outside world and the inside world with a fire between, the outside world of little screwups recedes now for a few hours to be taken over by the inside world of blowups, this time by a colossal blowup but shaped by little screwups that fitted together tighter and tighter until all became one and the same thing–the fateful blowup.”

    Mountain lion cub fleeing LA fires. (Screengrab from video posted to X.)

    +++

    + From the Breaking News That Will Surprise No One Wire: Several MAGA fans who flew to Greenland to try and start an American colony they intend to call “Trumpland” have been detained at the airport for being sex offenders.

    + In 2000, the global warming trend predicted the world would hit 1.5C warming in 2041. It happened in 2024.

    + According to a new study by Aurora Energy Research, rescinding the Inflation Reduction Act’s technology-neutral clean energy tax credits could increase Americans’ electricity bills by 10%. Some states, like Texas, could see increases of more than 20%.

    + Last year, the European Union imported more Russian LNG than ever.

    + The Federal Trade Commission announced that crude oil producers XCL Resources Holdings, LLC (XCL), Verdun Oil Company II LLC (Verdun), and EP Energy LLC (EP) will pay a record $5.6 million civil penalty for illegal coordination that led to a crude oil supply shortage. Before merging, the crude oil companies started working together, limiting the oil supply when the US faced shortages and inflated prices.

    + From Shalya Love’s intriguing piece in the New Yorker, “Do Insects Feel Pain?”: “Insects make up about forty percent of all living species. An estimated trillion insects are farmed per year; quadrillions are killed by pesticides, and many species have gone extinct as humans have cleared habitats for farms, factories, and cities.”

    + As more green power plants have gone online, German gas imports dropped by 11% in 2024.

    + After the first week of congestion pricing in NYC, the commute times into Manhattan were cut in half….

    + A study on the effects of hunting on wolf packs in Denali, Grand Teton, Voyageurs, Yellowstone national parks, and the Yukon-Charley Rivers National Preserve showed that human-caused mortality had a detrimental effect on a pack’s survival, with a pack being 73% more likely to dissolve if a pack leader was killed by humans than if they had died of natural causes.

    + There are an estimated three million sunken vessels in the ocean, over 8,500 of which are classified as ‘potentially polluting wrecks’.

    + With his characteristically impeccable timing, Trump chose the day of the outbreak of the California wildfires to inveigh against environmental regulations, the plot to eliminate gas “heaters,” and call for more oil drilling and the seizure of Greenland and the Panama Canal.

    + Trump: “A gas heater is much less expensive, the heat is much better, it’s a much better heat. As the expression goes, you don’t itch. Does anybody have a heater where you go and you’re scratching? That’s what they want you to have. They don’t want you to have gas.” Many non-native English speakers call them “furnaces.”

    “I love the smell of my propane heater in the morning” is the Climate Apocalypse version of “I love the smell of napalm in the morning.”…

    +++

    + If you want to see how challenging it is to develop a psychological profile for the average Trump voter, check out the notes left by the cyber truck bomber in Vegas, Matthew Livelsberger, the 37-year-old special forces Master Sgt., who rants against economic inequality and the one percent while praising Musk & Trump, who extols the virtues of masculinity but complains American men are too obese to win a war against Russia or China, who despairs that Americans spend too much time behind screens while backing a reality TV star and the person who runs the second most prominent social media platform.

    Livelsberer’s last text…

    Fellow Servicemembers, Veterans, and all Americans,

    TIME TO WAKE UP!

    We are being led by weak and feckless leadership who only serve to enrich themselves.

    Military and vets move on DC starting now. Militias facilitate and augment this activity.

    Occupy every major road along fed buildings and the campus of fed buildings by the hundreds of thousands.

    Lock the highways around down with semis right after everybody gets in. Hold until the purge is complete.

    Try peaceful means first, but be prepared to fight to get the Dems out of the fed government and military by any means necessary. They all must go and a hard reset must occur for our country to avoid collapse.

    -MSG Matt Livelsberger 18Z, 10th Special Forces Group

    Livelsberger’s “manifesto”…

    We are the United States of America, the best country people to ever exist! But right now we are terminally ill and headed toward collapse.

    We are crumbling because of a lack of self respect, morales [sic], and respect for others. Greed and gluttony has consumed us. The top 1% decided long ago they weren’t going to bring everyone else with them. You are cattle to them.

    We have strayed from family values and corrupted our minds and I am a prime example of having it all but it never being enough.

    A lot of us are just sitting around waiting to die. No sunlight, no steps, no fresh air, no hope. Our children are addicted to screens by the age of two. We are filling our bodies with processed foods.

    Our population is too fat to join the military yet we are facing a war with China, Russia, North Korea and Iran before 2030.

    We must take these actions if we are going to make it past the next few years in one piece:

    We must end the war in Ukraine with a negotiated settlement. It is the only way.

    Focus on strength and winning. Masculinity is good and men must be leaders. Strength is a deterrent and fear is the product.

    Weeded out those in our government and military who do not idealize #2.

    The income inequality in this country and cost-of-living is outrageous. The number of homeless on our street is embarrassing and disgusting. Have some pride and take care of this.

    Stop obsessing over diversity. We are all diverse and DEI is a cancer.

    Thankfully, we rejected the DEI candidate and will have a real President instead of Weekend at Bernie’s.

    We must move on from the culture of weakness and self enrichment perpetuated by our senior political and military leaders. We are done with the blatant corruption. Our soldiers are done fighting wars without end states or clear objectives.

    This was not a terrorist attack, it was a wake up call. Americans only pay attention to spectacles and violence. What better way to get my point across than a stunt with fireworks and explosives?

    Why did I personally do it now? I needed to cleanse my mind of the brothers I’ve lost and relieve myself of the burden of the lives I took.

    Consider this last sunset of ‘24 and my actions the end of our sickness and a new chapter of health for our people. Rally around Trump, Musk, and Kennedy, and ride this wave to the highest hegemony for all Americans! We are second to no one.

    + Less than a decade ago, someone ranting like this at a coffee shop would have been reported to social services as a basket case. Now, this kind of rhetoric could land you a spot on a panel at Fox News or CNN.

    +++

    + In response to Trump’s American Lebensraum plan to annex northern Mexico, Canada, and Greenland by “economic force,” Claudia Scheinbaum displays a historical map of Mexico, showing her nation’s territorial claim to much of the US by historical right.

    By the way, the feisty new President of Mexico is now modeling a hat she’d like to sell you…

    FoxBusiness: Mr. Senator, taking over Greenland and the Panama Canal isn’t a realistic proposal, is it? It’s just a negotiating tactic, isn’t it?

    RICK SCOTT: Well, it would be pretty exciting.

    FoxBusiness: Would you be okay with using the military?

    Scott: I don’t know what he means by that.

    + Panama’s Foreign Minister Javier Martínez-Acha said this week that canal sovereignty is “non-negotiable” and that “the only hands operating the canal are Panamanian and that is how it is going to stay.”

    + I think Panama is missing an opportunity to offload the canal on the unsuspecting Trump for as much as they can get before the canal is rendered defunct by climate change.

    + According to the House Foreign Affairs Committee: “It’s un-American to oppose Trump’s annexation of Canada, Mexico and Greenland…”

    + Italy’s neo-fascist leader, Giorgia Meloni, defended Trump’s designs on Greenland, saying he’s sending a message to China “saying that the US will not stand idly by …while other major players move into areas that are of strategic interest to the US and to the west.”

    + YouGov Poll: If Panama could not be acquired by other means, would you support or oppose the U.S. using economic or military coercion to take control of it?

    Strongly support: 9%
    Somewhat support: 13%
    Somewhat oppose: 13%
    Strongly oppose: 38%
    Not sure: 26%

    [Jan. 8, 2025]

    + I’m all for Trump conquering Canada by “economic force” if he vows to bring back the Expos! (Just don’t tell him the tricolor caps are a Francophone thing…) and allows the State of Canada to maintain its health care system.

    + Outgoing Canadian Prime Minister Justin Trudeau (once the apple of Melania’s eye): “There isn’t a snowball’s chance in hell that Canada would become part of the United States.”

    + Canadian Foreign Minister Melanie Joly: “President-elect Trump’s comments show a complete lack of understanding of what makes Canada a strong country. Our economy is strong. Our people are strong. We will never back down in the face of threats.”

    + Making Geography Great Again! The king of Denmark just changed the nation’s coat of arms. The new coat “more prominently feature[s] Greenland and the Faroe Islands– in what has also been seen as a rebuke to Donald Trump.” It’s hard to tell if the new design shows the blood streaming from the Faroe Islands’ annual slaughter of Pilot whales (actually large oceanic dolphins similar to Orca).

    + German Defense Minister Boris Pistorius: “It’s a little bit—let me express that diplomatically—astonishing to read things like that and to hear on television. I don’t know what his objectives are to annex Greenland, but anyway, alliances are alliances and stay alliances regardless of who’s governing countries. Otherwise, it would only be something like communities or whatever else.”

    + Trump says he wants to change the name of the Gulf of Mexico to “the Gulf of America.” Why not rename it the “Gulf of Exxon?”

    + Trump can get away with this kind of geographical illiteracy because we live in a country where Stanford and Cal are playing in the Atlantic Coast Conference.

    +++

    + China is the world’s largest steel producer, generating over half of global steel output. India is second. Japan is third. The US is fourth. China now produces more than six times as much steel as the US.

    + Sad…

    + South Korea now has more 84-year-olds than one-year-olds.

    + According to a piece in the Economist, the economic gap between Africa and the rest of the world is widening. By 2030, it’s estimated that Africans will make up more than 80% of the world’s poor.

    + In Denver, renters paid an average of $136 more monthly to landlords using rent-setting algorithms. Nearly 50% of Denver landlords use them.

    + Jim Tourtelott: “The most frightening Arabic word isn’t ‘jihad,’ it’s ‘algorithm.’”

    + If Putin faces any risk of being overthrown, it may come from rising Russian discontent with the soaring price of vodka, which has increased by more than 20% a bottle in the last year.

    + Both Trump and the Democrats are in full retreat on immigration. But they’re retreating in opposite directions: Trump away from his hard line and the Democrats toward it.

    + Forget those “Dreamers.” 48 House Democrats voted alongside all 216 Republicans to allow ICE to detain undocumented immigrants who are arrested (but not convicted) for minor crimes such as shoplifting…

    + If that’s not sleazy enough, here’s Rep. Ro Khanna telling the appalling story of how the Democrats in the Senate handed Trump pre-mature control of the NLRB:

    Due to an unforced error by Democrats, we lost the National Labor Relations Board majority two years earlier than expected. This is a huge setback for the hundreds of thousands of workers across this country organizing for a better contract. Let me explain. 

    The NLRB is America’s leading labor law enforcement agency. In the last 3 years, union petitions have doubled because we have a strong NLRB that supports workers who choose to form unions, ensures that corporations allow free and fair union elections, and protects union workers if Big Business retaliates against them.

    The term of our previous NLRB Chair, Lauren McFerran, just expired on December 15th. She was eligible for reconfirmation alongside a Republican, who’d be paired with her. This would’ve secured a 3-2 Democratic majority on the NLRB for the first two years of Trump’s second term. Bernie Sanders did the right thing. He cleared her nomination on August 6, but the Dems fumbled it.

    On the morning of the 11th, Senate Democrats had a chance to move McFarren’s nomination vote through – which would’ve led to a secondary vote to confirm. Senator Vance, Roberts, and Manchin were absent that morning. But we delayed the vote (for what I’m hearing described as “no reason”) until Vance and Manchin returned, deadlocking the vote at 49-49.

    We then failed to get word to Vice President Harris quickly enough to come and deliver the tie-breaking vote. In the 90 minutes that transpired, Senator Manchin returned first, swinging the vote in the other direction and ceding the NLRB to MAGA control two years earlier than necessary. These procedural blunders have massive implications for the American people, who deserve better from their elected officials. American workers deserve an explanation.

    + Tell me again, why do we need the Democratic Party?

    + Is it any wonder that only 28 percent of Americans are satisfied with the way democracy is working in the country, the lowest level on record?

    + The Last Word on Bidenomics: Financial stress causes highest mental health decline in workers since 2020…

    +++

    + For the third straight year, major American cities experienced big drops in homicide rates:

    Philadelphia: – 40%
    New Orleans: – 38%
    Washington, DC: -29%
    Baltimore: -24%
    Memphis: – 23%
    Kansas City: -20%
    Los Angeles: -15%

    + From the latest report by the Prison Policy Initiative: “The rate at which women are subjected to threats or use of force by police has skyrocketed in the last 20 years. In 1999, only 13% of people experiencing the use of force were women. By 2022, that share had doubled to 28%.”

    + There is little prospect that the killers of Robert Brooks will be perp-walked like Luigi Mangione…

    + Speaking of Luigi…

    + CP’s own Elliot Sperber snapped this while walk across the Sonny Rollins (Williamsburg) Bridge this week.

    Photo: Elliot Sperber.

    + Jamal Gleaton, a Waffle House worker in Spartanburg, SC, on the prevalence of violence at the franchise and the need for 24/7 security for workers and customers:

    “On New Year’s Day, over two dozen shots were let off into the Waffle House in Spartanburg, South Carolina, where workers continued to work after the shooting. For 24 shots to be let off and everybody’s health is at risk at that point, and there’s nothing being done about it, and you’re told that you still have to work for like nickels and dimes is a bit ridiculous to me. So you want us to come in here and work all these hours and ensure that everybody else is safe, feed everybody that walks through the door and we have to put up with some of this stuff. We do have rules where we can refuse service, but that again will cause another problem. You feel me? There’s no mediator there. So you want us to do all of this stuff for the little bit of wages we–some of us still making $3 an hour plus tips, some of us making $5 an hour plus tips. There’s no security. We show up. We do our job, and there’s always a risk factor. We walk in knowing that anything could happen at any time and we’ve just got to deal with it–24 hours a day. People are going to be people. But we’re the people who have to deal with it. There’s no safety net for us.”

    +++

    + Need more evidence that Emmanuel Macron is the most belligerent European leader? Here he is lambasting residents of the cyclone-ravaged French colony of Mayotte, upset over the paltry flow of aid to the island, “If it wasn’t for France, you’d be 10,000 times deeper in shit.”

    + Trump doesn’t want to end NATO. He wants to make Europe even more militarized, saying this week he wants NATO members to spend 5 percent of their GDP on defense. (The US currently “only” spends 3%.)

    + Minimal land has exchanged hands in eastern Ukraine in the last 12 months, despite a bloody year of slaughter.

    + Over one-third of the $108 billion spent on U.S. contractors in Afghanistan since 9/11 went to undisclosed (i.e., secret) recipients…

    + During his campaign, Trump vowed to end the Ukraine/Russia war in 24 hours. This week, he pleaded for more time (to sell more weapons, I presume): “I hope to have six months.”

    + A UN panel of human rights experts has called for the immediate release of Zayn al-Abidin Muhammad Husayn, also known as Abu Zubaydah, whom US authorities have detained at Guantánamo for nearly 20 years without charges. Zubaydah was waterboarded 83 times.

    + The Ever-Expanding Consciousness of Greta Thunberg: “The Sahrawi people have the right to self-determination, freedom, and dignity. They’ve been violently denied those rights. The world is watching in silence. I want to add my voice for Western Sahara liberation.”

    + President Biden showing White House reporter who’s the boos: “My being the oldest president, I know more world leaders than any one of you have ever met in your whole goddamn life.”

    + First Biden hangs a medal around the neck of Cheney, then HRC and Bono. Biden’s award ceremonies are creepier than the latest version of Nosferatu…

    + Macron on Musk: “If we’d been told 10 years ago that the owner of one of the world’s largest social networks would support a new reactionary International and intervene directly in elections, including in Germany, who would have imagined it?”

    + Frances’s leading intellectual, Emmanuel Todd, on Elon Musk: “Elon Musk is an astonishing character. He’s the richest man in the world and so he has no filter. So, he says things that seem absurd to us. I mean, he interferes in German politics, he basically craps on the Germans. He interferes in English politics; he craps on the English. He’s just saying it out loud, but the truth is that when you read American geopolitical experts, this is what Americans think of us! Meaning he talks to Europeans the way Americans think. Americans despise us for our servility. And Musk is just the guy who says it. So we’re shocked.”

    + Jimmy Carter started out by pardoning Vietnam War resisters and draft dodgers on day 2. He ended up approving the MX missile, funding the Mujahideen, training death squad leaders, and getting into a bidding war with Reagan over military funding, a war that Carter won by proposing a Pentagon budget that even Reagan never equaled.

    + Greg Grandin: “Carter began by saying he wanted to deal with Third World nationalism on its own terms, not as just a front for geopolitical Cold War politics, meaning the Soviet Union. But that gives way very quickly. It was under Carter that the CIA began its operation in Afghanistan and began supporting the Mujahideen. It was the Carter administration that, in July 1979, urged by Brzezinski, began providing non-lethal aid to what became the Mujahideen. All of these things led to the end of detente and the pulling of the Soviet Union into Afghanistan and the weaponization of Islam as a geopolitical tool by the United States. And we are still living with the consequences today. And all of his decency and humanity, especially compared to the orgiastic spasm of wealth and the clown circus that we’re living under now, you really have to examine some of the more unfortunate legacies of Carter.”

    + Of the seven presidents who followed Carter’s pardoning of Vietnam War resisters, 4 evaded the draft: Clinton, Bush, Biden, and Trump (as did kingmaker Dick Cheney), and Reagan lied about serving in Europe in WW2 and liberating Dachau–and we’ve been at war somewhere ever since. As Jim Naureckas pointed out to me: “Reagan and Bush Sr. were too old for Vietnam, Obama too young. No president that could have fought in Vietnam did so.”

    + How can you privatize the Post Office (as Trump and Louis DeJoy plan to do) if the private mail delivery companies, like UPS, refuse to deliver to rural America because it’s not profitable enough?

    + The “new” Congress is the third oldest in history…The average age in the Senate: 64; the House: 56.

    +++

    + Beyond the racism, the trans-phobia, the ketamine habit, the space opera fantasies, Elon Musk, who briefly changed his name on X to Keikius Maximus, is just one extremely weird dude…

    + This week, I picked up two fantastic albums at our treasure of a used vinyl store here in Oregon City, OC Records: John Mayall’s Blues for Laurel Canyon (featuring Mick Taylor at his most uninhibited, before he had to worry about overshadowing Keith Richards) and Ike Turner’s Blues Roots. If Mayall’s classic set is hippie blues, Ike’s offering is something else entirely: dark, menacing, and lonely. Recorded at Ike’s famous studio in Inglewood, this is blues with a cutting edge, showcasing Turner’s gifts as one of the greatest arrangers in the history of blues and rock. When I first listened to it, I thought it must’ve been recorded after Tina split for her life to Wayne Shorter’s place. But no. It was recorded in 1972 before Tina’s Nutbush City Limits became a crossover hit. But the record sounds like a revenge tragedy. On a second playing, it struck me that one of the reasons for its sinister quality is there are no female voices on the entire record: no Tina, no Tina substitute, no Ikettes, none of the super-charged harmonies that gave Ike & Tina’s music its uplift. This is all Ike: vocals, guitar, keys, background vocals, even drums and bass on some songs: elemental music for the dark night of the soul. Even the gatefold cover exudes a kind of dangerous melancholy…

    + Rod Stewart explains why he recorded a version of Street Fighting Man (lyrics inspired by our friend Tariq Ali) shortly after the Stones: “I thought people should be able to understand the lyrics.” Given the rightward lurch of Stewart’s politics, we’d have been better off divining our own meaning out of Mick’s mush. (By the way, Elton John’s drag name for Stewart was “Phyllis.”)

    + Speaking of the Stones, I watched Catching Fire, the terrific documentary by Alexis Bloom on Anita Pallenberg, last night, and it must be said that none of “the boys” come off very well at all. Keith Richards insisting on playing in Paris on the night their newborn baby, Tara, died instead of flying to Switzerland to be with his distraught wife kind of sums up the entire experience with the three of them (Although, unlike Brian, Keith didn’t beat her.)…As their son Marlon laconically quips, “I suppose he played very well that night. Some said, very, very well.” It’s on Hulu if you haven’t seen it. Extraordinary footage. Unlike Mick, at least, Keith–whose misogyny extends so far as to offer to pay Anita to give up her acting career (Candy, Barbarella, Performance, etc.)– consented to be interviewed. Most of the narration (read by Scarlett Johansson) is from Anita’s vividly written and unsparing manuscript, found in a drawer by Marlon after her death.

    + One of the best things to happen to baseball over the last couple of decades is that Nate Silver went from writing (badly) for Baseball Prospectus to making even more dubious statistical claims about American politics in the New York Times, ESPN and ABCNews…

    + The real origins of “moneyball,” (paying players on the cheap) wasn’t with the Oakland A’s, but the Oakland Larks of the West Coast Negro Baseball Association, the short-lived league owned by Abe Saperstein (who also owned the Globetrooters) and Jesse Owens. Here’s a page from the Larks’ ledger book…

    Page from the Oakland Larks ledger book. Source: Oalkland Public Library.

    + Jimmy Carter’s presidency was largely a shitshow, featuring neoliberal austerity at home and viciousness abroad, from Afghanistan to Central America to Korea. But he did invite Cecil Taylor to play at the White House…

    + As an antidote against the worshipful eulogies for Jimmy Carter, I highly recommend Cockburn and Ridgeway’s hilarious novelized dismantling of the toothy president, Smoke…

    + The late Stanley Booth on bluesman Furry Lewis: “He had begun to play a slow, sad blues, one that none of us had ever heard, a song without a name: ‘My mother’s dead,’ he sang, the guitar softly following, ‘my father just as well’s to be. Ain’t got nobody to say one kind word for me.’ The room, which had been filled with noise, was now quiet. ‘People holler mercy,’ Furry sang, ‘don’t know what mercy mean. People … ’ — and the guitar finished the line. ‘Well, if it mean any good, Lord, have mercy on me.’”

    Sound Grammar
    What I’m listening to this week…

    Vicious Creature
    Lauren Mayberry
    EMI / Island

    The Night
    Saint Etienne
    (Heavenly Recordings)

    In Dreams
    Duster
    (Numero)

    Booked Up
    What I’m reading this week…

    Hiroshima: the Last Witnesses
    M. G. Sheftall
    (Dutton)

    Flowers of Evil: the Definitive English Language Edition
    Charles Baudelaire
    Trans. Nathan Brown
    (Verso)

    Sea Level: a History
    Wilko Graf von Hardenberg
    (Chicago)

    Covering Up What Has Already Been Found

    “It’s hard enough to find out about the things the universe prefers to keep hidden without our government, which somebody you know must have voted for, covering up what has already been found. Sometimes, of course, it hides things to save its own neck and sometimes seemingly just for the hell of it.” (Norman Maclean, Young Men and Fire)

    The post Roaming Charges: Hurricane of Fire appeared first on CounterPunch.org.

    This post was originally published on CounterPunch.org.

  • Photograph Source: rajatonvimma /// VJ Group Random Doctors – CC BY 2.0

    From early December 2024 to early January 2025, the body temperature of eight babies fell below any acceptable amount and they froze to death. This condition is known as hypothermia. The most recent of these children to die, Yousef, was sleeping beside his mother because, as she told Al Jazeera, of the very cold weather. Temperatures in Gaza have fallen to just above freezing, which in the context of a lack of housing, blankets, and warm bedclothes is deadly. Body heat is the only protection, which is minimal for an infant. Yousef’s mother said, “He slept next to me and in the morning I found him frozen and dead. I don’t know what to say. No one can feel my misery. No one in the world can understand our catastrophic situation.”

    Each of these stories is incomprehensible. The al-Batran family in Deir al-Balah are living in a tent made of blue plastic. Their bedding is only acceptable to them because their entire household has been destroyed, and they have not received any relief. Twin brothers Ali and Jumaa were born during this ugly genocidal bombardment in November 2024, but then one after the other succumbed to hypothermia. When the father felt Jumma’s head, it was as “cold as ice.”

    By early January 2025, studies by the United Nations and the Palestinian government showed that at least 92 percent of housing units in Gaza had been destroyed. Most Palestinians who remain in northern Gaza have no homes in which to shelter. They are living in makeshift tents, not even having access to the United Nations tents that are sparsely available. Because there are now no hospitals open in northern Gaza, children are being born in these tents, and they are not receiving any medical care. “The health sector is being systematically dismantled,” Dr. Rik Peeperkorn of the World Health Organization told the United Nations Security Council on January 3. In the so-called “safe zone” of al-Mawasi, near Khan Younis, three babies died of hypothermia, mocking the idea that this is indeed a safe zone. Mahmoud al-Faseeh, the father of Sila Mahmoud al-Faseeh (who died in her third week), told Al Jazeera, “We sleep on the sand and we don’t have enough blankets and we feel the cold inside our tent.” The story is the same up and down Gaza’s length: the cold has come at night, ceaseless rain has made everything damp, the tents are inadequate, the blankets are thread worn, and the infants—the most vulnerable—have begun to die.

    The map of such suffering is not restricted to Gaza or to the Palestinians. Such stories of a parent walking to find their child beside them in an inadequate tent, with no blankets because of the lack of relief in a war zone, are sadly not unique. The children frozen in the Kabul slum of Chaman-e-Babrak in 2012 had names that are utterly forgotten outside their families. These were victims of a war that trudged on and threw these rural Afghans into cities where they lived in glorified plastic bags. Similarly, there is little memory of the precious infants who froze to death in the unnamed camps north of Idlib, Syria, along the Turkish border. The parents of these children went from tent to tent over a decade, trying desperately to find a stable life. Some of their children froze to death; other families perished as their dangerous heaters in these plastic tents set their entire families on fire.

    Wars on Civilians

    War zones are no longer places where combatants fight each other. They have become charnel houses for civilians, and entire populations taken hostage and brutalized. In May 2024, before the full toll of the Israeli genocide had been measured, the UN Secretary-General provided a report to the Security Council on civilian deaths. The data is stunning:

    The United Nations recorded at least 33,443 civilian deaths in armed conflicts in 2023, a 72 percent increase as compared with 2022. The proportion of women and children killed doubled and tripled, respectively, as compared with 2022. In 2023, 4 out of every 10 civilians killed in conflicts were women, and 3 out of 10 were children. Seven out of 10 recorded deaths occurred in the Occupied Palestinian Territory and Israel, making it the deadliest conflict for civilians in 2023.

    The number regarding the Occupied Palestine Territory includes the Israeli violence from October to December 2023, but not the violence that intensified across the entirety of 2024. Those numbers will come later this year.

    A look backward at the post-9/11 Western wars on Afghanistan, Pakistan, Iraq, Syria, and Yemen shows the bleakness of the general attitude toward civilians in these parts of the world. The direct deaths from the bombs and the gunfire have been calculated to be nearly one million, an enormous underestimation but still a very large number. Adding in excess deaths, including from starvation and hypothermia, the toll is calculated to be nearing five million, also an underestimation but at least indicative of the impact on these parts of the world.

    On August 29, 2021, two U.S. MQ-9 Reapers hovered over a white Toyota Corolla that had pulled into a parking area of a multi-family home in Kabul’s working-class Khwaja Burgha neighborhood. The U.S. drone operators, who had tracked the car for the past eight hours, watched as a man left the car, as a group of people came to greet him, and as one person took out a black bag from the rear seat of the car. At that point, the U.S. decided to fire a hellfire missile at the man and the people around him. They were all killed. It turned out that the man, Zemari Ahmadi, was not a member of the enemy group ISIS-K, but was an employee of a California-based non-governmental organization called Nutrition and Education International (NEI). The people who came to greet him from inside the house were his children, grandchildren, and their cousins. The black bag, which the U.S. claimed might have had explosives, carried a laptop from NEI, and another bag carried water bottles. The secondary explosion that the operators saw on their video feed was not from a bomb but from a propane tank in the carport.

    The list of people killed by the United States on that day should give one pause because of the youth of so many of them: Zemari Ahmadi (age 43), Naser Haidari (age 30), Zamir (age 20), Faisal (age 16), Farzad (age 10), Arwin (age 7), Benyamen (age 6), Malika (age 6), Ayat (age 2), and Sumaya (age 2). This is the last U.S. drone strike before the U.S. withdrawal from Afghanistan. Not one U.S. soldier was charged with the murder, let alone found guilty. Not one Israeli soldier will be charged or found guilty of the deaths of the Palestinian children in Gaza. This is the impunity that defines the assault on civilians, including those little Palestinian babies freezing to death in their blue tents, lying beside desperate parents.

    This article was produced by Globetrotter

    The post The Children of Gaza Are Freezing to Death appeared first on CounterPunch.org.

    This post was originally published on CounterPunch.org.

  • A person in a purple jacket and hat waving Description automatically generated A person in a purple jacket and hat waving Description automatically generated A person in a purple jacket and hat waving Description automatically generated A person in a purple jacket and hat waving Description automatically generated A person in a purple jacket and hat waving Description automatically generated A person in a purple jacket and hat waving Description automatically generated A person in a purple jacket and hat waving Description automatically generated A person in a purple jacket and hat waving Description automatically generated A person in a purple jacket and hat waving Description automatically generated A person in a purple jacket and hat waving Description automatically generated A person in a purple jacket and hat waving Description automatically generated A person in a purple jacket and hat waving Description automatically generated A person in a purple jacket and hat waving Description automatically generated A person in a purple jacket and hat waving Description automatically generated A person in a purple jacket and hat waving Description automatically generated A person in a purple jacket and hat waving Description automatically generated A person in a purple jacket and hat waving Description automatically generated A person in a purple jacket and hat waving Description automatically generated A person in a purple jacket and hat waving Description automatically generated A person in a purple jacket and hat waving Description automatically generated A person in a purple jacket and hat waving Description automatically generated A person in a purple jacket and hat waving Description automatically generated A person in a purple jacket and hat waving Description automatically generated A person in a purple jacket and hat waving Description automatically generated A person in a purple jacket and hat waving Description automatically generated A person in a purple jacket and hat waving Description automatically generated A person in a purple jacket and hat waving Description automatically generated A person in a purple jacket and hat waving Description automatically generated A person in a purple jacket and hat waving Description automatically generated A person in a purple jacket and hat waving Description automatically generated A person in a purple jacket and hat waving Description automatically generated A person in a purple jacket and hat waving Description automatically generated A person in a purple jacket and hat waving Description automatically generated A person in a purple jacket and hat waving Description automatically generated A person in a purple jacket and hat waving Description automatically generated A person in a purple jacket and hat waving Description automatically generated A person in a purple jacket and hat waving Description automatically generated A person in a purple jacket and hat waving Description automatically generated A person in a purple jacket and hat waving Description automatically generated A person in a purple jacket and hat waving Description automatically generated A person in a purple jacket and hat waving Description automatically generated A person in a purple jacket and hat waving Description automatically generated A person in a purple jacket and hat waving Description automatically generated A person in a purple jacket and hat waving Description automatically generated A person in a purple jacket and hat waving Description automatically generated A person in a purple jacket and hat waving Description automatically generated A person in a purple jacket and hat waving Description automatically generated A person in a purple jacket and hat waving Description automatically generated A person in a purple jacket and hat waving Description automatically generated A person in a purple jacket and hat waving Description automatically generated A person in a purple jacket and hat waving Description automatically generated A person in a purple jacket and hat waving Description automatically generated A person in a purple jacket and hat waving Description automatically generated A person in a purple jacket and hat waving Description automatically generated A person in a purple jacket and hat waving Description automatically generated A person in a purple jacket and hat waving Description automatically generated A person in a purple jacket and hat waving Description automatically generated A person in a purple jacket and hat waving Description automatically generated A person in a purple jacket and hat waving Description automatically generated A person in a purple jacket and hat waving Description automatically generated A person in a purple jacket and hat waving Description automatically generated A person in a purple jacket and hat waving Description automatically generated
    A person in a purple jacket and hat wavingDescription automatically generated

    Morris Mitchell as Timothée Chalamet as Willy Wonka. New York City, October, 2024. (YouTube screenshot)

    On the last Sunday of this past October, a Timothée Chalamet look-alike contest broke out in Washington Square Park in New York City. Dozens of participants and thousands of onlookers thronged to the event and when, in the midst of the proceedings, the famed actor himself appeared the throng went into paroxysms of ecstasy. Seemingly equipped with endless stores of good humor, good looks, and God-given talent, Chalamet made his way through the roiling sea of admirers and impersonators and let himself be photographed with the winner, Miles Mitchell, who had come costumed as Chalamet as Willy Wonka, the title role assumed by the actor in the latest movie remake devoted to the campy chocolatier.

    Public spaces should welcome events that range from the sublime to the ridiculous, as well as those that careen off that vast spectrum into the surreal and subversive. The mindless enthusiasm of that Afternoon in the Park with Timmy comes into telling relief when we recall that so many historic protests—from suffragette rallies to anti-war, civil rights and labor demonstrations—have taken place in the shadow of Washington Square’s triumphal arch. Alerted to the look-alike pageant conducted without a permit, the NYPD arrived to disperse the mob, even carting off at least one contestant in handcuffs.

    Not even the apocalypse excites like celebrity, except maybe when it is brought face-to-face with its simulacrum.

    The mad appeal of this competition of appearances derives from its in-person-ness. Thanks to AI and other forms of techno-trickery, images, people and facts are now rampantly faked on screens of all sizes, not to mention goggles, glasses and headsets. Holographic Cary Grants can be made to smooch with holographic Michael Jacksons. A digital waxwork Jimmy Carter can rise from his Capitol coffin to tickle an ersatz Shah, not an impersonator per se, but a by-the-numbers dictator resplendent in 3D. Yet at the time of writing, there is still no substitute for the presence of real people—for a star’s charisma and a worshipper’s scream and shudder.

    Notwithstanding Washington Square’s status as a vital site of protest, it was strangely appropriate that this recent eruption of fandom took place there. The park is in Greenwich Village, the main location for the early 1960s rise to fame of the young Bob Dylan that is depicted in James Mangold’s A Complete Unknown, which had concluded shooting in June. The movie premiered on Christmas Day, two months after the Chalamet look-alike jamboree.

    Revisited after the release of Mangold’s Dylan biopic, the Washington Square hijinks reveal that Mitchell-as-Chalamet looks more like Dylan than Chalumet-as-Dylan does. The Russian doll dance-and-shell-game also sheds light on the sometimes curious ways of biopics, especially musical ones.

    Mitchell was blessed with the more Dylan-like nose. Chalamet’s aquiline exemplar was thought by the filmmakers to require prosthetic enhancement. This fake nose was not nearly as massive and distracting as the cinematic schnozzes previously fitted onto Bradley Cooper as Leonard Bernstein in Maestro or Nicole Kidman as Virginia Wolf in The Hours. Even with his bespoke Bob-beak, Chalumet would never be mistaken for the real McCoy from Minnesota.

    There are also ways of doing a nose job on the singing voice and the guitar-playing appendages. In Steven Soderbergh’s Liberace, the flashy pianist-entertainer’s hands were grafted by CGI onto Michael Douglass’s arms. These Las Vegas keyboard antics were utterly convincing on screen.

    Chalamet, by contrast, does the singing and strumming himself, and has been garnering richly deserved plaudits for his performance of the Dylan tunes heard in A Complete Unknown. Mangold’s project had been planned before the pandemic, and the musically untrained Chalamet diligently set to work learning the guitar and etching his voice into Dylanesque texture. Delayed by Covid, Chalamet continued to work up his musical chops and learn his Dylan songs before the project went into production last year.

    Having to watch fake riffs on a mute keyboard or violin can be as off-putting as an actor lipsynching songs to the real artist’s recordings since the speaking voice can be heard in the singing one, and vice-versa. The disparity between the spoken and sung word can become irritating to the point of distraction. But even with the voice, digital technology can be deployed to correct pitch or, in the present case, could have Dylan-ified the core Chalamet sonority, roughening the timbral grain, tweaking the nasal quality already aided and abetted by prosthesis.

    Yet even the admirable program of musical skill-building undertaken by Chalamet, however impressive, can only fall short of its model. Adding to the confusion, there are scads of Dylan tribute bands out there with frontmen who are better musicians and mimics than Chalamet, even if they lack his star power.

    Another way of querying the ontological difference between meticulously covering a song and acting a part is to wonder whether Chalamet-look-alike Mitchell can act that role as well as Chalamet can play and sing like Dylan. Lacking the celebrity brand, at least for now, maybe Mitchell has music in him too. He’s certainly got the Dylan look down, even if he was trying to be Chalamet in another guise.

    It is a lot easier to strum your way through Dylan’s “Blowin’ in the Wind,” delivered a few times by Chalamet in the film, than it is to toss off a Chopin Polonaise à la Liberace. In the hierarchy of technical challenges in music, learning a few chords is relatively easy as a musical task. That very accessibility allowed so many people to join in the folk music renaissance of the 1950s, the movement that helped birth Dylan’s art.

    The Chalamet nose only approximates Dylan’s and the same is true for his guitar-playing. What so many movie directors seem to forget is that the hands are as expressive as the face, that mirror of emotion so fetishized by the Hollywood close-up. I don’t mean to be cruel about Chalamet’s musical efforts: he can indeed play and sing and it is fun to hear and watch him do so, even if his contorted left hand lacks the supple surety of Dylan’s and his right is sometimes hesitant and irregular in its strummings and occasional pickings.

    Just arrived on the East Coast from Minnesota, Dylan makes his way early on in the film to Woody Guthrie’s hospital room in New Jersey to find Pete Seeger (done with quavering nobility by Ed Norton in the film’s best performance) there as well. Woody is rendered mute by a debilitating disease, but Seeger asks Dylan to play something and the complete unknown duly serves up “Song to Woody.” It’s a poignant, if fabricated, scene and an affecting performance by Chalamet, not least because one can hear and see the effort. The scene becomes not so much a magisterial demonstration of the power of method acting, but of meta-acting, a gifted actor demonstrating that he has put in the time and has the talent to pay tribute to Dylan analogously to the gifts that Dylan himself, at a much higher level of musicianship, has brought with him on this pilgrimage to meet his stricken idol.

    A Complete Unknown is filled with music, and one is sincerely thankful for the screen time given it by Mangold, and for the practice time taken by Chalamet to get to where he has gotten. But the film’s welcome concentration on performance and its reenactment (if in occasionally jumbled chronology) means that character development and the human relationships that should give the drama life and originality are reduced to set-piece moments of caddish unfaithfulness, narcissistic posturing, the Oedipal collision between father-figure Seeger and his renegade progeny, Dylan, who (hardly a spoiler) electrocutes the Newport Folk Festival of 1965 at the film’s overcooked climax. These amplifications and distortions of history accord with the imperatives of the Hollywood biopic, and the music is asked to carry the larger themes of genius and generational conflict but also to speak—to sing—for itself.

    The film’s real problem, however, is not just that the fingers are as telling as the face, but that the moving, sounding images of the real Dylan are so ubiquitous in documentaries and recordings, much of this material instantly accessible on the internet. In the look-alike and sound-alike contest staged by A Complete Unknown, Dylan, forever young in black-and-white footage, beats Chalamet, hands and nose down, voice thrown to the wind.

     

    The post Hands, Fingers, Nose and Throat: Re-Doing Dylan appeared first on CounterPunch.org.

    This post was originally published on CounterPunch.org.

  • Photograph Source: Thomas J. O’Halloran – Public Domain

    Jimmy Carter’s body has been interned after a century of energetic engagement on the earth’s surface. But his legacy remains debated as observed in legions of overviews on his legacy published this past week. Some see him as an idealist lacking humanity’s foibles nonetheless necessary to properly govern people less earnest than himself. Many on the left see him inaugurating the neoliberal era with his deregulatory economic agenda, while conservatives view him as the harbinger of massive inflation and economic malaise. Meanwhile, on foreign policy front, liberals saw him as re-introducing values into foreign policy, while those on the right thought him soft and failing to use the US’s iron fist to advance American interests. Instead, we might view his actions through a Black Swan set of economic events only radical solutions could have addressed while succumbing to pressure from Cold War Democrat hawks that shifted foreign policy in ways creating geopolitical instability up to the present.

    Running the world in the Cold War was not for the pure of heart. From the “scientific management” of war meted out in Vietnam by former Ford Motor’s President Robert McNamara as Secretary of State, to the assassinations and overthrow of democracies by the CIA as exposed by Senator Frank Church’s Commission, to the deviousness of power exposed by the Watergate hearings on the Nixon Administration shown daily on television in 1973, it was an ugly ride. Many Americans wished for renewal following this period. And it seemed to arrive, as it only could in the US, by calling up Frank Capra’s central casting for a Norman Rockwell figure coming to full immerse Baptize America anew and to wish away its sins. In short, Jimmy Carter, the Plains, Georgia engineer, farmer, intellectual and preacher, but no snob, arrived on the “set” in 1976.

    Labor wanted a reboot of the New Deal from Carter, but instead got a raw deal. The 1970s were the opposite side of the long economic cycle that began a half-century earlier in the 1920s that culminated in the New Deal. The interwar period, out of which the New Deal was born, was marked by under-consumption by workers. In the 1970s, the opposite, as post-WW II gains for labor shifted in the post-WW II era to more of the economy’s output going from wealth to income (wages). This period saw workers getting roughly 10 percent more of the economy’s output as labor does now. In short, there was much room in the 1930s to address the economic crisis through boosting wages and increasing industrial investment. By the 1970s, this was no longer the case. This time saw manufacturing over-capacity and the Black Swan stagflation event of the energy crisis. Under these 1970’s conditions, an expanded New Deal like industrial policy could not be accomplished with Keynesianism (government spending that also retained capitalist profits).  

    The Brits were the first to offer the alternative of doubling down on infrastructural investment/modernization before Carter was even elected. The United Kingdom’s Prime Minister, James Callaghan, argued for this in 1976. The AFL-CIO suggested it for the US in 1979 but were rebuked by Carter. It might have worked, but it would have required crossing the line from Keynesianism to socialism, or quite close to it (which I support), given the erosion of profit levels that would have ensued. As smart as Carter was, he was not equipped by training nor inclination nor class background to go that route.

    James Callaghan, as referenced above, however, was going to try this more radical fix to the then crisis that would have arguably crossed from Keynesianism into socialism. Callaghan was going to launch a massive modernization of industry program to escape the crisis through increasing productivity. Problem was how to pay for it? The new burdens of a 300% increase in oil from 1973 were budget-busting. The answer was to get the International Monetary Fund (IMF) money. William Simon, President Gerald Ford’s Treasury Secretary, paid PM Simon a visit to say, paraphrasing, “No way, Jose. Your investment solution will exacerbate the already existing crisis of manufacturing overcapacity thus worsening the already existing crisis of corporate profitability. Return to your ‘comparative advantage’ of banking (especially offshore), or you get no IMF money to pay for oil this winter.” Callahan folded. What choice did he have?

    In 1979, Lane Kirkland of the AFL-CIO proposed an industrial policy similar in direction to Callaghan’s. This was the Reindustrialization Financing Corporation that would combine private and public money with union pension funds to modernize US industry. Labor’s proposal was nixed, however, by Carter’s economic advisors that already settled into their deregulatory path and were keen on keeping government budgets going too far into the red. Francois Mitterrand in France was the last to this pivot to investment direction but was crushed by a capital strike (when big business withholds money and starves the economy).

    During this 1970s crisis the Trilateral Commission (TC) exercised their influence on policy directions as they formed a new consensus among capital. The TC represented figures making up the faction of elites that previously backed FDR; capital-intensive industries whose profits came from investments more than from labor-intensive older industries (e.g., National Association of Manufacturer types) where low wages and low taxes delivered profits. By 1975, the TC decided, contra failed Democratic Party candidate Al Smith’s 1928 maxim that the “cure for the ills democracy was more democracy” had reached its limits as an instrument for maximizing stability. Elite opinion in the TC now argued (activism and electoral) by the 1970s we had overdosed on democracy and it now generated instability that had to be rolled back. Samuel Huntington’s TC work group concluded this in their 1975 report entitled The Crisis of Democracy claiming democracy needed “downsizing.”

    But there was not yet consensus in the TC on how to deal with the economic crisis as it unfolded in the early 1970s . Carter in the first half of his presidency tried a Keynesian “locomotive” strategy where US spending would pull it and West Europe out of the slump. This failed. By 1978 this pushed elite opinion toward the direction of restoring macro-economic stability, or austerity rather than investment to restore the economy. The massive 1978 oil shock added further fuel to implement this austerity solution. As we know, labor was expected to pay most of the cost and under Reagan following Carter, workers paid all the freight of the economic rebalancing under their supply-side austerity policies.

    Carter was, in essence, a friendlier/nicer version of Margaret Thatcher, with the economic outlook of them both shaped by the small business environment out of which they emerged (the grocer’s daughter and peanut farmer). Carter differed from the Iron Lady in also being a “Naderist” (Ralph), thinking that anti-corruption and halting price gouging and rent-seeking of various types were needed for restoring economic vitality. Of course, Naderist reforms were helpful (and normatively good), but insufficient for achieving this policy goal of fixing the 1970’s crisis. Carter’s paternalistic outlook as a protestant preacher linking sacrifice (austerity) and piety were also unhelpful. Labor was shafted and handed the first bar tab for system reform, for which fully developed neoliberalism would dump even more bills for workers to pay.

    Where Carter exercised real agency, rather than being pushed by the underlying logic of late-stage Keynesianism matched by the Black Swan event of the oils shock, was on foreign policy. The critical event was his pressure to appease Cold War hawk Democrats by appointing Zbigniew Brzezinski (ZB) as National Security Advisor. ZB was frequently sidelined in the first half of Carter’s Administration with Cyrus Vance as Secretary of State mostly shaping a more liberal and less interventionist foreign policy. Carter, however, finally bowed to right-wing pressure and permitted ZB in 1979 to implement his Afghani scheme in support of the Mujahideen. This was transformative. Designed to get the Soviet Union to invade Afghanistan to give the Soviets “their own Vietnam” (as ZB put it), it set the table for radical Islamic terrorism to flourish up to the present, while also working to break up the Soviet and then Russian “empires.” This policy echoes into the present in our renewed Cold War. Permitting Brzezinski to take the reins of foreign policy in 1979 was nothing short of the difference that history might have taken if Henry Wallace had been allowed to remain FDR’s VP, rather than his replacement by Truman and the influence that hawk Secretary of State James Byrnes exercised over US foreign policy shaping the Cold War.

    In short, Carter had little agency to fix the 1970’s economic crisis. He could have chosen the massive investment drive that would have in effect made the US a near socialist economy (a choice your author would support). That, however, was risky and would not comport with Carter’s outlook or grasp of economics. By contrast, Carter had greater latitude to constrain Zbigniew Brzezinski’s foreign policy adventures but bowed to political pressures late in his presidency to shift right and with it delivering a legacy of geopolitical instability that remains with us today.

    Marxist historian and first Prime Minister of Trinidad and Tobago, Eric Williams, argued that anti-slavery really wasn’t much of “thing” among Europe’s ruling and middle classes before 1800. While imperfect as an analogy, before the 19thcentury one might as a slave prefer living under the rule by the most enlightened slave owner rather than the worst sadists among those presiding over that institution. Given the prevailing class relations of the 1970s, Carter’s small business farming background and being a pastor, his actions on policy were both predictable and one can argue his intentions noble and as observed, better than what followed him even if he opened the path for neoliberalism.

    Future policy progressive change by policymakers will require an intellectual anchoring in political economy. While Carter’s undeniable (to my mind) extraordinary humanity is admirable, and qualities we should seek for officeholders, absent a command of political economy and grasp of class relations, we should not expect better outcomes than obtained by Carter’s rule in his four years as President during the crisis of the 1970s.

    The post Was Carter’s Flawed Presidency, the Best the US Can Expect? appeared first on CounterPunch.org.

    This post was originally published on CounterPunch.org.

  • The logo for the Department of Government Efficiency as of November 14, 2024 – Public Domain

    Apparently unbeknownst to my Republican friends, the effort to cut ‘government waste’ has a long, bipartisan, history in the US. While Republicans point to Ronald Reagan as the original budget chide, the Federal budget deficit doubled under Reagan (graph below). It was Democrat Bill Clinton who last ‘balanced the budget,’ a feat that was rapidly followed by a deep and lasting recession. And Joe Biden dedicated his career to cutting Social Security, Medicare and Veteran’s benefits.

    Graph: despite his rhetoric, Ronald Reagan was unable to make meaningful headway in ‘resolving’ the Federal budget deficit. The deficit was larger when Mr. Reagan left office than when he entered. It was Bill Clinton who achieved a brief surplus, just before the US economy entered a deep and lasting recession. That Clinton isn’t a hero of the Reaganites is significantly explained by Republicans having no knowledge of this history. Source: cato.org.

    Over the years, US Presidents Nixon, Carter, Reagan, H.W. Bush, Clinton, W. Bush, Obama, Biden, and now Trump, have all paid fealty to the canard of ‘living within our means.’ Note the partisan bias in this list of names: there is none. Bill Clinton even hallucinated an entire ‘market’ theory of fiscal austerity, the ‘bond vigilantes,’ suggesting that God, via markets, is deeply concerned about American fiscal probity.

    The term ‘efficiency’ reeks of moral fiber, of rectitude, of a capacity to do basic budgetary arithmetic. It appeals to Max Weber’s Protestant ethos of capitalism, to modesty, thrift, and decency toward the world. However, as with the inexorable logic of arithmetic, what is counted is a matter of what gets counted, and not ‘the math’ per se. When bodies start to pile up from this policy or that, the social violence soon enough becomes difficult to contain.

    Through siloed discourse, few political conservatives know that Barack Obama structured his signature program, the ACA (Affordable Care Act, Obamacare), using the same capitalist principles that Elon Musk is currently espousing. Mr. Obama’s goal was to make the American healthcare system better by making it ‘more capitalist.’ With health insurers currently in the news for denying legitimate claims at rates suggestive of looting, the ACA is indeed capitalist. One’s view on whether this is a good thing likely depends on whether one is an insurer, or the insured.

    What ‘efficiency’ has meant in the case of the ACA is that executive compensation has been raised through health insurers denying legitimate claims— nearly without restraint. The rollout of the ACA has been accompanied by a catastrophic rise in ‘excess deaths,’ of Americans dying from preventable causes that wouldn’t have if the ACA ‘worked.’ That Democrats consider the program a success suggests that making executives rich by killing large numbers of Americans was their intent.

    Graph: compared against a benchmark of life expectancy data for peer nations, the graph illustrates relative life expectancy in the US to be below that of peer-nations in 1980, the year that Ronald Reagan was elected. The decline continued after 1980. Americans currently live five fewer years than the citizens of peer nations. Throughout history, governments have been toppled for less egregious outcomes. But none of the architects of the current system are being held to account for this catastrophe. Source: healthsystemtracker.org.

    In practice, capitalist efficiency is treated as an optimization problem dependent upon a chosen goal. If efficiency means getting more from less, the question becomes: more of what? While the concept of efficiency implies a physical optimization, e.g. producing four toaster ovens using the same quantum of inputs previously used to produce three toaster ovens, in practice, the capitalist goal is to maximize corporate profits, a monetary measure. And here is where it becomes political.

    Suddenly the problems of physical optimization, of optimizing around physical constraints, is broadened to include capitalist social organization in its method. If a five-percent rate of profit can be earned from producing toaster ovens, but a ten-percent return is expected from buying a stock index fund, the optimal solution based on the goal of maximizing profits is to stop making toaster ovens and invest the proceeds in the stock index fund.

    However, if every manufacturer of toaster ovens does this, toaster ovens will soon be hard to come by and stock prices overvalued. Further, selling off the assets of a toaster oven manufacturer to raise the money needed to buy the stock index fund is expensive, cumbersome, and time consuming. And if enough manufacturers follow this strategy, the market for toaster oven manufacturing equipment will be flooded and prices will plummet.

    The question then is: how does the common-sense view of efficiency as frugality, as producing as much as one can within the limits of what one has, shift to the realm of social relations where frictions and the set of available opportunities are both changeable and moveable? The ‘innovation’ of money renders liquid, or transactable, the social aspects of economic production in a way that physical quanta will never be.

    The pushback against DOGE here isn’t reflexive. Many Americans likely share the view that much of what the Federal government does shouldn’t be done. For instance, why are the FBI and CIA interfering in US elections? Why is the US funding and arming Israel? Ukraine? Why is the Federal government militarizing the police by producing military ‘surplus’ to supply them with? And why is oligarchy the only choice on the ballot?

    Graph: the US has the highest ‘defense’ expenditures in the world by several multiples. If capitalism is efficient, why isn’t the US spending less on defense than non-capitalist countries? The answer: that through supporting 800 US military bases abroad, we buy a lot more of it, begs the question, why? For three centuries Fortress America, being sandwiched between the Atlantic and Pacific oceans, has meant that the US should spend far less on its defense than other nations. But the opposite has been the case. Source: statista.com.

    In terms of national accounts, one person’s ‘waste’ (e.g. Pentagon budget) is another person’s paycheck. What this means is that 1) budget battles produce winners and losers and 2) the gains go to the winners, and not to ‘the nation.’ And Elon Musk is a poster child for dependence on Federal handouts. Not only do ‘his’ companies receive direct transfers from the Federal government (link below), but much of Musk’s wealth comes from two Federal bailouts of Wall Street.

    Historically, austerity policies have found industrialists arguing that Federal subsidies to nominally private enterprises (such as Tesla and SpaceX) are ‘efficient,’ while social spending is ‘waste.’ This view is based in / on the web of related theories that constitute capitalist economics. As with earlier efforts, fans of austerity leap from local examples to global conclusions without apparently understanding that the economic logic doesn’t tie to the political conclusions drawn.

    Soon after entering office, Ronald Reagan cut taxes and social spending while increasing military spending. Assessments of the policy are complicated by Paul Volcker’s, Jimmy Carter’s Chair of the Federal Reserve, effort to strangle the economy with sky-high interest rates. What Reagan did manage to prove was John Maynard Keynes’ theory that increasing Federal spending in an economic downturn (military Keynesianism) would boost the economy (top graph in this piece).

    Graph: within the terms of his own economic program, Ronald Reagan’s policies of cutting taxes while increasing Federal defense spending significantly ‘worsened’ the Federal budget deficit. This is partly due to the fact that the theory that cutting taxes increases government revenues (‘Laffer curve’) was never scaled because it is an ideological argument, not empirical. The similar terms being laid out by Trump in the present— a wider war in the Middle East while Federal domestic expenditures are cut, will yield similar results. The point: deferring to Reagan’s actual policy results is a loser for supporters of DOGE. Source: St. Louis Federal Reserve.

    Note: this is not how Reagan and his supporters explained their results. The theory that cutting both taxes and social spending raises economic output was born. However, this conclusion is roughly analogous to writing a review of the play at which Abraham Lincoln was assassinated without mentioning the assassination. The facts come in pieces here. Cutting taxes and social spending work in opposite directions economically, not the same.

    The theory that cutting taxes boosts economic output has empirical support, but not for the reasons that proponents claim. Cutting taxes boosts consumption, depending on the ‘propensity to consume,’ by leaving more money in the hands of consumers, and not by shifting economic production from government to ‘private’ enterprise. By analogy, Medicare is more ‘efficient’ than private health insurance in terms of both managing costs and producing good health outcomes. Medicare is a program of the Federal government. The point: the question of ‘efficiency’ isn’t answered by ‘government versus capital’ framing.

    (MMT— Modern Monetary Theory, has a very different explanation of the relationship between taxes and economic output that readers with an interest would do well to acquaint themselves with).

    This distinction is important because the result of DOGE, to the extent there is any, will be to privatize government functions for the benefit of oligarchs and Wall Street. For instance, NASA, the space agency of the US, has essentially outsourced the US space program to Elon Musk (and Jeff Bezos) under the theory that they can run it more efficiently than NASA can. But basic arithmetic argues against this theory.

    Private enterprise must earn a rate of profit that the Federal government doesn’t in order to legitimate the social distribution of income and wealth. If the rate of profit is, say, 6%, this is 6% more that ‘private’ providers must earn to break even with Federal results. The US DoD (Department of Defense) actually offers ‘cost-plus contracts’ to guarantee private military contractors a rate of profit.

    So, which is more efficient, for the Federal government to produce military equipment itself, to pay contractors to do so with a guaranteed rate of profit, or to put the question to ‘markets?’ There is no generic answer to the question. Each instance requires defining the intended outcome and estimating costs and methods. With the experience of Medicare in hand, there is no generic guarantee that the private solution is the most ‘efficient.’

    The private health insurance ‘solution’ inflicted on the US has produced the worst outcomes amongst peer nations (see graph of life expectancy above) by a margin so wide that it should disprove the fantasy of capitalist efficiency from this moment forward. That Americans don’t know how bad these outcomes are suggests that the powers that be do know how bad they are. There is no benefit for Democrats from making these results known. And the only ‘private’ solution for Republicans (more capitalism) will produce even worse results than the Democrats have achieved.

    Chart: airlines are considered here because they were amongst the first industries to have their public purpose shifted from transporting people to earning profits. When Jimmy Carter began deregulating transportation infrastructure in the late 1970s, the measure of industry efficiency was the number of people transported safely from one place to another. In this way, shifting the metric of concern from people to profits was political. With the current ratio of CEO-to-worker pay of 268:1, firms could instantly increase their ‘efficiency’ by firing their C-suites and replacing them with lower cost alternatives. Source: multiple.

    Reagan’s economic thesis, tied to capitalist theory, had it that Federal spending is wasteful because of incentives. Question: why would private enterprise be more efficient than government? Both are structured hierarchically, meaning that they feature executives giving direction to the workers ‘below’ them. The capitalist theory is that ‘incentives’ motivate better outcomes. So, why not give incentives to government workers? Wouldn’t doing so ‘equalize’ them with private industry?

    Giving Federal workers performance bonuses has actually been tried. Some Federal workers receive performance bonuses equal to up to 10% of base pay. But the real bonuses are paid when regulators and legislators leave government to take jobs with the corporations that they formerly regulated. These ‘revolving door’ jobs are limited to senior managers, suggesting a fungible, class-based, economy separate from the experience of, and outside of the purview of, rank-and-file workers.

    Ironically, of sorts, coincident with this ‘revolution’ in economic understanding that people require incentives to give their employment their all has been a five-decade-long effort to reduce the economic incentives paid to labor (graph below). The result: it now takes two working adults to earn what one working adult earned (in inflation-adjusted dollars) a generation ago, leaving no one to raise children or maintain the household.

    Graph: how can Western economists proclaim the importance of financial incentives to capitalist production when they don’t apply to 90% of American workers? The average variable, or incentive, pay in the US in 2024 was 9.6%. But this conflates the experience of executives earning 400% of their base pay in bonuses with workers receiving 3%. Source: inequality.org.

    Another question to ask: what type of behavior does incentive pay motivate? Brian Thompson, the recently deceased CEO of United Healthcare, was paid large bonuses to kill ‘his’ customers by denying their legitimate insurance claims. The point: in the case of United Healthcare, capitalist ‘incentives’ legitimated the killing of thousands, possibly tens of thousands, of the firm’s ‘customers.’ So, why isn’t health insurer efficiency measured in life hours saved (graph below) rather than corporate profits?

    Do incentives work in terms of big picture efficiency? In 2014, the year that the ACA was implemented, Americans lived 3.5 fewer years than did the citizens of peer nations. In 2022— eight years later, we live five fewer years than do the citizens of peer nations. Health insurance industry profits rose, executive compensation increased, and Americans have died at rates only seem in history in full-blown societal collapses (chart below). So no, the ACA goal of raising executive compensation has produced worse health outcomes, not better.

    Chart: despite the ACA having been implemented six years before the Covid-19 pandemic hit, the US had the worst mortality rate amongst peer nations by several multiples. With the arrival of the Omicron variant of Covid-19, fifty-percent again more Americans died under Biden over a similar time period than died under Trump. This point is made because Biden recently shoveled hundreds of millions more in Federal largesse into the health insurers, apparently as compensation for killing more Americans than all US wars combined have. Source: healthsystemtracker.org.

    The point here is likely different than imagined. The point is that economic ‘efficiency’ depends on what the chosen objective is. If raising health insurance industry profits and executive compensation was / is the objective, then the ACA is an inspiring success. Government works! If the objective was to improve health outcomes for the people, this has not occurred. (Send me your evidence. I’m glad to debate this). But neither objective was handed down from God. Either is a social choice.

    Early evidence for this conclusion can be found in the Republican debate over h-1b visas. Tesla employs about a thousand h-1b visa holders. Elon Musk is the Grand Poobah of Tesla. Musk maintains that the program allows Tesla to import skilled workers. However, as with the ACA and the health insurance industry, there is a history of large, industrial employers and contracting firms using the h-1b program to steal wages from workers. The point: when left to employers, robbing employees and customers enters quickly as an option.

    My Republican friends argue that the ACA is ‘communist’ or ‘communistic’ without considering that if this is true of healthcare spending, it is also true of military spending. What they mean is that the ACA provides undeserving people with something for nothing. With the evidence from United Healthcare in hand, health insurance on which 30% – 40% of claims go unpaid is a lottery ticket, not insurance. The beneficiaries of the ACA are, again, health insurers and their executives. The proof: ‘excess’ deaths are through the roof, along with health insurer profits and executive compensation.

    Graph: while the group represented in the graph is relatively narrow, white males between the ages of 45 – 64, the results are broadly representative of American political economy. Following the onset of the Great Recession in late 2008 or thereabouts, Federal bailouts revived the economic fortunes of the urban bourgeois. This, as the not-connected who live outside of Wall Street and Silicon Valley were left to their own devices. As mortality rates for the newly bailed-out urbanites were plummeting, they rose for every other segment of the population. The link provides details for the broader population. Source: nih.org

    From Reagan forward the Pentagon budget has been a rallying point for demands for government ‘efficiency,’ if not quite in the way currently imagined. The point of confusion appears to be the units of concern, ‘individuals,’ versus ‘the nation.’ This can be rectified easily enough by putting military spending in terms of individual benefit. The per capita (person) Pentagon budget for 2024 is a tad over $2,200. This means that for a family of four, Mom, Dad and two kids, the annual Federal outlay for the Pentagon is $8,800.

    Conceiving the Pentagon in the same way that the ACA is, as Federal outlays paid per individual for their own personal benefit, finds that $2,200 per person per year is paid. Recall, the ACA benefit, to the extent there is any, isn’t ‘paid’ to individuals. It is paid to health insurers, much as the Pentagon budget is distributed to MIC suppliers and contractors, not to citizens. Question: why would someone who is undeserving of healthcare be deserving of national defense?

    Further, the US hasn’t ‘won’ a war since WWII. And in that case, it was the Russians (Soviets) who won WWII. If efficiency at the Pentagon is graded by how many wars the US has won since WWII, the grade is F. What then is the correct measure of ‘efficiency’ when it comes to national defense? The number of wars won? The destructive power created per dollar spent. The political state of the West? The answer depends on one’s interests. So. What are Trump’s / Musk’s interests with respect to the Pentagon? SpaceX? The US?

    The mutual disdain that the political parties in the US are able to generate and maintain is a product of the differentiated material realities that are supported by differentiated discourses (graph above). When the US entered economic crisis around 2008, bailouts of the malefactors were quickly organized, leading those whose livelihoods were tied to Wall Street to quick recovery. The heavily subsidized US tech industry also quickly recovered. But this hasn’t been the case for the other 80% – 90% of Americans (graph above).

    The analogy of the Federal budget to either a corporate or family budget is flawed for very basic reasons. The Federal government has the legal authority to create money. Corporations and households don’t. For example, should a family want to buy a car, it can pay for the car from savings or borrow the money to buy it. What it cannot legally do is ‘print’ the money needed to buy the car. The same is true, with some differences, for state and local governments and corporations.

    My Republican friends argue that ‘money printing’ is in all cases counterproductive. But the actual risk of inflation is contextual—it depends on resource constraints, not simply on economic demand. Barack Obama ‘printed’ somewhere around $19 trillion USD to bail out Wall Street in 2009. But most of this was never drawn down, meaning that it never entered the economy. Deflation was the problem that Obama / Ben Bernanke were trying to solve, not inflation. The point: even in the face of large-scale ‘money printing,’ inflation was restrained from 2009 – 2020.

    Had Mr. Obama’s ‘stimulus’ and bailouts been inflationary is the sense of causing a rise in the price of a broad basket of goods and services, my Republican friends might have a point. But in fact, what was proved (chart below) is that large amounts of money can be added to a depressed economy without inflation taking hold. This was a fundamental insight of economist John Maynard Keynes during the Great Depression. And it provided the theoretical justification for the Depression-era spending that eventually pulled the US out of the Great Depression.

    Graph: despite the trillions in Federal largesse that Barack Obama delivered to Wall Street, inflation as measured by CPI was only 1.46% per year over Mr. Obama’s two terms. Source: St. Louis Federal Reserve.

    Donald Trump clearly understood this when he promoted his $2.3 trillion pandemic relief program in 2020. Trump’s (and Biden’s) economic stimulus is widely blamed for the inflation that followed. However, corporate profits rose in lockstep with the rise in prices, meaning that producers were charging customers for price increases that they were not experiencing. Add this to health insurers killing their customers to earn larger bonuses and the social practice of capitalism is brought into the light.

    For those who missed it, US Presidents have been promoting government ‘efficiency’ for five decades now. The result of those earlier efforts is the current state of the US. While ‘entrepreneurial’ spirits are applied to Donald Trump and Elon Musk, Mr. Trump was born rich and Elon Musk owes almost all of his fortune to fortunate timing. Musk took Tesla public in 2010, just as Mr. Obama was doing everything in his power to raise stock prices. And Mr. Trump’s ‘pandemic relief’ is more accurately described as the ‘save the stock market Act of 2020.’

    Graph: as a group, American billionaires have been the largest beneficiaries of Federal largesse in recent decades. Thanks in large measure to Federal contracts and Donald Trump’s Pandemic Relief bill, Elon Musk’s personal fortune grew twelve fold between 2017 and 2023. Should Musk’s percentage change in wealth impress, that Musk had less wealth in 2017 than the others (denominator effect) helps explain the difference. Source: americansfortaxfairness.org.

    Recall that within capitalist explanations of income and wealth, skill and hard work are fundamental. In contrast, the wealth of American billionaires doubled after Donald Trump put his pandemic relief bill forward in 2020. How did the already rich in 2020 get already rich? They were already rich from when Barack Obama bailed out Wall Street in 2008. From 2008 – today, the best guarantee of getting richer has been to already be rich. This represents a rigged game, not returns to skill and hard work.

    Partisan political frames detract from understanding American political economy. The current Republican conceit that Elon Musk is a radical here to shake up a moribund system misses that every President over the last five decades has made a similar pitch. And while economic predictions are notoriously difficult to get right, this is a guarantee: should DOGE get up and running, the rich will be made richer and the rest of us poorer. This isn’t because Trump and Musk are evil or singularly self-interested. It will because this is how the American economy has been set up to operate.

    The people running the US continue to make the worst decisions in the history of bad decisions—for the rest of us. For themselves, the free money keeps on flowing. S&L Crisis? The rich got bailed out. GFC (global financial crisis)? The rich got bailed out. Stock market down because of the pandemic? The rich got bailed out. In each case ‘we’ were told that it was ‘the system’ that was being bailed out. But somehow the money always landed in the pockets of the looters, not the looted. The US is out of time to get this right. In the parlance of the age: sad.

     

    The post DOGE: Nations Aren’t Corporations and ‘Efficiency’ Means Austerity appeared first on CounterPunch.org.

    This post was originally published on CounterPunch.org.

  • Fire along Pacific Coast Highway near Pacific Palisades, video by Aaron Giesel.

    Beyond Mike Davis’s provocative title to his classic essay, “The Case for Letting Malibu Burn,” is the thesis that resources and attention are disproportionately allocated to save the rich and their property at the expense of the poor. While this is historically the case in Los Angeles, the raging fires here are far worse than even the great Mike Davis could have foreseen.

    Schools are burning, libraries, restaurants, stores, churches, state parks, mobile homes, apartment complexes, horses, mountain lions. People will die. Lives are being destroyed.

    As I write in the early morning hours, fire crews aren’t working to stop Malibu from burning. Or the Palisades, Topanga, Pasadena or Altadena. They can’t. There is not time and no way to do so. They are attempting to save lives as the winds howl and embers fly through the canyons.

    I just got word that an artist friend’s home is on fire, many more are under evacuation orders.

    Gusts of hurricane-level winds of up to 100 mph make the flame’s path almost impossible to predict. I smell smoke in our home, even though we aren’t in a danger zone. A collision of climate factors – a record-hot summer and bone-dry winter are worsening matters. Fire season here typically ends by November, but it’s January, and we’ve had no significant rain in nearly eight months.

    This is shaping up to be a firestorm that will forever alter this city. Not just the wealthy in their coastal enclaves, but all of us. The scars will run deep and be long-lasting, and of course, as Mike Davis would have pointed out, the poorest among us will suffer the most.

    The post Los Angeles on Fire appeared first on CounterPunch.org.

    This post was originally published on CounterPunch.org.

  • Photograph Source: David Wilson – CC BY 2.0

    The Telegraph recently reported that ahead of President-Elect Donald Trump’s inauguration later this month, thousands of Haitian immigrants have already left or are planning to leave Springfield, Ohio. The Haitian community has been living in fear for months, and their flight could reverse some of the economic and social gains that the rust belt town has won by virtue of its immigrant community’s hard work and cultural contributions. What is happening in Springfield could be a harbinger in similar places once Trump occupies the Oval Office.

    Springfield became a focus of attention last fall when candidate Trump, during a debate with Vice President Kamala Harris, made the false claim that Haitian immigrants were eating Springfield residents’ cats and dogs. Ohio Senator J.D. Vance, Trump’s running mate, later said that the stories were based on “first-hand accounts of my constituents.” He provided no evidence, and officials in Springfield have repeatedly stated that no pets went missing or ended up on rotisseries.

    Unable to maintain his or his boss’s ridiculous claims any longer, Vance later changed tack and said that inventing stories about immigrants was perfectly fine as long as they brought attention to how American towns suffer at the hands of pernicious migrants.

    Their xenophobic remarks had predictable results. Members of Springfield’s Haitian community were immediately subjected to threats of violence and acts of vandalism. At a city council meeting, a local resident and vocal white supremacist, Drake Berentz, said, “I’ve come to bring a word of warning. Stop what you are doing before it’s too late. Crime and savagery will only increase with every Haitian you bring in.” Police removed him from the meeting. There is no program to import migrants.

    Also, in the wake of Trump and Vance’s accusations, more than thirty bomb threats were made to city agencies, forcing repeated school closures and event cancellations. Haitian parents and guardians reported that even on all-clear days, they were hesitant to send their children to school, and some people complained to police about numerous acts of vandalism and property damage.

    Members of the Haitian diaspora in Springfield are in the United States legally, and many are beneficiaries of Temporary Protected Status (TPS) provisions, which Trump has vowed to abolish. TPS means that foreign nationals may remain and work in the United States if civil conflict or natural disasters in their home countries are so dire that their lives could be at risk if they return. Haiti is currently in a state of social chaos, and violence there has dramatically spiked. Trump insists that they should be sent back.

    The case of Springfield also demonstrates the falsity of the Republican Party’s claims about the causal connection between migrants and crime. Vance maintained that Haitians drove the murder rate up in Springfield by 80 percent based on the difference between the number of homicide cases in 2021 and 2023, when there were five and nine murders, respectively. However, the City of Springfield’s website states that Haitians are more likely to be the targets of crime, not the perpetrators of it. That fact generalizes in other parts of the country. However, Vance asserted that four more murders demonstrated a general trend. It does not.

    According to Republican Clark County Prosecutor Daniel Driscoll, during his entire 20-year career in law enforcement, there has not been a single case of a Haitian who committed a murder in Springfield. Furthermore, the argument that Trump’s harsh immigration policies reduced crime and increased safety across the country do not bear scrutiny. FBI statistics show that more homicides occurred in Springfield under Trump than during the Obama or Biden administrations. In other words, immigration policy from the top has nothing to do with slight, statistically insignificant fluctuations in crime on the ground. One might as well blame it on the weather. Study after study has shown that higher-than-average concentrations of immigrants do not contribute to increased crime and might even lower it.

    Haitians began moving to Springfield in 2017 because of plentiful employment opportunities and its low cost of living. Local labor shortages meant that their work was sorely needed, and their tax dollars have helped fill city coffers for a range of necessary services. Employers were pleased as Haitian men and women filled job vacancies. What is more, according to data cited in the Springfield News-Sun, $1 billion was generated in tax revenue in 2023, up from $864 million in 2022. These numbers represent a dramatic increase in funds available for city services. So, the addition of an estimated 15,000 people in less than a decade — who just happen to be from Haiti — became part of the fabric of the city and improved its economic fortunes. They worked hard, rented apartments, purchased homes, and started their own businesses, all of which enriched the life of a place that needed their skills.

    Cities with sizable immigrant populations in red states could experience a similar outmigration to places that seem safer. In addition to Ohio, states like Pennsylvania, Florida, and Texas are currently home to thousands of migrants who are paying close attention to threats emanating from the din of Trump’s rallies or wafting from his kitsch principality at Mar-a-Lago.

    Trump and his circle would like to reverse the positive developments that immigration brings. Since the Grand Old Party offers extraordinarily little to ordinary people, the theater of keeping them safe from non-existent threats must continue for the sake of political expediency. They are perfectly willing to vilify people who never hurt anyone and evoke fear in millions of others. The results may well be a greater erosion of community bonds in places like Springfield and renewed economic downturns in other rust belt regions across the country that have significant immigrant populations.

    Yet, there might be a method to this madness. Engineering greater fear, increasing social atomization, and creating more economic precarity translates to easier manipulation of voters.

    More importantly, however, mass deportation to countries in the throes of violence could claim innocent lives.

    It is up to us to resist that.

    The post Haitian Exodus from Springfield, Ohio Might Be a Sign of Things to Come appeared first on CounterPunch.org.

    This post was originally published on CounterPunch.org.

  • In November, Álvaro Noboa, the father of Ecuador’s president Daniel Noboa, had a heart attack. He was hastily taken to a clinic in Guayaquil, his hometown, and then after he was stabilized, flown to a hospital in New York. Álvaro Noboa unsuccessfully ran for president five times (1998, 2002, 2006, 2009, and 2013), but it was his son who prevailed in 2023 at the age of 35. What defines the Noboa family is not political office, but the wealth of the Noboa Corporation. Grupo Noboa was formed out of Bananera Noboa S.A. set up in 1947 by Luis Noboa Naranjo, the grandfather of the current president. Bananera Noboa expanded, thanks to Álvaro, into the Exportadora Bananera Noboa, which is the heart of the Group’s billion-dollar empire in Ecuador (population 18 million, a third of whom live below an abysmally low poverty line). The name of the expanded firm has two words in it that describe the hold of the Noboa family on the Ecuadorian economy and on its political life: the export (exportadora) of bananas (bananera).

    Banana Trade

    Countries other than Ecuador produce a very large share of the world’s banana product. India produces more than a quarter of bananas, while China produces a tenth. But these are not banana-exporting countries because they have enormous domestic markets for bananas. More than 90 percent of the world’s exported bananas come from Central and South America as well as the Philippines. Ecuador, which only produces a little over 5 percent of the world’s banana produce, exports 95 percent of its production, making up 36 percent of the world’s exported bananas (Costa Rica is next at 15 percent). Grupo Noboa is Ecuador’s largest banana firm, and therefore one of the most important companies in the export of bananas globally. The largest importers of bananas are the European Union (5.1 million tons), the United States (4.1 million tons), and China (1.8 million tons). Europe and the United States have established suppliers in Central and South America (Colombia, Costa Rica, Ecuador, and the Dominican Republic), and neither experience major supply shortages.

    China has faced problems from its major suppliers Cambodia and the Philippines (from which it procured 50 percent of its imported bananas). For instance, Cambodia has been wracked by El Niño, resulting in less precipitation, greater depletion of soil moisture, and an increase in pesticide resistance pests. Such a climate change phenomenon has damaged banana production in both Cambodia and the Philippines. This is the reason why Chinese importers have invested in expanding banana plantations in India and Vietnam, two emerging suppliers for the Chinese market. But there is no substitute for Ecuadorian bananas.

    Chinese Market

    Between 2022 and 2023, Ecuador’s exports of bananas to China increased by 33 percent. However, the problem with Ecuadorian bananas is that the journey from South America to China has increasedthe average import unit value to $690 per ton. This means that for the Chinese market bananas from Ecuador are 41 times more expensive than bananas from Vietnam. Over the past five years, the banana merchants of both China and Ecuador, and their governments, have tried to reduce the cost of the bananas for export to China.

    First, the two countries signed a free trade agreement in May 2023 that ensured that 90 percent of the goods traded between the countries would be tariff-free and that any tariffs on bananas would be eliminated over the next decade. China is already Ecuador’s largest trading partner. It is expected that the Chinese firms will invest in processing and in the industrial production capacity within Ecuador so as to make products from the bananas before the fruit sets sail.

    Second, the Chinese have been eager to cut the shipping time between South America and China, which means to ensure upgrades at ports at both ends. The Chinese government has upgraded both the Dalian Port in Liaoning Province and the Tianjin Port in Tianjin. Both of these ports are capable of running container ocean liners from dock to dock over twenty-five days, which is a week faster than other routes. The new Peruvian port in Chancay, built with Chinese investment, will enable goods from Bolivia, Brazil, and Peru to travel very fast to and from China, while the upgraded Ecuadorian ports of Puerto Guayaquil and Puerto Bolívar already ensure rapid transit of goods from Ecuador. Meanwhile, the Colombian government and the Chinese government are considering the expansion of the port of Buenaventura and the building of a “dry canal” to link the Pacific (Buenaventura) and Atlantic (Cartagena) ports by a rail link; this would be a direct challenge to the Panama Canal, which is perhaps why Donald Trump made his speech about bringing that canal under direct U.S. control.

    Third, the banana merchants on both sides of the Pacific have been working to upgrade their ports so that they are both storage facilities for cold chain products (such as fruits and vegetables) and light manufacturing so that value can be added to them through processing. With warehouses for refrigerated containers, there is less waste and greater haste in getting the goods ready for the long journey.

    With European supermarkets enforcing a cut in banana prices, Central and South American exporters are keen to send their bananas to China. But this is not just about bananas.

    Cold Banana War

    The United States government has taken it as a personal affront that Chinese businesses and the Chinese state have been involved in economic activities in Latin America. In 2020, the United States blocked a Chinese firm from developing La Unión port on the Pacific Ocean in El Salvador. But this year, it was impossible to prevent Peru from participating in the $3.6 billion upgrade to the port of Chancay, also on the Pacific. In comparison, in May 2023, the United States pledged $150 million as a credit to upgrade the Turkish-run Yilport Terminal Operations at the Puerto Bolívar port in Ecuador. The arrival of expensive Chinese Belt and Road Initiative (BRI) projects in South America is now a fact.

    The U.S. government has only now begun to invest in its own ports (to the tune of $580 million promised in November 2024, a pittance compared to what is needed). In November 2023, the United States launched the Americas Partnership for Economic Prosperity, whose intention is to contest China’s BRI in Latin America. However, the Partnership only has $5 million as an accelerator, which is an embarrassingly small amount of money. Colombia, Ecuador, and Peru—all three involved in the BRI projects—are members of the Partnership, but the gains they get from it are minimal.

    The story seems to end where it always ends. Unable to compete on commercial grounds, the United States brings its cavalry to bear. President Noboa gave the U. S. permission to use the environmentally fragile Galapagos Islands as a military base to conduct surveillance in the area.

    The Noboa family knows a thing or two about using force instead of conducting an honest negotiation. When workers from their plantations organized a union to fight for an end to child labor (documentedby Human Rights Watch) and to ensure that the Ecuadorian Constitution was honored, the Noboa corporation refused to engage with them. Twelve thousand workers at Los Álamos plantation struck on May 6, 2002. Ten days later, armed men went into the workers’ houses, detained the organizers, and tortured them (one was killed). They threatened the workers that if they did not stop the strike, they would put about 60 of them in a container and dump it into a nearby river. They shot at the workers, wounding many of them. Mauro Romero, whose leg had to be amputated, received nothing from his employers; it was the union that paid his bills. This was under the watch of President Noboa’s father and his minister of agriculture (Eduardo Izaguirre). But despite where the story appears to end, these men understand the current realities: they will trade with China, but give up part of their territory to the United States for a military base.

    This article was produced by Globetrotter.

    The post The Banana Road From South America to China appeared first on CounterPunch.org.

    This post was originally published on CounterPunch.org.

  • Photograph by Nathaniel St. Clair

    I haven’t written much about Gaza since the war started, for two main reasons. One, because everything is already so clear. Britain, America, Israel and their allies have decided to try to eliminate a resistant population in a strategically crucial region, and the rest of the world is either participating, acquiescing or wringing its hands. Everyone can see what is happening; what can I add of any value that is not already entirely obvious? And secondly, because attempts to impose sense on such a senseless situation feel crass. The situation is so intensely disturbing, even the simple act of putting it into words seems already to trivialise it. As the Chicago-based Palestinian journalist Ali Abinimah of Electronic Intifada put it early on in this latest phase of the war, “People come to us for analysis. I don’t know how to analyse this. I don’t know what to say to people.” Because the annihilation of Gaza is also a war against meaning.

    Our ability to make and tell stories is what makes us human. That’s also how we deal with suffering and pain and loss. But stories have an arc; there is a return from the abyss. Terrible, tragic things happen, even things which we might never heal from, but people change and adapt and weave the terrible into the story of their life. People die, but their influence lives on, their memory is celebrated and valued by those who knew and loved them. People suffer but they learn something and grow from their experiences, somehow, however awful they are. ‘Your gift will come from your wound,’ as the storytellers say.

    But the sheer relentless nature of the holocaust in Gaza means there is no story arc. There is no return from the abyss. The abyss just grows and keeps growing. People are killed but before they can be grieved or celebrated or woven into a story, everyone who knew them is slowly (or quickly) killed as well, whilst anyone left is focused on survival. There is no time to make sense of anything, and no sense to be had anyway. There is no ‘personal growth’ to be made from this horror.

    Ahmed Alnaouq, founder of the Palestinian group, We Are Not Numbers, lost his father, five remaining siblings and all fourteen of their children to an Israeli airstrike on his father’s home two weeks into the war. A year later, he was commissioned by the New Arab to write an article about it. He later told the Electronic Intifada about the process of writing this article: “Ten years ago, Israel killed my brother, my older brother, and that was the first time I lost a family member. But writing a story about my brother back then, it was much easier than writing this story about my family.  And I think it’s because when you lose only one brother, when you only lose one family member, you know that your sadness, your agony, your pain is focused, is concentrated, you know what you are lamenting for, you know what you are crying for. You know what is very deeply painful to you – it is a brother. Ten years ago, when Israel killed my brother, I couldn’t forget about my brother: I imagined, I remembered all the stories that we had together, all the memories, all the pictures: and for me that was a relief, because I knew who I was sad for. But when you lose twenty-one members of your family ..  you could not know who you cry for. I didn’t know to think about my father or my brother or my other brother or my sisters or my nieces and nephews, the fourteen kids who I raised some of them. I was very distracted for the past year. And because I was very distracted I couldn’t think of one specific person, I couldn’t dare to think of one of them for the past year, I would always avoid talking about them, I would avoid going to whatsapp messages that I shared with one of them. It was very difficult and I purposely tried to avoid remembering them because if I remember them I will be one hundred times more depressed than I am.”

    And this is part of the intention. Resistance movements are built on stories: of repression and suffering and heroism. Refaat Alareer understood this very well (see his beautiful Ted Talk, ‘Stories Make Us’, here). He was perhaps the single most important figure in terms of bringing Gazan voices to the English-speaking world, and had educated and inspired a whole generation of English-language journalists and authors in the strip. In one of several books of Gazan writing he edited, he wrote that “Sometimes a homeland becomes a tale. We love the story because it is about our homeland and we love our homeland even more because of the story.” Israel wants to eradicate not only the Palestinians’ resistance and nation but also their ability to make sense of their situation. Hence the relentless killing of Gaza’s storytellers. Over 200 journalists and media workers have been killed by Israel in the past fifteen months, many in openly targeted attacks. Just last week, a clearly marked press van was hit by an Israeli missile, burning alive all five of its occupants. Refaat Alareer himself was hunted down and killed along with several members of his family in a targeted strike on his sister’s apartment on December 6th 2023 (perhaps not coincidentally, just three days after the British RAF began flying surveillance flights over Gaza for the IDF). It was the third attempt on his life: his own apartment and University had both been hit earlier in the war.. Famously, his last poem, written to his daughter Shaima, began ‘If I must die, you must live, to tell my story.’ But she too was killed, along with her husband and their baby son, in an airstrike on their home a few months later.

    Think about the alcoholism rife in aboriginal communities in Australia and North America. This reflects not simply degraded material conditions and opportunities, but the transformation of a worldview rich with deep meaning into one rendered senseless through colonial erasure.

    And they want to do that to the rest of us as well; they don’t want anyone to be able to imbue the story and concept of ‘Palestine’ with any meaning. And it is not easy to see a way to resist this – attempts to render meaning to the struggle, in the midst of a senseless holocaust, come across too often as crass denials of reality, using Palestinian suffering as a raw material to fuel our own pontifications.  Even as I write this now, it feels like that.

    The tragedy is, Israelis are committed to this path because of their own need for a sense of meaning. The Nazi Holocaust had this same effect on many Jews, destroying their ability to make meaning of their individual and collective lives. But Israel was presented as their happy ending, one that made sense of the Holocaust and finally gave it meaning. It provided a final act that transformed that senseless event into a story. It was always a fiction of course; Amos Oz talks in his memoir about his mother’s suicide as a result of her inability to find meaning in her life after the horror of the Holocaust; for her, the mere concept of the state of Israel could not – despite (or perhaps because of) actually living there – help her overcome this.

    To admit the failure of the project now would put Israelis right back face-to-face with the senselessness of the Holocaust. The final act was a myth. There never was any happy ending.

    There is a way out of course, and it’s one Jews are increasingly taking – to embrace the fact that the struggle for justice is universal, and meaning comes from committing to that struggle, whatever the costs, with no exceptions. This means a decisive rejection of Zionism. But that is where meaning is to be found, even in the Holocausts and the Nakbas – for Palestinians, for Jews and for all of us.

    The post A War Against Meaning appeared first on CounterPunch.org.

    This post was originally published on CounterPunch.org.

  • Photograph Source: The White House – Public Domain

    Joe Biden keeps departing and Donald Trump keeps arriving. The soon-to-be former president and the still-future president are like comic-tragic characters in a political zombie film.

    Let’s face it: the U.S. presidential transition is a constitutional travesty. The months-long transition is undemocratic, unseemly and quite dangerous.

    Mark the current scene.  A politically defunct, King Lear-like Joe Biden continues to make big and small policy decisions after his intended successor’s platform narrowly but clearly lost at the ballot box, even as President-elect Donald Trump conducts an incipient shadow presidency through a torrent of legal maneuvers, social media pronouncements and interviews, sounding more Caesarian by the day.

    Both the recent hectoring of Congress by Trump over the eleventh-hour budget deal and debt ceiling and the thriller over the threatened shutdown of the hugely popular social media platform TikTok on the day before the inauguration, pending a Supreme Court decision to the contrary, highlight the foolishness of permitting a long lame duck period with anything more than caretaker powers.

    This spectacle of “dual power” – to borrow a famous phrase from the tumult of revolutionary Russia in 1917 – is an affront to democratic common sense. Some would argue it’s a “triple power” situation, with plutocrat-maximus Elon Musk as a pretender to the ad hoc triumvirate, but that is another matter.

    The protracted transition period is built largely around the calendar of the antiquated electoral college process in which the supernumerary votes of state electors are deemed constitutionally more important than the national popular vote. Consequently, we must wait for the electors and Congress to act, and then another two weeks, until January 20th for the drama to end.

    This long transition virtually guarantees a presidential time of troubles, a period of heightened national risk during which a president who has lost or lacks the electoral mandate nevertheless possesses full but unchecked and unaccountable “lame duck” executive powers.

    A U.K. prime minister who has lost hold of a governing majority usually exits 10 Downing the morning after the election, as just happened in July 2024, but the defeated or otherwise exiting U.S. president is allowed to linger for many weeks like rotting leftovers in the fridge.  Worse, under cloak of the transition, the slow-exiting president is allowed to do by stealth what he could not get away with normally.

    The chronicle of lame duck abuses of presidential powers is long, rich and fully cross-partisan. Typically accomplished by executive order, some abuses have been on the level of self-interested peccadillos, others on the level of acts of war.  To cite just a few illustrative cases:

    + Biden’s breaking an explicit pre-election promise and pardoning of his own son, Clinton’s dubious pardoning of Marc Rich, Trump’s pardoning of Roger Stone and Paul Manafort

    + Biden’s escalatory measures in the Ukraine war including long-range ATCM missile strikes and expropriation of sovereign assets after his Administration’s war strategy was rejected by a majority of voters

    + George H.W. Bush’s launch of the ill-fated Somalia mission bequeathing the “Black Hawk Down” debacleto the incoming Clinton

    + Eisenhower’s CIA-led assassination of the uncooperative Congolese leader Patrice Lumumba just days before JFK took office

    + And the lame duck locus classicus, the series of “midnight” judicial appointments by outgoing John Adams in the last weeks of his term

    The issue is less about the merits of the underlying decisions – which could and should have been debated ex ante – but about the timing of such executive acts beyond the reach of democratic and legal accountability.

    Perhaps nothing has revived the nagging questions about the duration of the post-election presidential transition as much as the abortive January 6 insurrection-cum-coup attempt. The fact that Congress resorted to a failed post-presidency impeachment process to hold Trump accountable for alleged incitement of January 6 shows how lawless the transition period has become.

    The accountability problem is reinforced because an outgoing president might be presumptuous enough to pardon himself while also enjoying expansive new constitutional immunity – that is, impunity – according to the Supreme Court’s 2024 decision in the aptly named case Trump v. United States.

    Furthermore, the specter of potential abuse of Presidential emergency powers, either delegated by Congress under Article 1 or “inherent” in the presidency under Article 2 as some legal authorities argue, hangs over the transition and intensifies the risk. For example, could Trump have invoked the Insurrection Act during the 2020 transition to advance his political objectives? Could Biden do so now? Would the courts be able to constrain such anti-democratic arrogation of power?  We cannot know for sure.

    As a retired Federal judge once commented, the Constitution is at bottom “a gentleman’s agreement” not to act in bad faith.  The fact that worse things have not happened during transitions is a testament to the relatively high levels of good faith, comity and trust that have characterized American political culture. Today those democratic civic virtues show signs of marked decay, raising concern of abuse of power.

    Why does the transfer of power take place so long after the election and what can be done to tighten the schedule?  Not much, but let’s explore the predicament briefly.

    By amendment, the Constitution currently sets the date for the end of the outgoing president’s term in office and the start of the new presidency simultaneously at Noon on the 20th of January. This means that the presidential transition can take as long as 80 days after the holding of the election in early November.

    Consequently, an incumbent president who has lost an election or is term-limited effectively wields full Article 2 presidential powers even after losing the electoral mandate. A similar lame duck problem pertains to the old Congress which stays in office until early January. These unnecessary delays violate popular sovereignty and represent basic flaws of governance.

    Significantly, the transfer of power was not always on January 20th. Indeed, the precise calendar date was not in the vision of the original Framers of the Constitution.

    Until 1933, inauguration day used to be either March 4 or 5 (to avoid a Sunday) by act of Congress continuing the tradition under the Articles of Confederation.

    The long delay arguably made some sense in the early 19th century because of limitations of transportation, for example if a new president had to trek from the hinterlands to Washington by horse and buggy. But technically there was — and is — no reason the newly elected president could not take the oath of office at almost any location or date.

    The old customary practice of a March inauguration changed after the 20th Amendment went into effect in 1933 bringing forward the date to January 20th as a matter of Constitutional law. According to its backers, the purpose of the Amendment was to shorten both the presidential transition and to curtail the old Congress in which defeated or outgoing Members would serve until March.

    However, by using a constitutional amendment to impose a new date, these modernizers imperfectly addressed the duration problem while making the situation far worse by cementing it in the basic law. As with Prohibition, to fix the self-inflicted problem, we would need to repeal the flawed amendment by a new amendment, which is all but politically impossible today.

    Rigid calendar dates probably have no place in a constitution. A functional date tied to when the election certification has occurred rather than an arbitrarily appointed calendar date has the advantage of flexibility in adapting to when the popular electoral will is known.

    Of course there are some practical trade-offs. It is reassuring to have a date certain for the old president to leave office. But it is also a big risk to wait so long for the transfer of power.

    Two main reasons are often advanced to justify the extended duration of the transition. Neither is in the least compelling. The first reason relates to the drawn-out timeline of the electoral process which supposedly requires this long presidential entr’act. The inexplicably long time to have finalize American election results, despite our modern digital and communications technologies, is itself an offense to common sense. Making virtue of this unnecessity is a vice.

    A second argument given for the slow transition is the alleged need for the new government to prepare itself for power. Nonsense. Nobody should be running for the highest office if they are not preparing long in advance to take office.

    A veritable “cottage industry” of legislation and scholarship, including Bush National Security Adviser Stephen Hadley’s self-congratulatory memoir, has developed about the presidential transition period focusing on issues like cooperation between the outgoing and incoming teams and on the vetting of new personnel as well as the political appointment process.

    Most of this preparation adds little or no value, wastes time and is a poor excuse for running the risks of a lame duck period. Having participated at a senior level in the national security aspects of one presidential transition from the exiting side, I can attest to the at most glancing interest on the part of the incoming team in what we had to say. After the 2000 election (itself a morass), this included warnings about ongoing terrorism threats from al-Qaeda and other extremist groups.

    Consecration of the unduly long transition gets things exactly backwards. The burden should be on presidential candidates to have their teams mostly picked if not announced well before the election. Once a president has lost the popular mandate, time is up. The outgoing chief executive should exit stage right forthwith, and the new POTUS should be ready to report for work immediately. Furthermore, the basic functioning of the U.S. government does not depend on confirming new political appointees. Budgets and continuing resolutions are not dependent on presidential inaugurations.

    The unaccountable transition period is among the many depressing and potentially dangerous derogations of democratic principles in the Constitution. The list also includes omissions such as the lack of an individual right to vote, lack of gender equality, lack of a privacy right, disenfranchisement of District of Columbia and the U.S. territorial possessions. For a brilliant and sobering discussion of such issues, see Erwin Chemerinsky’s book No Democracy Lasts Forever: How the Constitution Threatens the United States.

    Justice Robert Jackson long ago warned in a much quoted dissenting opinion about the risk of anarchy that the Constitution should not be read as a “suicide pact.” Unfortunately, despite its manifest nobility of purpose and pioneering ingenuity, as written, amended and interpreted, the founding charter also contains ingredients for the undoing of our democratic republic.

    The long transition may seem like an innocuous administrative quirk – a political recess period of sorts – but it carries perils. Neither Congress nor the courts are likely to mitigate the risks of the presidential transition.

    Public outrage may be the only thing left in the tool kit of checks and balances. But outrage depends on “we the people” paying attention and caring about democratic legitimacy. An “autocracy-curious” or apathetic public could license the opposite.

    The post The Transition Travesty appeared first on CounterPunch.org.

    This post was originally published on CounterPunch.org.

  • Photograph Source: EneasMx – CC BY-SA 4.0

    In June 2024, Mexicans elected a female president, Claudia Sheinbaum to replace Andres Manuel Lopez Obrador. Arguably, Mexico is Washington’s most significant foreign policy partner, playing a central role in two issues that Donald Trump manipulated to win the 2024 presidential election: migration and drugs.

    Laura Carlsen, one of Mexico’s most distinguished progressive journalists and political analysts, takes stock of President Sheinbaum’s performance so far and how she plans to deal with Trump. Carlsen is based in Mexico City, where she directs the international relations think tank, Mira: Feminisms and Democracies. She also coordinates knowledge and global solidarity with Just Associates, JASS. Holding graduate degrees from Stanford, she is a dual Mexican-US citizen.

    How is the Mexican government taking Trump’s threat of mass deportations?

    The Mexican government estimates there are 4.8 million Mexicans in the United States without papers and 11.5 currently with some form of legal residence, so the demographic implications could be enormous. President Claudia Sheinbaum and her cabinet have taken a dual approach to Trump’s threat to immediately begin a campaign of mass deportation after taking office. On the one hand, the government—along with many analysts in the United States—has questioned how far Trump will actually go, pointing out that the U.S. economy would suffer, experiencing labor scarcity, loss of tax revenues, inflation, and deceleration if Trump carries out the threat. Mexico is preparing facts-based studies to discuss the real impact on the U.S. economy and society with Trump’s team and find other solutions.

    That doesn’t mean that the Mexican government isn’t taking it seriously though. Several days ago, Sheinbaum warned Mexicans in the United States that they are facing “a new reality” as of January 20. On this side of the border, Mexico is actively preparing for the possibility of mass deportation. Although we don’t yet have all the details, the government is working on plans to receive returning Mexicans, including reducing paperwork and obstacles to reincorporation in schools and employment, and some sort of support. The Secretary of Foreign Relations Juan Ramon de la Fuente announced measures for Mexicans residing in the United States, including a “panic button” to alert the nearest consulate and relatives if apprehended for deportation, and know-your-rights campaigns. Consulates have already registered a spike in queries and widespread fear in immigrant communities. With Tom Homan as border czar—founder of the family separation policies that stripped children from their parents with many still not reunited after years of searching—concerns run deep. The government has also been talking to Central American countries to develop plans for safe return to other countries of origin. The threat to apply a 25 percent tariff on all Mexican exports to the US (80 percent of Mexico’s trade) has increased pressure to accept and accommodate deportees even from other countries.

    In 2016 after Trump’s first election, we organized a “caravan against fear” along the border on the U.S. side to register reactions in immigrant communities. Families were literally afraid to leave their homes and mixed-status families faced the disintegration of the home. Daily routines fell apart and the stress was palpable. This time around threatens to be worse and no matter how fast deportation proceeds or how deep it goes, millions of lives—especially children’s—will be irreparably traumatized.

    Do you think the results of this policy will depart significantly from that of Obama and Biden?

    It is a fact that Biden continued Trump’s hardline immigration policies and by the end of his administration had surpassed the first Trump administration in deportations. A new report states there were 271,000 deportations in fiscal year 2024, more than Trump’s peak year of 2019 and only less than Obama in 2014. That the highest levels of deportation have occurred under Democrats reveals the paradox of Trump’s accusing Biden of “open borders.” This line, repeated over and over and often embellished with outright lies due to ignorance or indifference to the truth, seems to have swayed millions of voters to vote for Trump.

    Biden did not significantly change Trump immigration policy, although he quickly reversed some Trump measures including child separation, safe third-country agreements and the Muslim ban and increased legal immigration and refugee resettlement. Since his administration continued detention policies, his actions had little or nothing to do with high migratory flows to the US during his administration. Corporate extractivism, the profound inequality and poverty caused by neoliberal policies in the Global South, violence, and displacement caused by climate change are among the primary causes of increased immigration to the US. They are structural causes inherent in the global system and as such will not reverse, although there may be temporary fluctuations.

    Although there have been more apprehensions at the border, many are repeat attempts, and the numbers are neither unprecedented nor in any way threatening. The “backlash” against immigration evident in the 2024 campaign was almost completely a result of the fomentation of racist and nativist fears. It is interesting to note that districts with the highest Trump vote often correlated with very low immigration, meaning that these voters have little direct contact or impact from immigration in their daily lives and yet were convinced that immigrants pose a threat to the American “way of life.”

    Since at least Bill Clinton, the Democrats made a strategic decision to abandon the defense of human mobility and human rights in migration and embrace the Republicans’ national security framework that presents immigration as a threat. Although both parties now employ similar anti-immigrant arguments and policies and in the last election tried to outdo each other in terms of restriction and repression, there is reason to believe that Trump will institute more hardline policies that will further endanger and disrupt the lives of immigrants. Homan has announced a return to family separation, and anti-immigrant mastermind Stephen Miller is expected to find more ways to cut off rights to asylum, family reunification, and legal residence.

    How would you describe AMLO’s approach to the drug cartels? Was it successful or merely a confession that Mexico had lost the war on the cartels? Some say that unless it is able to control the cartels, the Mexican government’s other initiatives at reducing poverty and promoting development will have little positive impact. In other words, the cartels pose a real existential crisis to the future of the Mexican state.

    Mexico has always been forced to follow U.S. policy in the war on drugs. Since Richard Nixon announced the war on drugs in the United States in 1971, the policy has been imposed on Mexico through trade sanctions, military strong-arming, and even temporary border closure. The Bush administration’s Merida Initiative, funded by Congress during the Obama administration, tied Mexico to the DEA strategy of drug seizures and arrests or killing of drug lords, known as the kingpin strategy. The Mexican president at the time, Felipe Calderon, agreed to an unprecedented level of U.S. involvement as part of his own war on drugs.

    By 2018 it had become clear that the strategy was a disaster for Mexico. Homicide rates shot up, disappearances became a tragic reality for thousands of families, and cartels that had previously restricted activities to drug trafficking to the U.S. market, had been fragmented, causing more violent turf wars between cartels and a diversification into other criminal activities including extortion, human trafficking, and territorial control. AMLO campaigned with the promise to end the war on drugs and address root causes.

    Some of the social programs for youth did address some of the root causes, but the kingpin strategy and U.S. control of Mexican security policy continued. The “hugs not bullets” strategy, continuously mocked by conservatives and the macho press, could have been a solid conceptual approach, but due in large part to U.S. pressure it was never really applied. The vicious cycles set in motion by the drug war’s militarized response to cartel crime continued and even deepened. Although the last years showed some reduction in the homicide rate, the AMLO administration registered the highest homicide rate on record, with more than 115,000 disappearances and high rates of injury and gender violence compounding the problem.

    The binational effort to defeat cartels militarily in Mexico instead of addressing the economic roots of black-market smuggling and sale of prohibited substances—mostly found within the borders of the United States–led to massive bloodshed in Mexico. It also stimulated more economic gain for the U.S. arms industry and opened the country up to much more expansive U.S. presence in Mexican security. It reinforced social and patriarchal control by emphasizing macho militarist models of domination and militarizing regions where indigenous peoples, rural populations, and urban poor carry out defense of land and resources.

    The cartels have historically been a violent and economically powerful corrupting force in the country, but they focused primarily on the lucrative business of trafficking drugs to the U.S. black market.  Now they are entrenched in battles for territorial control between rival cartels and with state armed forces. This means that the violence has permeated civic life much more than before.

    It can’t be conceived of as a criminal versus state battle because the lines are so blurred. State actors at all levels, including the armed forces, often act with and for the cartels. The war on drugs shifts allegiances and balances of power between cartels, but never advances in terms of common-sense objectives such as abating the flow of illegal drugs, reducing the power of cartels, or increasing rule of law, and it causes more, not less, violence. The last kingpin capture orchestrated by the U.S. government, of El Chapito, Joaquin Guzman López, and Ismael Zambada, is just the latest in a series of hits against specific cartels that trigger inter-cartel battles and end up favoring the first cartel’s rivals.

    Can you describe the other key challenges that face the Scheinbaum government and how it plans to tackle them?  Aside from the cartels and the undocumented migrants issue, I would imagine the list would include the transgenic corn issue, agrarian reform, climate change, corruption, and gender inequality.

    That’s a big question. Her political platform of “100 steps toward Transformation” in reference to the continuation of what AMLO dubbed the Fourth Transformation of Mexico—after Independence, the Reform Period, and the Revolution—includes: A “moral economy” with fiscal control and pension reform; development with well-being and regional perspective and broad infrastructure plans; streamlined policy-making and enforcement; social rights and welfare and reducing inequality, health rights; reducing violence against women and assuring equality; Indigenous and Afromexicans; energy sovereignty, rural development; environment, water and natural resources; science and culture and democracy. Among these, some challenges are more acute than others. Mexico has to make the space to determine its own development and security policy, but continues to be under the U.S. thumb. The policies of immigration repression that Trump demands of Mexico is at heart a tool to keep the Global South under control as capitalism intensifies at an even more predatory and brutal stage. Mexico is under pressure to serve up key natural resources including oil, water, and labor. U.S. policies such as the drug war and Trump’s climate change denial run counter to the stated aims of the new government. Finding ways to stand up to pressure without provoking economic reprisals from a volatile and unpredictable U.S. president with an America First—or rather America Only—view on U.S. domination will be a constant challenge.

    Specifically, several controversies are on the horizon. President Sheinbaum has reaffirmed that Mexico has the right to limit the import and prohibit the cultivation of U.S. genetically modified corn to protect native landraces, indigenous rights, health and food sovereignty. Mexico just lost in a NAFTA court on the question of import restrictions. A powerful civil society movement has been working for decades to defend Mexico’s right to make its own decisions on GM corn. Now they will be forced to abide by the decision while continuing to try to protect native corn and customs. There will be more legal and political run-ins on this and related issues, with powerful transnationals such as Bayer/Monsanto seeing Mexico’s bid for food sovereignty as a dangerous global precedent.

    Sheinbaum also faces a major challenge in ending discrimination and reducing violence against women, and repairing the relationship with feminist and women’s rights organizations in the country. While declaring support for women’s equality, Sheinbaum inherits the conflicted relationship established by AMLO, who accused women’s groups that protested against violence as being pawns of the conservative opposition and tended to see women’s equality solely in terms of parity in formal representation. The femicide rate continued to be very high throughout his term and yet the government minimized the crisis of gender violence.

    Now several feminist leaders form part of the government and Sheinbaum’s platform includes the goal of reducing femicide and preventing gender violence, although without many details on how. In the economic sphere, most of the emphasis is on continuing with existing social programs, which have reduced female poverty somewhat but have not addressed structural discrimination and inequality or patriarchal relations.

    In this area, as in most areas, a huge obstacle is that the “Fourth Transformation” under AMLO largely froze out the movements responsible for demanding and making social gains and for electing MORENA. Without the active participation of women’s groups—and indigenous, campesino, urban, environmental, etc. organizations—top-down measures cannot be effective and lasting.

    What foreign policy initiatives should we expect from the new administration? Will it provide progressive leadership for the rest of Latin America as well as the Global South? How will it wade into the transnational conflict that now pits Lula and the left and Milei and the right?

    AMLO took a leading role in reinvigorating regional South-South ties explicitly with the aim of reducing U.S. hegemony in the region and taking advantage of newly elected left to center-left governments. Later, in his term however, this work declined as the focus shifted back to the United States. Sheinbaum has specifically promised to ”recuperate CELAC” (Community of Latin American and Caribbean States) and strengthen regional ties, work with CELAC on an initiative to provide needed medicines, and work together on a new model for immigration that kind of keeps getting launched and never quite takes off. The relationship with the United States is also listed as a priority. Controlling illegal gun smuggling from the United States to Mexico is a critical issue for Mexico and will continue to be. The new government emphasizes multilateralism and in print anyway wants to strengthen Mexico’s role. This could be positive, but actual efforts have been sporadic and it’s not clear how much emphasis and resources will be devoted to it. Nor is it clear to what degree the new Mexican government, keen on preserving U.S. investment as key to the neoliberal model still very much in place, will buck U.S. hegemony.

    How would you compare President Scheinbaum to the other dominant female leader in Latin America, Cristina Fernandez Kirchner of Argentina, in terms of their ability to navigate a culture of male political leadership?

    Sheinbaum’s response to Trump’s vow to enact 25 percent tariffs on Mexican exports “on Day One” if Mexico did not do enough to stop immigration and control cartels was firm. She underlined all that Mexico was already doing but also said the nation would develop its own policies and the United States should do the same. This is a departure from the chummy and often subordinate relationship with Trump that AMLO’s foreign secretary, Marcelo Ebrard, and Lopez Obrador projected.

    Trump is a public misogynist and has little respect for women, even those who are world leaders (as shown in his treatment of Angela Merkel). Sheinbaum seems to be taking a practical approach in the relationship with Trump that takes into account the need to sustain the bilateral relationship but draws the line at sovereignty. Her best bet is to maintain as much distance as possible.

    Globally, so far she looks solid as a leader. She has strong experience as former mayor of Mexico City, and while she is unlikely to be a feminist leader on the world stage, she seems to know how to hold her own. Some other leaders, notably Dilma Rousseff, have underestimated the power of patriarchy, old-boys networks, and misogynist memes with tragic results. The male vote, organized in online clubs and chats with explicitly anti-women’s rights positions that draw on insecurities and a particularly virulent form of modern-day misogyny, elected Donald Trump and Javier Milei. Now they feel vindicated and emboldened globally by these wins.

    The irony is that the United States—self-proclaimed as beacon for democracy and progress—proved itself unready to accept a woman in the highest position of power while Mexico—constantly derided as macho– elected its first woman president in a landslide. Now Sheinbaum will have to prove her leadership on the world stage in an increasingly hostile environment for women leaders.

    The post How Will Mexico’s New President Deal With Trump, Migration and Drug Cartels? appeared first on CounterPunch.org.

    This post was originally published on CounterPunch.org.

  • Ketamine solution poured onto glass and left to dry. Photograph Source: Coaster420 – Public Domain

    Clinics offering ketamine infusions and injections for “treatment-resistant depression” are today claiming 24-48 hours remission, and ketamine is also being marketed for post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD), obsessive-compulsive disorder, bipolar disorder, and anxiety disorder.

    “Between 500 and 750 ketamine clinics have cropped up across the United States,” NPR reported early in 2024 (“The Ketamine Economy: New Mental Health Clinics are a ‘Wild West’ with Few Rules”). This may be an underestimation, as Psychiatric News reported later in 2024, “More than 1,500 intravenous (IV) infusion clinics have proliferated nationwide.” Ketamine industry revenues of $3.1 billion were reported in 2022, and projected to be $6.9 billion by 2030.

    All this has occurred despite the fact that the Food and Drug Administration has warned: “Ketamine is not FDA approved for the treatment of any psychiatric disorder.”

    “Special K” is one of many slang names for ketamine, which is termed by the Drug Enforcement Administration (DEA) as a “dissociative anesthetic hallucinogen” that “distorts the perception of sight and sound and makes the user feel disconnected and not in control”—an experience that on the street is referred to as the “K-hole.”

    The mainstream media reports little about ketamine’s scientific reality but a great deal about celebrity ketamine users’ testimonials and deaths. So the U.S. public has heard about Elon Musk’s praise of ketamine for his depression; and about Matthew Perry’s tragedy, which began with clinic treatment, then illegal ketamine acquisition, multiple-injections-a-day addiction, and finally death with an autopsy determining that he had died from “the acute effects of ketamine.”

    All this begs some questions: (1) Why would psychiatry turn to ketamine, a “club drug” that is used by drug risk takers hoping for a euphoric out-of-body experience, used by predators to facilitate sexual assault, and is not approved by the FDA for any psychiatric disorder? (2) What do scientific studiesnot enthusiasts’ anecdotal reportsactually tell us about ketamine as a psychiatric treatment? (3) What is a sane approach to so-called “treatment-resistant depression”?

    Why Psychiatry is Turning to Ketamine: A History of Failed Chemical Treatments

    “In my last severe depression, I took coca again and a small dose lifted me to the heights in wonderful fashion. I am just now busy collecting the literature for a song of praise to this magical substance.”

    — Sigmund Freud, 1884

    Before Big Pharma greed began fueling magic-bullet treatments for depression, it was ego that fueled Sigmund Freud, who at age 28 was desperately searching for a way to gain prominence (see the Cocaine Papers). To Freud’s credit, he ultimately acknowledged the correctness of fellow physician Adolf Albrecht Erlenmeyer’s warning that cocaine was dangerously addictive, the “third scourge of mankind” (along with morphine and alcohol); and Freud would abandon his interest in cocaine in favor of the psychological theories which would gain him the fame he so desired.

    Freud’s cocaine fiasco is just one of many chemical failures by psychiatry that ultimately resulted in more long-term suffering for patients, followed by psychiatry’s repeated returns to the hunt for another chemical magic bullet.

    An early Big Pharma magic-bullet chemical cure for depression was the amphetamine Benzedrine, first marketed in the 1930s by the drug company Smith, Kline, and French; followed by other amphetamines—commonly called “speed”—all of which have been found to be highly addictive. Then there have been the various so-called “antidepressants,” beginning with the tricyclic antidepressants (TCAs) such as Tofranil and Elavil that psychiatry began using in the 1950s. Later, the selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors (SSRIs) such as Prozac which hit the market in the late 1980s, then Zoloft, Paxil, Celexa, Lexapro, and other multi-billion dollar grossing SSRIs. Next have been the serotonin and norepinephrine reuptake inhibitors (SNRIs) such Effexor, Cymbalta, and Pristiq. And now, it is ketamine.

    The major reason why psychiatry returned to the hunt for a magic-bullet for depression is their commonly used antidepressants have had such lousy depression outcomes that some psychiatrists are now saying these drugs should never have even been called “antidepressants.”

    One of those psychiatrists is ketamine enthusiast Craig Heacock, who concludes: “The meds that we call antidepressants, SSRIs, mostly don’t work for depression . . . . I’m still shocked and crushed at how many physicians think that SSRIs are antidepressants” (2023 interview with psychologist and podcaster Roger McFillin).

    In “Relabeling the Medications We Call Antidepressants” (Scientifica, 2012), psychologist David Antonuccio and psychiatrist David Healy cite multiple study references to support the following conclusions about so-called antidepressants:

    “. . . a true antidepressant should be clearly superior to placebo, should offer a risk/benefit balance that exceeds that of alternative treatments, should not increase suicidality, should not increase anxiety and agitation, should not interfere with sexual functioning, and should not increase depression chronicity. Unfortunately, these medications appear to fall short on all of these dimensions. Many of the ‘side effects’ of these medications have larger effect sizes than the antidepressant effect size. . . . In other words, it may make just as much sense to call these medications antiaphrodisiacs as antidepressants because the negative effects on libido and sexual functioning are so common.”

    Determining the scientific effectiveness of a treatment means conducting randomized controlled trials (RCTs) to discover whether the treatment is more effective than a placebo, as well as examining whether, in the long term, it is more effective than no treatment at all. A sane approach also means discovering whether drug benefits exceed drug adverse effects. Unfortunately, psychiatry has a history of eschewing sanity when it comes to its new magic-bullet treatments.

    We have known for over twenty years just how scientifically ineffective so-called “antidepressants” are. A 2002 studycomparing depression remission outcomes of a placebo to the herb St. John’s wort and to the SSRI Zoloft reported that the placebo worked best; a positive “full response” occurred in 32% of the placebo-treated patients, 25% of the Zoloft-treated patients, and 24% of the St. John’s wort-treated patients. Also in 2002, a leading researcher of the placebo effect, Irving Kirsch, who had gained access to published and unpublished drug company trials on various antidepressants, reported that “all antidepressants, including the well-known SSRIs . . . had no clinically significant benefit over a placebo,” describing antidepressants as “clinically negligible” with respect to depression remission.

    The psychiatry establishment actually acknowledges that the majority of depressed patients do not remit with a single antidepressant, but it has insisted that if patients are treated with enough different antidepressants, the majority will achieve remission. They justify this with the 2006 reported results of the “Sequenced Treatment Alternatives to Relieve Depression (STAR*D), a year-long study consisting of four three-month stages; in each stage, patients who did not remit with one antidepressant were prescribed a different one or augmented with another drug. STAR*D investigators claimed a 67% cumulative remission rate.

    However, in 2023, psychologist Ed Pigott and his co-researchers conducted a reanalysis of STAR*D, and concludedthat if STAR*D investigators (who had financial ties to drug companies manufacturing the antidepressants used in the study) had adhered to their original protocol, “In contrast to the STAR*D-reported 67% cumulative remission rate after up to four antidepressant treatment trials, the rate was 35%.” Furthermore, Pigott and his co-researchers had previously shown in 2010, that of the 4041 patients who entered the STAR*D study, only 108 remitted, stayed well, and remained in the study to its one-year end; and so STAR*D could only document a get-well/stay-well rate at the end of a year of only 3%.

    Even if one accepts STAR*D researchers’ highly inflated results, the STAR*D outcome is still inferior to the natural course of depression without any medication. Published in 2006 was the National Institute of Mental Health (NIMH) study, “The Naturalistic Course of Major Depression in the Absence of Somatic Therapy,” which examined depressed patients who had recovered from an initial episode of depression, then relapsed but did not take any medication following their relapse. One year later, the recovery rate of these non-medicated depressed patients was 85%.

    There is another major reason why so-called anti-depressants are falling out of favor for many patients and even some psychiatrists: increasing recognition of just how widespread and serious are the long-term adverse effects.

    Two of the most crippling long-term adverse effects are sexual dysfunction and withdrawal difficulties that include serious physical and emotional suffering. The percentage of sexual dysfunction for SSRI antidepressants runs from 25%–73%, according to a 2010 examination of several studies; and post-SSRI sexual dysfunction (PSSD), in which sexual dysfunction exists even after discontinuation of the SSRI, is widespread enough for PSSD online support groupsto have emerged. With respect to withdrawal adverse effects when trying to reduce or come off of antidepressants, 56% of individuals experience adverse effects, and approximately 25% of individuals experience severe adverse effects.

    In 2020, the CDC reported, “During 2015–2018, 13.2% of adults aged 18 and over used antidepressant medications,” and the CDC had previously reported, “More than 60% of Americans taking antidepressant medication have taken it for 2 years or longer.” Thus, if one takes into account antidepressant market size, their scientific ineffectiveness, and their troubling adverse effects for so many people, especially with long-term use, it is no wonder why many psychiatrists are turning elsewhere.

    Scientific Research on Ketamine Psychiatric Treatment

    While it is easy to see why psychiatry would be on the hunt for another treatment, how can psychiatrists use ketamine on depression when the FDA made clear in 2023 that ketamine is not an FDA approved treatment for any psychiatric disorder, and repeated in 2024 that ketamine is FDA approved for general anesthesia but not for any psychiatric disorder?

    The answer to this question is that doctors are allowed to prescribe a drug “off-label” for a condition that the FDA has not approved if the FDA has approved it for another condition. So ketamine intravenous (IV) infusions and intramuscular (IV) injections for depression are not illegal despite not being FDA approved for that use. Unlike ketamine, psychedelic drugs such as LSD, mescaline, ayahuasca, and psilocybin are DEA classified as Schedule 1 drugs, meaning no acceptable medical use and a high potential for abuse, so these psychedelics cannot be legally prescribed off-label. Thus, a major reason for the ketamine industry’s growth is its “off-label loophole.”

    Ketamine enthusiast psychiatrist Craig Heacock’s web site claims: “Ketamine is perhaps the most hopeful new psychiatric treatment to appear in the last decade, often bringing people out of severe depression or suicidality within 24-48 hours.” Quite a magic bullet.

    In the short-term, dramatically destabilizing treatments for depression will often result in some positive anecdotal reports. This is true for ketamine, as it was true for Freud and cocaine. It was also true for bloodletting, which is why bloodletting continued to be used by physicians for over 3,000 years, until scientific analysis was applied to it

    No doubt Heacock and other ketamine enthusiasts have seen these dramatic outcomes, but their observations are not scientific evidence of effectiveness. Scientific studies, in contrast, tell us a more sobering story about ketamine for depression and other psychiatric conditions. While the mainstream media is not covering the scientific research on ketamine, Peter Simons, managing editor of the webzine Mad in America, has been reporting on the important studies.

    In 2023, Simons published “Ketamine Fails to Beat Active Placebo for Depression,” reporting on a Stanford University study, lead-authored by anesthesiologist Theresa Lii (published in the journal Nature Mental Health in October 2023). This study, in contrast to previous ketamine depression studies, was designed to create a true control. In virtually all previous trials on ketamine for depression, controls were ineffective because subjects could easily guess whether they had received a saline solution or the ketamine because ketamine has such strong side effects. Lii and her co-researchers created a true randomized controlled trial (RCT) by using a subject pool of patients diagnosed with major depressive disorder (MDD) with moderate to severe levels of treatment resistance, all of whom were scheduled to undergo surgery; this allowed researchers to give all participants standard surgical anesthetic with half randomly assigned to receive ketamine, and this created the type of blinding or masking necessary for a true RCT.

    The results of the Stanford study? Both the placebo group and ketamine group showed large improvement post-infusion at one, two, and three days; the likely explanation, according to the researchers, was that heightened expectations created this improvement, as such expectations can be created by the belief that one is taking a powerful antidote. However, in comparing the effectiveness between the placebo group and the ketamine group, the researchers concluded: “A single dose of intravenous ketamine compared to placebo has no short-term effect on the severity of depression symptoms in adults with major depressive disorder . . . . Our results suggest that ketamine may actually be ineffective for the short-term treatment of MDD.” The patients were followed for two weeks and assessed at 7 days and 14 days, and the placebo group actually did better than the ketamine group, especially at the beginning of this time period.

    In sharp contrast to the many online ketamine anecdotal enthusiasts, to get a sense of what a bona fide research scientist—with no financial conflicts of interest—sounds like, I suggest listening to Theresa Lii’s talk about her study “Randomized Trial of Ketamine Masked by Surgical Anesthesia in Depressed Patients.”

    Ketamine is similarly ineffective compared to a placebo when used to treat post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD). In 2024, Simons reported “Ketamine Fails to Beat Placebo for PTSD in New Analysis” about an analysis of six existing trials of ketamine treatment for PTSD lead authored by psychologist Nicholas C. Borgogna (published in the European Journal of Psychotraumatology). As with depression, both the ketamine and the placebo groups improved rapidly, however, the researchers concluded: “While ketamine was associated with a reduction in symptoms, the effect was generally not stronger than control conditions . . . . Placebo is the likely mechanism behind reported therapeutic effects.”

    In three of the six studies analyzed by Borgogna and his co-researchers, the placebo used was an active placebo (or active control), designed to mimic some of the side effects of ketamine. In the other three studies, the placebo was a saline infusion, which routinely has no side effects, thus making it easy for subjects to guess that they are receiving a placebo (and so they are not truly blinded). The results? At 24 hours, the ketamine group did slightly better than the group receiving the saline placebo, but the ketamine failed to beat an active placebo that mimicked ketamine’s side effects. Moreover, at one and two weeks post-infusion, ketamine failed to beat either the saline or the active placebos.

    While ketamine infusions and injections are not FDA approved for any psychiatric condition, in a highly controversial process in 2019, reported by Kaiser Health News (“FDA Overlooked Red Flags in Drugmaker’s Testing of New Depression Medicine”), the FDA did approve esketamine for treatment-resistant depression. Esketamine (or s-ketamine) is an enantiomer of ketamine (with similar molecular structure), and the journal Medicine reports esketamine is approximately twice as potent as ketamine. The brand name for esketamine is Spravato, taken as a nasal spray and sold by Janssen (part of Johnson and Johnson).

    Why was the FDA approval of esketamine so controversial among many researchers? Researchers Mark Horowitz and Joanna Moncrieff, both psychiatrists, noted (in the British Journal of Psychiatry in 2021) that among the six published studies (which were 4-week trials), five of the six studies did not report a statistically significant difference between a placebo and esketamine, and in the single study in which the esketatmine did slightly outperform the placebo, the difference was smaller than the threshold that even Janssen researchers had established to be clinically significant.

    Previous to the FDA’s controversial approval of esketamine, many scientists had criticized the FDA’s standard requirement of needing only two short-term statistically significant trials for antidepressant drug approval. One criticism is that the short length of trials does not accurately reflect the longer periods antidepressants have been used in practice (recall the CDC has reported, “More than 60% of Americans taking antidepressant medication have taken it for 2 years or longer”)—and the 4-week esketamine trials were even shorter than the 6–8 week trials the FDA routinely requires. A second criticism is about the two positive studies requirement that allows drug companies to discount negative trials and conduct as many studies as necessary to get those two positive studies—and in the esketamine approval process, “even that low bar was dropped,” Horowitz and Moncrieff point out, as only one of the short-term trials conducted by Janssen showed a statistically significant difference between esketamine and placebo.

    As noted, a sane approach to medications means discovering whether a drug is more effective than a placebo, and independent researchers argue that ketamine and esketamine fall short of this standard when compared to true controls in which the placebo group is truly blinded. Moreover, a sane approach also includes assessing whether or not drug benefits exceed drug adverse effects, and in the case of ketamine and esketamine, the adverse effects are significant.

    In 2021 in the British Journal of Psychiatry, Horowitz and Moncrieff, reviewed some of the troubling adverse effects of ketamine recreational use:

    “Deaths from ketamine include accidental poisonings, drownings, traffic accidents and suicide. As a dissociative anaesthetic, ketamine can reduce awareness of the environment, increasing risk of accidental harm. . . . putting people at increased risk of driving accidents. In Hong Kong, where it achieved particular popularity, ketamine had been used by 9% of individuals involved in fatal traffic accidents between 1996 and 2000. Ketamine also induces ulcerative cystitis, found in 30% of regular UK ketamine users and known as ‘ketamine bladder’. The condition can lead to difficulty passing urine, hydronephrosis and kidney failure. . . . Ketamine is also addictive. It quickly induces tolerance and stopping regular use causes a withdrawal syndrome characterised by anxiety, dysphoria and depression, shaking, sweating and palpitations, and craving the drug.”

    With respect to esketamine, Horowitz and Moncrieff reported: “A large range of other side-effects occurred: half of participants experienced dissociation and one-third dizziness; increased blood pressure, vertigo, hypoaesthesia, nausea and sedation were each present in between 10 and 30% of participants.” They also reported that even with only weekly or fortnightly esketamine dosing that “17% of patients (136/802) in the long-term safety study demonstrated symptoms reminiscent of ‘ketamine bladder’, a known and potentially serious complication of ketamine use.” Kaiser Health Newsreported that in the esketamine/Spravato trials used for its approval that “three patients who received the drug died by suicide during clinical trials, compared with none in the control group, raising red flags Janssen and the FDA dismissed.”

    A Sane Approach to So-Called “Treatment-Resistant Depression”

    “Treatment-resistant depression,” according to establishment psychiatry, “happens when at least two different antidepressants don’t improve your symptoms.” However, if research has shown SSRIs and other antidepressants to have “no clinically significant benefit over a placebo,” to be “clinically negligible” with respect to depression remission, and less effective in a year’s time than no treatment at all, does it makes sense to diagnose patients with “treatment-resistant depression” because they did not improve after two antidepressants?

    The reality is that some patients ultimately labeled as “treatment resistant,” earlier on, could have been helped by a highly-skilled psychotherapist. Such a therapist not only helps patients understand why they are depressed, but also has the talent for energizing patients to take constructive actions that include: extricating from toxic relationships; healing from traumatic wounds; incorporating regular physical exercise; finding meaning and purpose; and acquiring confidence to connect with others and the skills to maintain healthy relationships.

    However, it is true that some patients become so immobilized and demoralized—sometimes because of repeated lousy treatments that consist of uninspiring talk therapy and/or numbing drugs—that they lose hope and feel they need some kind of altered state to get them out of their deep rut. For them, a chemical agent that can dramatically alters one’s consciousness is going to be attractive. This is true for ketamine, for LSD and other Schedule 1 psychedelics, and for cocaine as Freud discovered.

    However, chemical agents are not the only way to achieve dramatic alterations in consciousness. Such states have been achieved without drugsthrough fasting, a week alone in the wilderness, an authentic sweat lodge ceremony, and various other extraordinary experiences outside of one’s comfort zone.

    In all of such experiences of dramatic alteration in consciousness, drug-induced or otherwise, some people report breakthrough benefits. Sometimes these benefits occur because of the phenomenon referred to as a “noetic experience” in which the dramatic alteration of consciousness allows for thoughts not previously taken seriously to now “feel more real than reality”and to become powerful and liberating (for example, taking seriously previously discarded insights about the distinction between self-acceptance and self-absorption). However, unless this experience results in constructive actions that become habits, depression will return.

    So, what do ketamine enthusiasts say upon hearing that well-controlled research shows ketamine works no better than a placebo, and that patient expectations rather than the ketamine is what produces improvements which are often short-lived? Some will say, “It makes no difference whether it was the ketamine or a placebo effect if the patient showed such immediate improvement.” There are problems with this way of thinking.

    First, among the experiences that result in altered states, ketamine is one of the most physically dangerous. This relative unsafety is certainly true compared to non-chemical experiences that produce altered states. It is even true compared to psychedelic drugs such as LSD, mescaline, ayahuasca, and psilocybin, which may sometimes result in psychological problems such as a “bad trip” but, unlike ketamine, are not addictive nor shown to cause organ damage.

    Second, to legitimize the ketamine treatment, enthusiasts talk about ketamine “triggering the brain to create healthy circuits” and “helping the brain regrow synapses.” However, in 2024, internist and epidemiologist G. Caleb Alexander, co-director of the Center for Drug Safety and Effectiveness at Johns Hopkins, told Psychiatric News, “There’s lots of evidence that ketamine is toxic to neurons”; and Dutch researcher reported (Frontiers in Neuroanatomy, 2022), “Long-term recreational ketamine use was associated with lower gray matter volume and less white matter integrity, lower functional thalamocortical and corticocortical connectivity,” adding that this may explain some of ketamine’s long-term adverse effects such as memory impairment.

    Ketamine “brain-benefit” theories obviously benefit the ketamine industry. Moreover, like the now discarded serotonin-imbalance theory of depression, such biological theories divert people from the depressing nature of their society and culture, depoliticize them and subvert change to the status quoand thus are welcomed by the ruling class.

    While it is possible that some individuals may take ketamine and use its consciousness-altering experience as a springboard to make beneficial life changes, many others, seeking a repeat pleasurable ketamine state, will simply become regular clinic customers. Most of them will not, as was the case with Matthew Perry, proceed from legal clinics to purchasing ketamine illegally and die from it. However, if they believe that ketamine can “create healthy circuits” and “regrow synapses,” they may see their relapses as indicating a need for more ketamine, rather than recognizing that a long-term antidote to depression requires difficult life changes.

    Alexander also told Psychiatric News in 2024 that much of the research on ketamine is plagued by nontrivial limitations, including studies that were too short, had too few participants, were conducted by researchers with conflicts of interest, had no active comparator, had researcher and participant bias due to lack of blinding, and he concluded, “What’s not unclear, what’s not ambiguous [about ketamine], are the potential risks.”

    If that’s not concerning enough, Psychiatric News also reported in 2024 that “nearly half (47%) of individuals who are receiving ketamine therapy [are] doing so outside of a clinical setting and in their own homes, ingesting a compounded formulation such as a lozenge or lollipop after being prescribed the medication via a virtual clinic.” And if that’s not troubling enough, ketamine is now being promoted by some clinics as a “treatment option” for children and teensdiagnosed with psychiatric disorders.

    “Are we repeating mistakes of the past?” is the rhetorical question posed by Mark Horowitz and Joanna Moncrieff, psychiatrists concerned about their profession. If, as the saying goes, “The definition of insanity is doing the same thing over and over again and expecting different results,” then much of psychiatry is insane.

    The post Psychiatry’s Latest Insane Magic-Bullet Treatment for Depression: Why Ketamine? appeared first on CounterPunch.org.

    This post was originally published on CounterPunch.org.

  • John Lilburne, reading from Coke’s Institutes of the Lawes of England (1628-44) at his trial for high treason in 1649. Image: The British Library/Public Domain.

    In Love’s free state, all powers so levelled be
    That them affection governs more than awe.

    – William Davenant

    In 1638, John Lilburne was put on secret trial by the Star Chamber of Charles I. His crime? The writing and distribution of seditious pamphlets that skewered the legitimacy of the monarchy and challenged the primacy of the high prelates of the Church of England. He was promptly convicted of publishing writing of “dangerous consequence and evil effect.”

    For these intolerable opinions, the royal tribunal sentenced him to be publicly flogged through the streets of London, from Fleet Prison, built on the tidal flats where Fleet Ditch spilled out London’s sewage, to the Palace Yard at Westminster, then a kind of public showground for weekly spectacles of humiliation and torture. By one account, Lilburne was whipped by the King’s executioner more than 500 hundred times, “causing his shoulders to swell almost as big as a penny loafe with the bruses of the knotted Cords.”

    The bloodied writer was then shackled to a pillory, where, to the amazement of the crowd of onlookers, he launched into an impassioned oration in defense of his friend Dr. John Bastick, the Puritan physician and preacher. Only weeks before, Bastick’s ears had been slashed off by the King’s men as punishment for publishing an attack on the Archbishop of Canterbury, an essay that Lilburne had happily distributed far and wide. Lilburne gushered forth about this barbaric injustice for a few moments, until his tormentors gagged his mouth with a urine-soaked rag. After enduring another two hours of torture, the guards dragged him behind a cart back to the Fleet, where he was confined in irons for the next two-and-a-half years. This was the first of “Free-Born” John Lilburne’s many parries with the masters of the Empire.

    While in his foul cell in Fleet prison, Lilburne was kept in solitary confinement on orders of the Star Council, his lone visitor, a maid named Katherine Hadley. Somehow, the maid was able to sneak pen, paper, and ink past the Fleet’s guards to the young radical. According to Lilburne’s own description, he was “lying day and night in Fetters of Iron, both hands and legges,” when he began to write furiously, penning a gruesome account of his mock trial and torture, The Work of the Beast, and a scabrous assault on the Anglican bishops, Come Out of Her, My People. These pamphlets were smuggled out of Newgate, printed in the LowLands and distributed through covert networks across England to popular acclaim and royal indignation.

    Oliver Cromwell, then a Puritan leader in the House of Commons, took up Lilburne’s cause, giving a stirring speech in defense of the imprisoned writer. It swayed Parliament, which voted to release Lilburne from jail. Lilburne emerged from the grateful to Cromwell, but was not blind to the general’s dictatorial ambitions: he would later pen savage attacks on Cromwell and his censorious functionaries.

    Soon, Lilburne joined the Parliamentary Army, fighting with distinction against the royal forces in numerous clashes, including the battle at the Edgehill, the first significant encounter of the English Civil War, before being captured at Brentford on 12th November 1642. Once again, he faced trial, this time at Oxford, for “taking up arms against the King.” Lilburne was swiftly convicted and sentenced to death. But his friends in Parliament rose to his defense, threatening similar reprisals against Royalist prisoners. A prisoner exchange was arranged and Lilburne was on the loose again, leading soldiers into battle against the King’s troops, eventually rising to the rank of Lieutenant-Colonel.

    But in 1645, Lilburne abandoned Cromwell’s New Model Army, known for singing the Psalms as they clamored into battle, after he was told that he must swear to the Solemn League and Covenant, Cromwell’s equivalent of a religious loyalty oath to the Presbyterian church. Lilburne, an Independent, hated oaths and had defied the Star Chamber in his first prosecution by refusing to take the oath ex officio, which he argued violated the ancient right of habeas corpus.

    But by now, Lilburne was plotting a more profound insurrection aimed at democratizing the army, as well as the rest of the nation. Why, he asked, should soldiers be expected to fight in a war declared by legislators for whom they could not vote? Why, he asked in the halls at Westminster, weren’t the soldiers paid more? Why weren’t the families of the slain compensated?

    “Every free man of England, poor as well as rich, should have a vote in choosing those that are to make the law,” Lilburne wrote. “All and every particular and individual man and woman, that ever breathed in the world, are by nature all equal and alike in their power, dignity, authority and majesty, none of them having (by nature) any authority, dominion or magisterial power one over or above another.” Jefferson sounds cautious beside Lilburne’s exuberant prose.

    These were the opening shots of the Levellers, aimed, in the words of one observer, “to sett all things straight and rayse a parity and community in the kingdom.” It would be, in Lilburne’s view, a new kind of kingdom without a king or a House of Lords or even landlords.

    The Leveller movement began as a rebellion within a rebellion, spreading from the Army to persecuted religious sects to farmers and working-class people. It was a movement energized by writers, headlined by Lilburne, Richard Overton and William Walwyn, and the pamphlets flew off the presses, with more than 2,100 different tracts being printed in 1645. This prompted the repressive acts known as the Ordinances, which suppressed public assemblies, outlawed meetings of Antinomians and Anabaptists, prohibited preaching by lay preachers, and imposed strict censorship of the press. Cromwell’s notorious Committee of Examinations, essentially Parliament’s version of the Star Chamber, was tasked with investigating “scandalous” writing, destroying independent presses, and arresting writers, publishers, and vendors of documents deemed seditious. These were the oppressive laws that prompted Milton to write “Areopagitica.” Milton’s urgent polemic–one of the great defenses of a free press–was mild compared to the furious denunciations that poured from Lilburne’s pen.

    These testy impertinences landed Lilburne in Newgate again, this time on charges of libel. But 2,000 leading Londoners signed a petition on his behalf and public riots in his defense prompted his quick release. The experience only sharpened his resistance to Cromwell, who he saw as a dictatorial sell-out to the forces of Empire (not unlike, say, Anthony Blinken) and the leading agent of state oppression.  He fired off a threatening public letter to Cromwell, which darkly concluded: “Rest assured, if ever my hand is upon you, it shall be when you are in your full glory.”

    Lilburne and his Leveller cohorts started an underground paper called The Moderate. The title was a joke. After all, the Leveller platform seems downright pinko by our constricted standards: They wanted to outlaw monopolies, eliminate taxes on the poor, impose term limits on members of Parliament, eliminate all restrictions on the press and religious worship, guarantee universal suffrage, and assure trial by jury for all defendants.

    But Lilburne was far from the most radical spirit in those topsy-turvy days. He was outflanked to his left by Gerrard Winstanley’s Diggers and by the Seekers, Ranters, Antinomians and militant fen dwellers, the Earth First!ers of their time.

    Like Tom Paine, he opposed the death penalty, speaking out against the execution of Charles I. “I refused to be one of his (Charles I) judges,” Lilburne wrote. “They were no better than murderers in taking away the King’s life even though he was guilty of the crimes he was charged with. It is murder because it was done by a hand that had no authority to do it.”

    Cut to 1649. Lilburne is imprisoned once more in the Tower of London, along with four of his Leveller cohorts, including the brilliant polemicist Richard Overton. This time, they’d attacked Cromwell head-on, accusing him of being a reactionary force roaming the land with secret police threatening all dissenters. “If our hearts were not over-charged with the sense of the present miseries and approaching dangers of the Nation, your small regard to our late serious apprehensions would have kept us silent, but the misery, danger, and bondage threatened is so great, imminent, and apparent that whilst we have breath, and are not violently restrained, we cannot but speak, and even cry aloud, until you hear us, or God be pleased otherwise to relieve us.” The charge was treason.

    His wife Elizabeth, herself a forceful agitator for peace and the rights of women, wrote an impassioned pamphlet in his defense titled A Petition of Women. The prose still resonates, perhaps more now than it has in 300 years. “Would you have us keep at home in our houses, when men of such faithfulness and integrity as the four prisoners, our friends in the Tower, are fetched out of their beds and forced from their houses by soldiers, to the affrighting and undoing of themselves, their wives, children, and families? Are not our husbands, ourselves, our daughters, and families, by the same rule as liable to the like unjust cruelties as they?” Elizabeth got 10,000 people to sign a petition on Lilburne’s behalf.

    Lilburne was soon freed but arrested again within the year, this time for denouncing Cromwell’s genocidal raids on Ireland.  But the jury refused to convict him and Cromwell had him banished from England. Lilburne spent a few months in Holland writing incendiary pamphlets before sneaking back into England. He was soon discovered and arrested on charges of treason once again. Again, the jury refused to convict. But Cromwell declined to release him, shuttling Lilburne from the Tower to Mount Orgueil, a dank Norman castle in Guernsey, and finally to Dover castle. One of his guards described Lilburne as being more challenging to handle than “ten Cavaliers.”

    While locked in Dover castle, Lilburne fell under the spell of the Quakers and became a radical pacifist, writing that he had finished with “carnal sword fightings and fleshly bustlings and contests.” His pen never stopped, though. The pamphlets continued to flow until he died in 1657.

    Lilburne refused to be a martyr. He faced the beast, endured prisons and tortures that would give even an inmate at Guantanamo the chills, and remained defiant and upbeat. He lived the life of an escape artist who could talk himself into and out of trouble almost effortlessly. His mind ran in overdrive and so, apparently, did his mouth. His friend Harry Marten, the regicide, quipped: “If the world was emptied of all but John Lilburne, Lilburne would quarrel with John and John with Lilburne.” And so it should be.

    I first encountered the writings of John Lilburne in 1981 during a series of lectures on Milton and the radicals of the English revolution delivered by the great British historian Christopher Hill, author of The World Turned Upside Down. Hill was stalking other game in those lectures, but his energetic asides on Lilburne and his band of Levellers pricked my interest. Here were Puritans who detested imperial ambitions and believed in unfettered free speech and absolute equality. A far cry from Nathaniel Hawthorne’s band of vicious prudes, not to mention the neo-puritans, like Falwell and Robertson, then in the ascendancy.

    Lilburne had long fallen out of favor with American historians and his writings were difficult to track down. I ended up devouring them in the stark carrels of the brutalist Lauinger Library of Georgetown University (the meager library at American University, where I went to school, was an international scandal), overlooking the Potomac River and the gloom-stricken Lincoln Memorial. In those days, the chill shadow of Reagan loomed over the Republic, and Lilburne’s caustic essays on freedom and repression gripped me like a burning voice from the grave.

    It’s strange, but perhaps instructive of our current historical amnesia, that Lilburne’s reputation has fallen into such neglect in the US since his anarchic style seems more in line with the rambunctious spirit that animated the American Revolution than the dour pontifications of John Locke, whose writing gets all the press clips these days.

    So why do I reprise the moldering life of John Lilburne now, during the time of a genocide that his country and my own have armed, funded, and run interference for, when the words that describe the horrors we’ve witnessed are being criminalized, and it’s become dangerous to speak or write about what you see happening and how you feel about it and even more perilous to act, in even small ways, to try to stop it. It’s a time when college students have put what they’ve learned in their history and philosophy courses into nonviolent action on campus and seen their own administrators call in SWAT teams to brutally break up their camps and demonstrations. It is a time when professors who come to the defense of their students are roughed up by campus security, arrested, banned from classrooms, denied tenure, and fired. A time when journalists are removed from their beats, fired from their jobs, and had their homes raided merely for making public expressions of their aversion to the mass slaughter and forced starvation in Gaza. A time when sitting members of Congress are smeared, slandered, and chased out of office for objecting to the transfer of weapons used to commit mass atrocities against civilians. (Being a journalist in Gaza, of course, puts you on a drone hit list.) The successful perpetuation of genocide depends on it not being named, not being recognized, and being called out in real time for what it is.

    Well, for starters, the forces that Lilburne confronted “with violent and bitter expressions” have coalesced once again (not that they ever really dissipated, mind you) and threaten to impose their preemptive will upon the living creatures of the world. What are these forces? Militarism, religious bigotry, official censorship, prosecutorial inquisitions and torture, imperial expansion, monopolists, land grabbers, misogynists and those who buy and sell the earth and humans, too. In short, the whole sick crew.

    When you survey the wreckage of the Biden/Trump imperium, it’s very easy to become overwhelmed by the darkness of the times, submerged in the remorseless riptide of blood and official violence. But even facing methods of torture and imprisonment that would unnerve an inmate of Guantanamo, Lilburne never surrendered to defeatism. His writing remains infused with radical purpose, a radiant call from across the centuries for collective resistance.

    As you steel yourself to confront the new imperialists, ask what Lilburne would do.

    The post Intolerable Opinions in the Time of Genocide appeared first on CounterPunch.org.

    This post was originally published on CounterPunch.org.

  • Photograph Source: Christopher Michel – CC BY 2.0

    “Is it time to drop the heavy moralizing and incessant doomsaying that typified so much of the Never Trump movement—and that rendered it politically impotent and frequently obtuse? Yes, please”

    –Bret Stephens, The New York Times, December, 2024

    “The man is crass but charismatic, ignorant but intuitive, dishonest but authentic.  The movement is patriotic—and angry.”

     – Bret Stephens, The New York Times, December, 2024

    “Let’s enter the new year wishing the new administration well, by giving some of Trump’s cabinet picks the benefit of the doubt, by dropping the lurid historical comparisons to past dictators, by not sounding paranoid about the ever-looming end of democracy, by hoping for the best and knowing that we need to fight the wrongs that are real and not merely what we fear, that whatever happens, this too shall pass.  Enjoy the holidays.

    – Bret Stephens, The New York Times, December, 2024

    “We warned that Trump would be a reckless president who might stumble into WWIII.  If anything, his foreign policy in his first term was, in practice, often cautious to a fault.”

    – Bret Stephens, The New York Times, December 2024

    One of the reasons I’m having difficulty “enjoying the holidays” is the editorial writing of Bret Stephens.  His columns defending Israel’s brutal military campaign that targets sanctuary areas and so-called safe zones in Gaza are typically chauvinistic and bellicose.  Stephens supports any Israeli military option that “advances Israel’s national interests on all fronts.”  His lecture at Harvard last year argued that “taking out most, but not all, of Hamas is not enough,” which seems to justify the genocidal campaign that Israel conducts.  Stephens has never mentioned that this campaign targets Gaza’s hospitals and health infrastructure.  As for those who protest Israeli actions, Stephens calls them “Iran’s useful idiots” and anti-semites.

    Now, Stephens has turned his attention to Donald Trump, and essentially argues that bygones should be bygones.  We are expected to forget his constant lies and “misleading claims.”  We are to give his cabinet picks the “benefit of the doubt,” although they range from miscreants like Matt Gaetz, Kash Patel, and Pete Hegseth to conspiracy thinkers such as Robert F. Kennedy, Jr., and Tulsi Gabbard.  Trump constantly rails against “losers,” but his appointees represent a Hall of Fame of…..Losers!  They typically lack experience, and their common denominator is their “loyalty” to Donald Trump.  The fact that “loyalists” will denominate the cabinet selections in the judicial and national security areas is particularly troublesome.

    Finally, Stephens’ reference to Trump’s foreign policy as “cautious to a fault” was simply risible.  There was no strategic coherence to Trump’s foreign policy, and President Joe Biden’s greatest successes were the reordering of U.S. national security policy, particularly the restoration of trust with our traditional allies.  In addition to reviving the European alliance, Biden built a virtual alliance with our allies and friends in the Indo-Pacific region, which bolstered our security and economic interests there.  Unfortunately, both Trump and Biden have given Israel a free hand in the Middle East where Israel is pursuing hegemony and, as a result, the United States is complicit in supporting Israel’s genocidal campaign.

    Everything about Trump is crass and reckless, and there is no area of greater worry than the fact that Trump will have his finger on the nuclear button and has even proclaimed a willingness to use it.  The past several years found the mainstream media documenting Biden’s cognitive decline, but used its power to make the irrational statements of Trump seem rational.  The simple fact is that we are about to have a leader who is psychologically unfit, and whose mental health is clearly deteriorating. This could have some bearing on the issue of nuclear risk, which is not being taking seriously enough by politicians and pundits.  All of us should compare Trump’s interviews of the 1980s and the 1990s to the interviews over the past five to ten years. In the latter, there are rarely complete sentences; there is no sign of complex thought.  Trump’s vocabulary is thin to say the least, and his reasoning his loose.  He can’t finish a sentence and rapidly resorts to some kind of irrelevancy.

    Lord knows what will happen if Trump ever receives that proverbial 3:00 a.m. phone call.  John Gartner, a psychiatrist who taught at Johns Hopkins University Medical School for nearly 30 years asks the right questions regarding Trump’s potential performance on that call.  Will he comprehend what is happening?  Will he be able to evaluate the veracity and the wisdom of he information and advice he receives?  And then there is the matter of Trump’s personality disorder, which finds him suffering from malignant narcissism, paranoia, and sociopathy.

    Stephens urges all of us to drop the “lurid historical comparisons to past dictators.”  Sorry, but I can’t help thinking of the warning from the philosopher George Santayana: “Those who forget the past are condemned to repeat it.”  Meanwhile, Stephens says that we should “enjoy the holidays.”

    The post NYT’s Apologist For Israel is No Longer a “Never Trumper” appeared first on CounterPunch.org.

    This post was originally published on CounterPunch.org.

  • Image showing the human trunk with positions of the organs.

    It’s practically an urban legend:  A man blacks out after meeting a woman for a drink at a bar. When he comes to, he finds himself naked in a hotel bathtub covered with ice.  And there’s a throbbing ache in his side.  A hand-scrawled sign blares the bad news:  “Go to the ER right away!”

    He suddenly realizes:  His kidney is gone.

    It rarely happens that way anymore, but there’s reason to fear illegal organ harvesting. The practice is rampant and getting worse by the year.

    While official data is still somewhat sketchy, it’s estimated that 12,000 illegal transplants are performed annually, about 10% of the total number of transplants conducted each year.  The organ trade is immensely profitable, generating between $840 million to $1.7 billion in revenue for a relatively small number of traffickers, according to estimates compiled in 2017.

    Organ trafficking survives, in part, because the demand from affluent consumers in the advanced capitalist West is so high and the legal supply of organs – primarily (about 80%) kidneys, but also lungs, livers and cornea – barely keeps pace.  Many people wait at least two years to qualify to receive an organ transplant legally and thousands die every year – about 25 daily, according to the World Health Organization – because no organ becomes available in time to save them.

    Where do the illegally harvested organs come from?  Primarily from North Africa and South Asia.  Organ traffickers prey on poor and vulnerable rural dwellers, offering cash in exchange for an organ, usually a kidney.  Like other forms of illicit human trafficking, some organ donors are recruited under false pretenses – for example, the promise of a job that never actually materializes. Donors are led to hospitals, drugged, and a doctor, who’s typically in on the scheme, removes the organ, for a fee paid by the traffickers.  The duped donor is compensated – perhaps several thousands dollars, but maybe far less  – and then shuttled back to their village to try to survive.  Their organs may get as much as $30,000, or even $200,000 on the black market.

    In some countries like Nepal the illegal organ trade is so firmly entrenched that a number of adjacent rural areas have come to be known as “Kidney Valley.”  Anti-trafficking activists say that every other house in the region has at least one individual that has donated an organ in exchange for cash.  Often the donors are transported to neighboring India where the illicit operation is performed.  They come back in a debilitated state, with reduced physician capacity. Many lose their jobs and once the cash runs out, their families are reduced to poverty again.

    Many of the countries where the organ trade occurs may have strict laws on the books that forbid illegal organ harvesting, but government officials are subject to bribes from traffickers.  But governments alone are not the problem.  Many Western hospitals and doctors – like their Third World counterparts – are also playing a role in the trade, sometimes unwittingly, but just as often with a tacit complicity.  Doctors in major urban metropolitan hospitals in US cities may agree to conduct a transplant, for a fee, not really caring how they obtained the organ – or from whom.

    Nancy Scheper-Hughes, a professor of medical anthropology at UC Berkeley and co-founder and Director of Organs Watch, a medical human rights project, says the demand for illegal organs is “insatiable.”  And despite the passage of national laws and the adoption of international protocols in recent years, there’s been virtually no slowdown in the illegal trade thus far.

    Scheper-Hughes, who also serves as a WHO consultant, has frequently gone undercover to expose the corruption that fuels the illegal organ trade.  She’s tracked organs to “broker-friendly” hospitals and medical centers in New York, Los Angeles, and Philadelphia, among other places.

    It’s not just hospitals.  Corruptible funeral homes may harvest organs prior to burial.  Women and girls sold into sexual slavery are also common victims.  There are even confirmed reports that ISIS and other terrorist organizations have engaged in the illegal organ trade to finance weapons purchases.

    Many of those seeking illegal organs aren’t actually on a waiting list for a donor.  Some are people who can’t qualify for a donor because of their medical condition.  They may have had cancer, are too old, or have other “triage-based disqualifiers.”

    In addition, even those that get a transplanted organ generally face the need to take auto-immune suppression drugs to stave off organ rejection, while the same drugs also lower their overall immune competence.  “If all of that works out, they will still be facing the fact that transplant organs often need to be replaced within 10 years of implant,” says one expert.

    Organ donation is potentially a major life-saver for those with serious illnesses. More than a third of all US deaths – about 900,000 annually – might have been prevented if an organ had been available, experts say.  But woefully few are – hence, the burgeoning illegal trade.

    What’s the answer?  Ultimately, increasing the supply of organs available to be transplanted.  And that means increasing the willingness of people to allow theirs to be harvested when they die, as well as boosting approval for transplants from live donors.  According to surveys, 95% of all American say they favor organ donation.  But only 35% of all Americans are registered as donors.  Closing that gap would go a long way to ensuring that the supply of organs meets the ever-burgeoning demand.

    Another possibility – strictly long-term — is to grow organs from stem cells, or to replicate them using 3D imaging.  The technologies are promising but haven’t been fully tested with animals, let alone humans yet.  It could take years to develop viable prototypes.

    Both Trump and Biden have taken modest steps to improve the organ donation process.  Trump, in late 2020, signed an executive order to boost the availability of kidney organs by 5,000 annually.  Biden went a step further, pushing through a bipartisan bill to break-up the monopoly exercised by a single non-profit that was slowing the approval process for organ transplants, while boosting costs.

    Congress is also getting into the act.  In 2023, new legislation required the State Department to improve its monitoring of groups and individuals found to be engaged in illegal organ trafficking and to deny US visas and property rights to the perpetrators.

    These steps, while welcome, are far from enough.  Currently, more than 95,000 people are on the kidney waiting list, and about 3,000 people are added to the wait list each month.  Most of these prospective recipients will die within 5 years unless they receive a kidney in time.  The threat to those with liver damage is even worse. Liver failure is usually fatal unless the victim receives a new organ promptly – usually within days.

    Predictably, it is people of color that are suffering the most from our nation’s dysfunctional organ harvesting system.  For example, while non-Hispanic Whites and African-Americans have comparable needs for a new organ, in 2021, Black people received 27.8% of the organ transplants performed, while non-Hispanic Whites people received close to double that share – or 47.2%.  But cultural attitudes and mistrust of the mainstream public health establishment also play a role.  African-Americans are less than half as likely as non-Hispanic Whites to agree to become organ donors, according to recent research studies.

    Given the current shortfalls and disparities in the legal donor system, the incentives for the illegal organ trade aren’t likely to be affected in the short-term, experts say.  U.S. crackdown measures still depend upon the willing cooperation of foreign governments that too often remain deeply implicated in the trade.  More public education and support for organ donation and continuing reforms to the approval system will certainly help, but as long as the richest and most powerful Westerners can access illegal organs with relative impunity, the poorest of the world – at home and abroad – will continue to be trade’s primary victims.

    The post Dying for a Kidney:  Can Anyone Stop The Burgeoning Black Market in Human Organs? appeared first on CounterPunch.org.

    This post was originally published on CounterPunch.org.

  • Electric Peak, Yellowstone National Park. Photo: Jeffrey St. Clair.

    While millions around the world tuned in to watch Kevin Costner’s sensationalized depiction of western history in the mini-series ‘Yellowstone,’ the real story of Yellowstone goes way beyond the dramatized miniseries.

    The story of Yellowstone isn’t about cowboys or ranchers. Yellowstone National Park was founded in 1872 through an act of Congress, signed into law by President Ulysses S Grant, a former general of Civil War fame. But there were no cowboys involved – the West was still controlled by its original inhabitants. Four years later the Seventh Cavalry, led by General George Armstrong Custer, wend down in a decisive defeat when the Lakota and Cheyenne peoples avenged Custer’s incursion into their sacred Paha Sapa – the Black Hills. Custer’s actions had opened the region to gold mining, culminating in the massive Homestake Mine that built the fortune of magnate George Hearst, forming the backstory for another popular miniseries, ‘Deadwood.’

    While there were a handful of ranches in Montana back then, there were no cattle and no ranches in Yellowstone– it was too high and cold. Indigenous tribes lived there – Shoshones known as the Sheepeaters inhabited the high peaks, pursuing a subsistence lifestyle of hunting and gathering that stretched back not just five or six generations, but a thousand at least.

    It was a place where humans lived in balance with the natural world. There were elk and bison, wolves and grizzly bears, lakes teeming with native cutthroat trout and birds beyond number. It was high and cold in the winter, and most inhabitants – wild and human alike – migrated downvalley to milder climes, or did their best to hibernate through it. The Park held only summer range and wild herbivores grazed in the lush subalpine meadows. The ecologically critical winter habitats were left out of the Park, unprotected in the surrounding low country. Pronghorns traced a dozen migration routes down from the high country. All but one of these migrations was wiped out by ranching development and overhunting in the valleys surrounding the Park.

    When Yellowstone was established as the world’s first National Park, there was no Park Service to manage it. The tourists of that day drove down in buckboards from the train depot in Bozeman, Montana to see the steaming fumaroles and geysers that erupted periodically, marking thin spots in the Earth’s crust above a massive plume of magma marking what would eventually come to be understood as a supervolcano hidden underground. The tourists back then weren’t any brighter than the visitors of today who heedlessly approach wild bison – they threw chairs and barrels and other debris into the geysers to watch them get blown into the sky. They hacked off hunks of travertine from the thermal features to carry home as souvenirs. The chronic vandalism compelled Congress to step in, to rein in the worst of the stupidity and destruction. They put the U.S. Army in charge of Yellowstone, chiefly to regulate the tourists.

    As the original locals were wiped out by foreign diseases and chronic warfare, and the survivors were swindled of their lands by a disingenuous federal government doing the bidding of greedy locals, the native wildlife was wiped out, too. Bison were killed off first to deprive the Tribes of the sustenance they needed to keep resisting the expansion of EuroAmerican empire. The elk and mule deer were overhunted to the point of extirpation by market gunners to keep the mining camps fed. Pronghorns, once numbering in the millions, were shot for target practice and left to rot out on the plains. At one point, an elk migration thirty thousand strong once coursed down from the Yellowstone high country to winter ranges in the Red Desert. In 1897, the League of American Sportsmen proposed to expand Yellowstone National Park to protect the migration, but Congress unwisely ignored the campaign. Instead, the elk migration was severed by the development of cattle and sheep ranches, and 30,000 wintering elk were bottled up in Jackson Hole to starve. The ecological crisis precipitated the formation of the National Elk Refuge in 1911, and the elk deprived of their winter ranges had to be fed with hay hauled in at taxpayer expense to keep them alive.

    Wolves, mountain lions, and grizzly bears found a price on their heads, bounties that the bloodthirsty newcomers justified as the price of what they called “progress.” Driven by the livestock industry’s ambition not only to take over every inch of land that could be grazed by a cow or a sheep, but also to wipe out any wildlife that competed for grass, inconvenienced ranching operations, or had the temerity to dine occasionally on beef or lamb. That privilege was to be reserved for paying customers.

    Wolves, grizzly bears, and mountain lions fared little better within the “protected” confines of Yellowstone National Park, where Army detachments hunted and trapped wolves to extinction and depleted grizzlies and mountain lions to a scattered remnant. All of this in a misguided effort to prop up remaining populations of elk and bison inside the Park. The founding of Wildlife Management as a topic of study was still fifty years in the future.

    The surrounding landowners – and Yellowstone was besieged by them – were often the adventure-seeking second or third sons of royalty with no hope of inheriting landed estates in Europe. They built sprawling cattle empires through swindles, using the 1872 Mining Law to patent public land into private ownership, fraudulent Homestead Act claims, and through bullying smallholder immigrants out of their lands (hiring mercenaries to do their dirty work when necessary). They used their influence to set up territorial governments – and later state legislatures and agencies and county commissions – to do their bidding. They thought of themselves as landed royalty and expected to be treated that way. It’s a social phenomenon that continues to this day, dramatized by the series ‘Yellowstone.’

    Eventually, the federal government formalized the war against native wildlife by establishing Animal Damage Control (which today is cynically-named USDA Wildlife Services), a taxpayer-funded death squad founded to kill off wolves, bears, coyotes, and mountain lions at the livestock industry’s request. The government agents set traps and hunted down the last of the wolves in every western state. Over time, technology allowed ever-more-deadly methods of killing, from aerial gunning using airplanes and helicopters to dumping gasoline into wolf dens to burn the pups alive, and using cyanide-deploying land mines that could be scattered across the West and left unattended to kill coyotes, pet dogs, and rockhounds. Even Aldo Leopold, the founder of wildlife management and an early proponent of ecology, was a government trapper. He came to realize how senseless and destructive this approach really was, and canonized his condemnation in the famous essay, ‘Thinking Like a Mountain.’

    Animal Damage Control was one of the first in a long line of taxpayer subsidies for wealthy ranch owners that continue to this day. The overgrazing that fueled the Dust Bowl spawned the Soil Conservation Service (today’s Conservation Districts), founded to maximize the livestock industry’s long-term survival and profitability. There were federal research branches specially dedicated to Promoting agriculture. There were taxpayer subsidies for landowners when it rained too much (“disaster relief”) or rained too little (“drought payments”). The West was divided up like spoils and fenced off with ‘No Trespassing’ signs and overgrazed with abandon on public and private lands alike.

    Having subjected the West to ethnic cleansing and wildlife decimation, the cattle and sheep ranchers in the states surrounding Yellowstone fell to warring with each other. Herds of domestic sheep tended by “tramp herders” wintered in the sagebrush basins and were pushed into fragile alpine meadows for the summer, eating everything in their path in annual migrations spanning hundreds of miles. Ranch-based cattlemen were outraged when the sheep herds trailed through, decimating the forage, but they had no legal recourse because most of the land they claimed as part of their ranches was public land that by law could be grazed for free without limit or management by anyone. The cattlemen tried to control the public lands by homesteading all the streams and the watercourses to prevent others from watering their livestock, but the strategy broke down because the massive herds of sheep, unlike cattle, could travel vast distances between watering stops. So, the cattlemen lobbied Congress to pass the Taylor Grazing Act of 1934, which set a nominal grazing fee and required stockmen to own a “base property” to gain permission to graze their livestock on public lands. This put an end to the tramp herders, who owned no land of their own, and cemented the cattlemen’s stranglehold on grazing on western public lands.

    In Yellowstone, the U.S. Army’s management gave way to Park Rangers with the formation of the National Park Service in 1916. But the wildlife-killing continued, with the last pack of wolves in Yellowstone killed in 1926. It wasn’t until 1933 that the Park Service finally put an end to the practice of killing native wildlife, fostering the eventual recovery of mountain lions and grizzly bears within Park boundaries. But wolves remained extirpated.

    South of Yellowstone, a different story of conservation unfolded in Jackson Hole. Congress established Grand Teton National Park in 1929. It was only a postage-stamp of protection applying to the peaks themselves, but not the forelands of the valley. John D. Rockefeller, an oil magnate who built his fortune on the Standard Oil Company empire, founded the Snake River Land and Cattle Company to quietly buy up almost 36,000 acres of private ranches in Jackson Hole for eventual preservation as part of the Park. In 1943, President Roosevelt established Grand Teton National Monument to bring National Forest lands at the base of the Tetons into Park Service management. As the locals began to realize that ranches were being bought out to be shut down and shifted instead to conservation, the expansion of Grand Teton National Park was decried as marking the end of Jackson’s economy. A Wyoming Senator rose on the floor of Congress to condemn it as “a foul, sneaking Pearl Harbor blow” in the midst of World War II. Eventually, and after Rockefeller threatened to sell the land for development, a compromise was struck. Congress approved an expansion of Grand Teton incorporating the Rockefeller ranch lands, but in exchange the Wyoming delegation extracted a special exemption that prevents any President from establishing a National Monument in Wyoming. Meanwhile, Wyoming politicians’ fears that preserving public lands would decimate the local economy were fulfilled by the reality that today, Teton County Wyoming has more wealth per capita than any other county in the United States. That’s what you get when you trade ranching for preservation and tourism.

    As time marched forward, the elk population in Yellowstone and Grand Teton recovered, enough so that elk could be exported to lands throughout Montana, Wyoming, and Colorado where elk had been driven extinct by excessive hunting. The eradication of wolves, grizzly bears, and mountain lions had no effect on plummeting big game populations. Instead, strict limits on trophy hunting – coupled with a ban on the game-meat trade – had to be put in place to allow elk transplants to take root. In Yellowstone and in the absence of wolves, elk populations expanded to the point where elk died by the thousands each March, starving to death on inadequate winter ranges stripped bare of edible forage. I remember cross-country skiing from carcass to carcass during my freshman year in college in 1985, guided by a wildlife biology professor warning us all against upsetting the natural balance.

    In 1993, the Park Service embarked on a bold plan to restore the natural balance of Yellowstone by reintroducing wolves. The fiercest opposition came from local ranchers, the same families that had driven wolves extinct in the first place. They protested, complained bitterly, and did everything they could to block the return of “giant Canadian wolves,” even filing lawsuits. But the wolves were released before a court order could halt it and as wolf populations grew, they helped bring down the excessive elk numbers. Wolf activity pushed elk out of the bottomlands and into steeper, more forested terrain. This allowed a regrowth of streamside vegetation and aspen groves, some of the most important wildlife habitat, fostering a resurgence of wildlife from beavers to songbirds and even changing the course of streams and rivers. Scientists studying the phenomenon labeled it a “trophic cascade,” underscoring the importance of apex predators to the health of native ecosystems.

    The livestock industry and its allies have been trying to discredit the success of wolf reintroduction ever since, even though the establishment of wolves in Montana, Idaho, and Wyoming has had no detectable effect on the extent or profitability of ranching in the region. Elk populations and hunter success in the states surrounding Yellowstone also remain at pre-wolf levels.

    Even so, wolf populations inside Yellowstone remain vulnerable to depredations by ranchers, hunters, and trappers, as the miniseries highlighted. The bloodthirsty anti-wolf management policies in Montana, Idaho, and Wyoming keep wolves on the brink of disappearing, which is exactly what these state governments always intended, having failed to block their return.

    The livestock industry’s entanglements with Yellowstone wildlife didn’t just involve wolves and other predators. During the early years, livestock allowed into Yellowstone transmitted a cattle disease called brucellosis to the Yellowstone bison herd. Fearing a return of brucellosis to Montana’s commercial livestock (which might trigger a ban on exporting cattle to out-of-state feedlots and slaughterhouses), the cattlemen raised the alarm and state governments pushed the Park Service to block the natural migrations of bison from summer ranges inside the Park to winter ranges outside its boundaries. Today, instead of treating bison like other native wildlife with the freedom to migrate to their appropriate native habitats, the cattle industry has bullied state and federal agencies into bottling them up inside the Park using a controversial system of captures, killings, and carefully choreographed hunts along the boundary to block the bison from leaving the Park and re-establishing their habitat use in surrounding states.

    In one of those ironies you can’t script, the National Academies of Sciences, Engineering and Medicine completed a study on bison and brucellosis around Yellowstone in 2017. The scientists found not one single case of bison transmitting brucellosis to cattle in the states surrounding Yellowstone, at any time in history. Instead, each case of brucellosis contracted by cattle came from elk. While the Academies suggested the possibility of a program to test and slaughter infected elk, elk inhabit steep and heavily-timbered terrain, making eradication of brucellosis functionally impossible. Wolves and other predators are known to selectively prey on diseased elk and deer, representing the best chance of cleansing the wild herds of diseases. But only if wolves, mountain lions, bears, and other predators are allowed to recover to natural population levels, and the ranchers won’t have it.

    Today, the largest private landowner around Yellowstone these days doesn’t raise cattle – he raises bison and wolves. Ted Turner’s ranch near Gallatin Gateway, the Flying D, was founded on the principle that ranching could be regenerative, by getting rid of the non-native, invasive cattle in favor of ecologically appropriate (and native) bison, allowing a thriving assemblage of native wildlife from elk to wolves to prairie digs, and marketing the food for fine dining at Ted’s Montana Grill locations. It’s a version of ranching that works for the land, instead of against it.

    The cattle industry is dwindling nationwide, and as real estate prices increase (perhaps fueled in part by Hollywood promotion of the region), more ranchers are cashing out. The Paradise Valley, where the miniseries is set, has few large ranches anymore. Like many resort areas, these ranches were carved up into ranchettes during real estate booms in decades past, and the ranchers that sold out were able to profit handsomely. Today, tthe American people are actually the biggest landowner in the region, thanks to federally-owned public lands managed by the Park Service, the Forest Service, and the Bureau of Land Management.

    Yet, the livestock industry continues to have a warped influence on the management of public lands outside the National Parks and federal agencies are still renting public lands for commercial livestock grazing – typically at levels that promote overgrazing and land health problems. As a result, grizzly bears that should be protected by the Endangered Species Act are struggling to recover and are routinely killed by federal agents in response to conflicts with livestock that ranchers leave unattended in grizzly habitats – often in the backcountry – on public lands.

    In the series ‘Yellowstone,’ the ranchers are the protagonists, and the story is told from their perspective. The miniseries, lauded by some and vilified by others, portrays them as heroes and antiheroes by turns, touching on some important issues along the way. In the real West, the ranchers are the root of a great many problems, arguably the single most widespread bringer of negative impacts across one of the last best places in the world. This tiny, insular good old boys’ club insists that every state and federal policy reflect their interests and advance their agendas. Just like in the show. The real environmentalists are the conservation professionals, who work for the public interest, and speak for the best interest of the lands and their native species. With deep knowledge of lands and wildlife, they know the West as well or better than anyone. Where ranching has ended for good – inside Yellowstone National Park for example – the land recovers, and nature flourishes. And the locals reap massive economic rewards, generating jobs and wealth far outstripping those from mineral booms and busts and economically trivial cattle operations. And still some ranchers rail against the “evils” of preservation.

    The post The Real Story of Yellowstone appeared first on CounterPunch.org.

    This post was originally published on CounterPunch.org.

  • Screen shot from the Teamsters Facebook page.

    The Teamsters’ five day long strike against Amazon ended inconclusively, but the union hinted at future actions with “Stay tuned.” Beginning on Thursday, December 19, the Teamsters called strikes in response to the failure of Amazon to meet the union’ s demand to come to the bargaining table four days earlier. The Teamsters declared that it was “the largest strike in Amazon’s history.” The union’s General President Sean O’Brien said in an official statement:

    “If your package is delayed during the holidays, you can blame Amazon’s insatiable greed. We gave Amazon a clear deadline to come to the table and do right by our members. They ignored it. These greedy executives had every chance to show decency and respect for the people who make their obscene profits possible. Instead, they’ve pushed workers to the limit and now they’re paying the price. This strike is on them.”

    The Teamsters called for strike action at eight locations across four states, that included Amazon centers in Queens and Staten Island New York, Atlanta, Southern California, San Francisco, and in Skokie, Ill, where they claim to represent the drivers or the warehouse workers through elections or card check.

    The Teamsters sent Unfair Labor Practice (ULP) pickets to scores of Amazon locations across the country, mostly made up of local officials and union stewards, with little or no connection to Amazon. The union has not publicly stated how many locations were picketed or what the results were. The Teamsters also called upon community supporters to join the picket lines across the country.

    On one level, the Teamsters actions were a bold move, but their sparse presence, possibly representing one percent of the company’s entire U.S. workforce, has raised some serious questions. Among them are whether there was any tangible goal beyond the Teamsters maintaining their franchise at Amazon, and left hanging what the next steps, if any, were in the organizing campaign.

    When I spoke to long time labor lawyer and negotiator, Joe Burns, the authorof many important books on strike strategy, about the Teamsters’ actions at Amazon and what his thoughts on it were. He told me:

    While it is hard to tell due to the lack of credible reporting. These “strikes” seem very similar to the approaches in fast food, rideshare and at Walmart over the last decade or so, where the union would put out press releases claiming a giant corporation had been struck. This would gather publicity and generate some excitement on the left but it did not impact production or even draw out more than a tiny fraction of the workplace.

    The actions are really more informational picketing with a media spin of a strike tacked on to it. The problem is we have over a decade of experience showing such efforts don’t really work. They gather press and at times can help liberal groups or unions pass labor legislation, but have shown little in the way of furthering permanent union organizing.

    It’s hard not to agree with Burns’ assessment. But, then why are the Teamsters recycling a failed strategy? Or is there something bigger and better coming down the road?

    An existential threat

    In 2021 at the thirtieth convention of the Teamsters, delegates overwhelmingly passed a series of resolutions to combat what then-General President James P. Hoffa called the “existential threat” that Amazon posed to the union. The Special Resolution: Building Worker Power at Amazon, which is worth quoting at length, declared:

    Amazon is changing the nature of work in our country and touches many core
    Teamster industries and employers such as UPS, parcel delivery, freight, airline, food distribution and motion picture, and presents an existential threat to the standards we have set in these industries;

    Leaning on its own history, it said:

    Whereas, Teamsters have been building power in the logistics industry since before

    a meaningful labor law was enacted in this country. We fought for workers’ rights to organize and build power any way we could, including shop floor strikes, city-wide strikes and actions in the streets;

    And it concluded:

    Finally, be it resolved, that building worker power at Amazon and helping those

    workers achieve a union contract is a top priority for the Teamsters Union and the Union commits to fully fund and support the Amazon Project, to supply all resources necessary and to ultimately create a special Amazon Division to aid Amazon workers and defend and protect the standards in our industries from the existential threat that is Amazon.

    An Amazon division of the Teamsters was created and California Teamster leader Randy Korgan was appointed as its first director by Hoffa, and then reappointed by his successor Sean O’Brien. So, it’s remarkable given that Amazon, which was declared an existential threat three and a half years — and probably a decade late at that point — how little the Teamsters have actually done.

    The biggest, initial breakthrough was accomplished by the independent and financially threadbare Amazon Labor Union (ALU) at Amazon’s JFK8 warehouse, which made international news and made ALU leader Chris Smalls into a celebrity. Despite an initial burst of interest in the ALU from Amazon workers across the country, it couldn’t reproduce its success at JFK8 elsewhere and soon went into crisis.

    Meanwhile, small groups of Amazon workers began to form organizing committees in other facilities but faced Amazon’s notorious union-busting operation. However, faced with the prospect of its victory in Staten Island dying through attrition, the ALU negotiated a merger with the Teamsters as an autonomous unit. I took no position on whether they should join the Teamsters, but cautioned that it wasn’t a silver bullet solution to their challenges. I wrote:

    Some ALU reformers and supporters argue that for the ALU to succeed at Amazon it needs a “big gun” to back it up. While you can understand the allure of being affiliated to a larger union after a series of defeats, is this a solution to the existential crisis of ALU? Even recent history at Amazon doesn’t suggest this is a silver bullet solution. Way back in April 2021, when the Retail, Wholesale, and Department Store Union (RWDSU), affiliated with the mammoth UFCW, lost two to one in a union election at Amazon in Bessemer, Alabama, despite having a successful record of organizing in the South.

    Now that the big gun has been fired, what were the results?

    The big strike?

    Screen shot from the Teamsters, Facebook page.

    “Understanding these strikes is made difficult because labor left reporting, including outlets like Labor Notes and Jacobin, does not cover key questions such as level of worker participation in these strikes, which should be a key aspect of labor reporting. However, from accounts online, mainstream sources such as the New York Times, it appears that participation is very low in these strikes,” Joe Burns wrote to me. “For example, at the main Staten Island facility of thousands of workers, the New York Times estimated 100 workers. Other accounts have been a very small percentage of the workplace and mainly outside Teamster officials or supporters picketing. I have not heard of any facility that had a large percentage of Amazon workers on strike. Good independent labor reporting would zero in on such questions and not merely parrot the official union press releases. ”

    While the Teamsters made an effort in the major media markets to have a larger number of people protesting at some of Amazon’s facilities, outside of those areas the lack of Amazon workers on the picket lines was more glaring. I asked several rank and file Teamsters and union activists who visited the Amazon picket lines for their observations. Most asked to be quoted anonymously or by a pseudonym. Kat from Florida, who is active with Teamsters Mobilize, reported:

    It was very weak and ineffective from the standpoint of actually interrupting Amazon’s production process. In the three hours I was there, we let through two union drivers and one UPS manager without any struggle at all. Apathy on the part of the local officials at the picket. Even short of blocking the road, there were very simple tactics we could have employed to try to talk to every trucker as they were coming in. The officials were utterly disinterested in doing that; they clearly saw this “picket” as a last-minute top-down order that they had to follow formally but not play any substantial role in. Except for myself, the few other workers who showed up basically followed this lead.

    Yet, Kat also reported:

    At one point, a woman who worked inside the warehouse we were stationed at pulled over and was very excited to hear what was happening and to learn whether there were any ongoing efforts to organize her building. Me and the other rank and file member were the only ones who spoke with her, which seemed like a huge missed opportunity.

    Alyx reported from Salem, Oregon on Friday, December 20th:

    There were two Teamsters retirees from Local 324 holding the line. From what they said, most shifts were being covered by retirees from their local and another. I don’t know how many current Amazon workers participated. From what I saw, this location didn’t seem to have much impact. The facility is fairly remote, so not a lot of public visibility. The picket spot was set closer to the entrance than the main street, so only drivers and warehouse workers saw us. Since turnout was low, picketers weren’t able to impact access.

    Joe from Southern California wrote to me after visiting the City of Industry picket line, his experiences were more positive, though the number of Amazon workers involved was still small. He wrote:

    Where I was at, I ‘d say around 45–50 Amazon drivers on the picket line. Some of the striking Amazon workers were well versed on how to talk to their Amazon driving coworkers. I did not see any cards getting signed. The local Teamster union played both a primary and secondary role. Primary role in, they were active in moving striking Amazon workers to the other locations of the picket lines. Some talked to leaving Direct Service Providers (DSP) drivers, but most of the talking was striking Amazon drivers to their fellow DSP Amazon driving coworkers. I have seen many of the striking Amazon workers being interviewed by various online publications, pages and social media accounts. These actions made a difference. It brought publicity to the efforts of the Amazon workers. The public is aware of their efforts. Where I’m at. It was a good start. I would say this was a structure test to really gauge where the IBT Amazon Division is at.

    Karl, a long-standing union steward in Oklahoma City, wrote me:

    We picketed 2 Amazon facilities next to each other. Approximately 20–30 workers talked with us over the course of 48 hours. This, out of a workforce of 4–6 thousand. None participated directly, though strongly indicated that they would be interested in organizing and participating in further union campaigns if the local ​union were to follow up. Many of these provided contact info and requested information on the local. The local’s role seemed to be restricted to one of an informational picket. Little effort had been expended towards contacting workers or establishing any prior inside organization with which an informational picket could reinforce. It remains to be seen whether the local ​union will squander or follow up with new contacts. I think that the actions can make a difference provided the local and international makes a concerted effort to consolidate organization in the picketed plants and follow up with escalating actions that invite increasing numbers of workers to participate.

    Despite Amazon’s insistence that there was no interference with their operations, the Christmas time actions proved to be a public relations black eye for Amazon. The largely favorable media coverage highlighted the poverty wages of drivers, the dangerous and humiliating working conditions. Yet, we have been here before. No amount of public shaming has changed Amazon’s ways. With barely one percent, and that’s being generous, of Amazon’s workers participating in the union’s action, there is certainly a long way to go on to organize a small fraction of Amazon’s workforce.

    Missed opportunity

    Screen shot from Reddit.

    “I certainly would not want to discount the organizing and the efforts of the workers who did go on strike. Hopefully, it will spur some more activity but the history of publicity strikes is not very good. I do think a serious analysis needs to be done of levels of participation. The tendency however, is to simply declare victory and learn nothing. But I also think we need a sober analysis of what kind of labor movement it would take to organize Amazon. I do not think we can talk about organizing giant employers without talking about the structure and ideology of our labor movement. In order to truly take on these giant employers, we would need a labor movement capable of employing picket line militancy and solidarity tactics capable of mobilizing the entire labor movement against corporate giants,” Joe Burns wrote to me.

    I do think the Teamsters missed an opportunity last year. The Teamsters raised expectations about last year’s UPS contract, the largest private sector contract in the country. A transformational strike was expected and could have been the lever to organize a behemoth like Amazon. Yet, the contract campaign ended on a flat note. As I wrote last year:

    The U.S. Left that repeated continually that we were on the eve of the biggest strike in modern U.S. history. This, of course, did not occur leading to the frustration and demoralization of the hundreds of young radicals — many identified with the Democratic Socialists of America, DSA — who went out and got jobs on some of the worst shifts at UPS to be part of this transformative campaign.

    We operate in the wake of failure of a transformational strike at UPS and its consequences at Amazon. We are also facing a much more difficult political environment with the incoming Trump administration that promises a full scale assault on trade union rights, including the Teamsters, despite the union being led by Trump-ally Sean O’Brien. The political terrain can shift quickly, but it will require a clear-eyed assessment of the recent events at Amazon and the creation of new left to take advantage of them.

    The post The Teamsters’ Amazon “Strikes”: a Critical Assessment appeared first on CounterPunch.org.

    This post was originally published on CounterPunch.org.

  • Brzezinski, Carter and Vance at the White House, August 14, 1977. Photo: National Archives.

    Of the four US presidents who’ve been handed a Nobel Peace Prize–Teddy Roosevelt, Woodrow Wilson, Jimmy Carter and Barack Obama–the one who’d shown the cleanest pair of heels when it comes to escaping the world’s guffaws for the absurdity of the award is Jimmy Carter, who on his second day in office amnestied Vietnam War resisters and draft dodgers.

    Woodrow Wilson, the liberal imperialist with whom Obama bears some marked affinities, won the Nobel Peace Prize in 1919, having brought America into the carnage of the First World War. The rationale was Wilson’s effort to establish a League of Nations, but his substantive achievement was to have refined the language of liberal interventionism. Between TR and Wilson, it’s hard to say who was the more fervent racist. Probably Wilson. As governor of New Jersey he was a fanatical proponent of the confinement and sterilization of “imbeciles,” a eugenic crusade that culminated in the US Immigration Act of 1924, which barred Jews, Chinese and other suspect genetic material from entering the United States. Much against their will many of these excluded Jews made their way to Palestine. Others involuntarily stayed in Russia and eastern Europe and were murdered by the Nazis. Above all, Wilson at Versailles was the sponsor of ethnic nationalism, the motive force for the Final Solution. And they say Obama’s award has brought the Peace Prize into disrepute!

    The peace laureate president who preceded him was TR, who got the prize in 1906 ostensibly for his role in ending the Russo-Japanese War, but really as a reward for sponsorship of the Spanish-American war and ardent bloodletting in the Philippines.  Senator George Hoar’s famous denunciation of Roosevelt on the floor of the US Senate in May of 1902 was probably what alerted the Nobel Committee to Roosevelt’s eligibility for the Peace Prize:

    “You have sacrificed nearly ten thousand American lives—the flower of our youth. You have devastated provinces. You have slain uncounted thousands of the people you desire to benefit. You have established reconcentration camps. Your generals are coming home from their harvest bringing sheaves with them, in the shape of other thousands of sick and wounded and insane to drag out miserable lives, wrecked in body and mind. You make the American flag in the eyes of a numerous people the emblem of sacrilege in Christian churches, and of the burning of human dwellings, and of the horror of the water torture. ”

    TR was given the peace prize not long after he’d displayed his boundless compassion for humanity by sponsoring an exhibition of  Filipino “monkey men” in the 1904 St Louis World Fair as “the missing link” in the evolution of Man from ape to Aryan, and thus in sore need of assimilation, forcible if necessary, to the American way. On receipt of the prize, Roosevelt promptly dispatched the Great White Fleet  (sixteen U.S. Navy ships of the Atlantic Fleet  including four battleships) on a worldwide tour to display Uncle Sam’s imperial credentials, anticipating by scarce more than a century, Obama’s award, as he prepares to impose Pax Americana on the Hindu Kush and portions of Pakistan.

    What the committee of those worth Norwegians was really saying was that when it comes to giving a US president the peace prize, the bar has to be set terribly low.

    Carter got his Nobel in 2002 as a reward for conspicuous good works. But there again, the message of the Nobel committee was: Take the rough with the smooth.  As with Obama, the election of Carter in 1977 was also a season of hope that a new era was dawning, particularly in the arena of foreign policy and the Cold War. During his successful drive for the presidency, the Georgia governor and peanut farmer told a group of Democrats that “Without endangering the national defense of our nation or commitments to our allies, we can reduce the present defense expenditures by about five to seven billion annually. Exotic weapons which serve no function do not contribute to the national defense of this country. The Pentagon bureaucracy is bloated and wasteful.”

    “If, after the inauguration,” Carter’s campaign manager, Hamilton Jordan, told the press, “you find Cy Vance as Secretary of State and Zbigniew Brzezinski as head of National Security, then I would say we failed. And I’d quit.”

    Once in the White House, such stern talk from Carter quickly gave way to a more dispassionate deportment. Carter named Harold Brown–who had served as Secretary of the Air Force in the LBJ admininstration and once worked as a government scientists on nuclear weapons development, as his Defense Secretary. Carter wanted George Ball as secretary of state, but in the backstage maneuverings of the real election, the Israel lobby vetoed Ball. Carter was forced to pick Vance as Secretary of State and the Cold War fanatic Brzezinski as National Security Advisor. Jordan did not quit.  Such non-resignations are symbolically important because they indicate the real election is recognized and loyally accepted by all.

    Carter soon cited all of the usual grave threats the Soviet Union posed to US national security. For 1978, the first fiscal year under his budgetary supervision, he requested $118 billion in defense spending. A pittance by today’s standards, but 25% more than the amount Carter had pledged as a candidate. By December of 1978, Carter was publically boasting that under his leadership, defense spending had “gone up in real dollars. We have compensated for the inflation rate and then added on top of that.”

    Carter, the former nuclear scientist, and nearly all of the major media swallowed the demented notion of US nuclear “vulnerability” to a pre-emptive strike by the Soviet Union. Early in 1978,  TIME was asking: “Can the US Defend Itself?” The nation’s leading defense experts, the magazine reported, were in broad agreement on a number of key matters: “The Soviet Unio’s continuing nuclear and conventional military buildup is increasingly ominous and may jeopardize the delicate balance of power that has deterred nuclear war…Disarmament negotiations like the SALT may not be capable, by themselves, of preserving the US-USSR balance.”

    Carter crumbled, and the MX missile, the lovechild of Harold Brown, won the day.

    By the 1980 presidential campaign, Carter and Reagan were dueling each other for who could promise the most federal largesse to the military, exactly like the Roman legions of old selling off the throne to the highest bidder. In fact, Carter’s pledges for future arms spending were actually greater than what Reagan proposed and won in the ongoing weapons boom of the 1980s.

    It was Carter, after all, who amped up the new Cold War, got Argentinian torturers to train the Contras, and, above all, dragged the United States into Afghanistan. It was in 1978 that a progressive secular government seized power in Afghanistan, decreeing universal education for women and banning child marriage. By early 1979, Carter was hatching plans with Pakistan, Saudi Arabia and China to arm the Mujahideen and tribal warlords in Afghanistan to overthrow the government and attempt to lure the Soviet Union into combat. In December 1979, after repeated requests from the government in Afghanistan, the Soviet Union sent forces to fight the rebellion by fundamentalists. The CIA launched the most expensive operation in its history to train and equip these fundamentalists and warlords.

    (Nixon drank heavily and so did Ford. Jimmy Carter, the prig, brought jogging into the international politics. In the old days, the high and mighty stood at banquets sluicing down tumblers of firewater. These days they run about in their underwear. Who says there’s progress in human affairs?)

    People marvel at the idiocy of these Nobel awards, but there’s method in the madness, since in the end they train people to accept without demur or protest absurdity as part and parcel of the human condition, which they should accept as representing the considered opinion of rational men, albeit Norwegian. It’s a twist on the Alger myth, inspiring to youth: you too can get to murder Filipinos, or Palestinians, or  Vietnamese or Afghans  and still  win a Peace Prize. That’s the audacity of hope at full stretch.

    One shouldn’t take these prizes too seriously. Awards to liberal figures like Carter and Obama are gifts from the battlements of capital, signifying to doubters that the empire is in a safe pair of hands.

    The post Jimmy Carter and the Uses of the Nobel Peace Prize appeared first on CounterPunch.org.

    This post was originally published on CounterPunch.org.

  • Photograph by Nathaniel St. Clair

    A report released on December 27 from hud.gov dropped an extremely startling new statistic. In the last year the number of homeless individuals in America shot up an astounding 18%, bringing the number of Americans without a home to 770,000. Of course, this number is probably a distinct underestimation as it is difficult to properly include the souls out there without reliable housing, or of course those who are still sheltered, but barely existing on a shoestring, juggling numerous jobs and falling behind daily.

    Reports also indicate that many Americans have had to sell possessions and forgo necessities to simply keep something of a roof over their head in this, the throaty last gasps of whatever you want to call this dystopian economy. An increase of 18% is a mark of shame that is being all too normalized in the US. In fact, it’s a necessary aspect to ensure compliance in the vast sea of workers. With eroding social ties as well, there is an inability to keep many afloat. People are struggling in the water to such an extent, they can’t help the others around them drowning, so the help from traditional sources just really isn’t there. The cost of producing billionaires seems to be the flesh and safety of US citizens.

    The government is certainly not looking at this situation as the distinct and shameful catastrophe that it is. Major elections focus on the increase in the stock market of the previous year, but I have yet to hear any questions in a debate in regard to issues like a growing population of homeless individuals. It is as if those statistics simply have no meaning, when in fact, they hold all the meaning if a society deserves to continue in its present state.

    There has been a successful elimination of practically all public areas and a cruel criminality has been assigned to simply not having a place to be. We have moved from Art Deco, Craftsman and other design schools to that of Hostile Architecture, producing places of worship for commerce and the wheels of profit. In this system, a bench can no longer be a bench as it might afford one a place to sleep. It might have poured “decorative” blocks centered in the middle of it or even be “a leaning bench” to prevent even momentary comfort to the unfortunate and exhausted. This is all the more ironic in this season with many, especially of the reactionary right persuasion, putting out manger scenes in their yard without a hint of self-awareness. Those bright white figures around a newborn baby from an area of the world suffering violence they currently also turn a blind eye to. That baby wouldn’t last long in that region of the world today. I’m thinking we’d see his bloody torso as we scroll on social media, that heavy feeling that has become all too common, seeing the same atrocity on a never-ending loop, feeling powerless and angry without a clear way to intervene. But it’s all about fantasy and not considering those currently in need, that Northern European baby surrounded by donkeys and camels in the straw. It serves those in power to keep the populace in a state of cognitive disconnect.

    In the setting of the above, that of the 18% increase, we have a year that saw one Elon Musk see his wealth almost double. He’s now in ½ trillion territory with Jeff Bezos in the ¼ trillion club. If you are like me, you need context, Inequality.org puts it this way: work every year of your life at a rate of 75,000 dollars and without taxes, you too can be a billionaire (by that I mean have $1 billion) in around 13,000 years. And that’s just to get to 1 billion. How ludicrous that we’ve allowed ourselves to arrive at this point? A handful of socially inept men without empathy or decency have been handed the power that goes along with such wealth. Of course, when you hit a certain amount, it’s self-propagating. Nobody dares stop you and the nation’s laws all become red carpets for your feet. In a country with most individuals scared of becoming part of that 18%, they aren’t organizing effectively to stop such egregious hoarding. And this, as they say, is a feature, not a bug.

    The initial reasons given for the government to stay out of the “charity” business was that our nation has private organizations that can take on the task. Obviously this was a way to disregard one of the basic requirements of a functioning society, that of providing for the welfare of its citizens. This neglect has been required in order to continue feathering the nests of birds like Musk. In my area, the local shelter will not even allow those who show up from out of state to get a bed immediately. They have a waiting period that those individuals must sleep outside until they’ve been homeless “in the right region” for a couple of weeks. Now, if someone shows up and lies, saying they have been homeless in the “right region” –well, that’s good. This is just a hardship on someone down on their luck who shows up and is honest. And, of course, any backtalk about the religion that is required to get a warm bed will get you banned at the shelter as well. The only exception being extreme cold (because don’t you know 24 degrees is dangerous, but 25 degrees is not) and even then, they open warming stations that you can sit in but not have a bed. How long would most of us be able to handle that life without becoming suicidal? I know these details due to some time spent doing Case Management out of an ER so I’m not pulling this stuff out of my ass. I’m sure similar situations exist in other locales.

    When people want to think there are great options out there for those without shelter, they simply don’t know the reality of the situation. Not to mention, either before or after their time on the street, many of these people start to rely on substance abuse to get through the day (and night). Can you blame them? Lots of individuals in safe, warm homes do the same. But this puts them on ban lists, of course, and really, that’s about the end of a possible return to what we would consider a normal life–barring miracles, that is, and for them to reinsert into society. Places like Finland that provide no-questions-asked safe housing have unbelievable success rates in helping their citizens get back on their feet. But again, most likely they want those individuals to become healthy and safe. In America, it seems we need walking advertisements to remind you that if you leave that horrendous job if you dare try to do things like unionize, this very well could be what awaits you. All while government largesse is there, it’s just for the billionaire hoarder class, not the vast swath of humanity that truly makes up the nation.

    It was evident how little we are worth to them in comparison to the wealthy when we saw the manpower devoted to finding the CEO shooter in New York. Indigenous women vanish, veterans commit suicide, cops have a shoot-first policy—all of that is okay and part of the recipe, but let one wealthy individual come to an end like that CEO, and the police suddenly take notice. It’s not hard to see that modern-day policing has its roots in slavery patrols.

    I’m sure I am describing what you all know to be true, and thankfully, the awareness of these truths is spreading far and wide. This as the government overreaches in its control while relinquishing any social contract to its citizens. We simply cannot handle more years of 18% increases in homelessness or any other type of general misery indicator. This is how a society fails and on a path like this, it deserves to fail. Let something better flourish that works for more than just a handful of greedy, maladjusted hoarders.

    The post Half a Trillion Reasons for Shame appeared first on CounterPunch.org.

    This post was originally published on CounterPunch.org.

  • A group of men carrying a large candelabra Description automatically generated A group of men carrying a large candelabra Description automatically generated A group of men carrying a large candelabra Description automatically generated A group of men carrying a large candelabra Description automatically generated A group of men carrying a large candelabra Description automatically generated A group of men carrying a large candelabra Description automatically generated A group of men carrying a large candelabra Description automatically generated A group of men carrying a large candelabra Description automatically generated A group of men carrying a large candelabra Description automatically generated A group of men carrying a large candelabra Description automatically generated A group of men carrying a large candelabra Description automatically generated A group of men carrying a large candelabra Description automatically generated A group of men carrying a large candelabra Description automatically generated A group of men carrying a large candelabra Description automatically generated A group of men carrying a large candelabra Description automatically generated A group of men carrying a large candelabra Description automatically generated A group of men carrying a large candelabra Description automatically generated A group of men carrying a large candelabra Description automatically generated A group of men carrying a large candelabra Description automatically generated A group of men carrying a large candelabra Description automatically generated A group of men carrying a large candelabra Description automatically generated A group of men carrying a large candelabra Description automatically generated A group of men carrying a large candelabra Description automatically generated A group of men carrying a large candelabra Description automatically generated A group of men carrying a large candelabra Description automatically generated A group of men carrying a large candelabra Description automatically generated A group of men carrying a large candelabra Description automatically generated A group of men carrying a large candelabra Description automatically generated A group of men carrying a large candelabra Description automatically generated A group of men carrying a large candelabra Description automatically generated A group of men carrying a large candelabra Description automatically generated A group of men carrying a large candelabra Description automatically generated A group of men carrying a large candelabra Description automatically generated A group of men carrying a large candelabra Description automatically generated A group of men carrying a large candelabra Description automatically generated A group of men carrying a large candelabra Description automatically generated A group of men carrying a large candelabra Description automatically generated A group of men carrying a large candelabra Description automatically generated A group of men carrying a large candelabra Description automatically generated A group of men carrying a large candelabra Description automatically generated A group of men carrying a large candelabra Description automatically generated A group of men carrying a large candelabra Description automatically generated A group of men carrying a large candelabra Description automatically generated A group of men carrying a large candelabra Description automatically generated A group of men carrying a large candelabra Description automatically generated A group of men carrying a large candelabra Description automatically generated A group of men carrying a large candelabra Description automatically generated A group of men carrying a large candelabra Description automatically generated A group of men carrying a large candelabra Description automatically generated A group of men carrying a large candelabra Description automatically generated A group of men carrying a large candelabra Description automatically generated A group of men carrying a large candelabra Description automatically generated A group of men carrying a large candelabra Description automatically generated A group of men carrying a large candelabra Description automatically generated A group of men carrying a large candelabra Description automatically generated A group of men carrying a large candelabra Description automatically generated A group of men carrying a large candelabra Description automatically generated A group of men carrying a large candelabra Description automatically generated A group of men carrying a large candelabra Description automatically generated A group of men carrying a large candelabra Description automatically generated A group of men carrying a large candelabra Description automatically generated A group of men carrying a large candelabra Description automatically generated
    A group of men carrying a large candelabra Description automatically generated

    Pietro Santi Bartoli, Judaicus Triumphus, from Giovanni Pietro Bellori, Veteres arcus augustorum triumphis insignes (Rome: Ad templum Sanctae Mariae de Pace, 1690).

    Hanukkah v. Christmas

    In liberal, Jewish households, Hanukkah has always been something of an embarrassment. First, there’s the unavoidable truth that Hannukah is no match for Christmas. Liturgically speaking, it’s a minor holiday; it ranks somewhere between Simchat Torah and Tu Bishvat, neither of which most Gentiles (and many Jews) have even heard of. So, efforts by assimilated Jews since the 19th century, and especially the 1950s, to treat Hanukkah like Christmas are a stretch. The birthday of God (even if you are a non-believer) in 1 CE is objectively speaking a much bigger deal than the re-dedication by the victorious Maccabees (Judean rebels) of the second temple of Jerusalem (long since destroyed) in the 2nd century BCE.

    Second, there’s the matter of the name. “Hanukkah” — in Hebrew, “חנך‎”, meaning “to dedicate” — only gained its association with the ancient temple and Winter holiday in the 19th century.  Prior to that, the commemoration was known as the Festival of Lights, according to the Roman chronicler, Titus Flavius Josephus. That term, (of obscure origin), may have prompted the legend – taught in every Hebrew school — that oil in the lamps of the newly rededicated temple miraculously lasted eight nights instead of the expected one. That’s why there are eight nights of Hanukkah and why the menorah holds eight candles plus the Shamash (“שֶׁמֶשׁ”) or “helper candle”.  It’s not exactly a loaves-and-fishes, or Santa Claes coming down the chimney miracle, but good enough. And it aided generations of Jewish parents teach their children a lesson in thrift: “Turn off the lights when you leave a room!”

    There is much more to be said about the deficiency of Hannukah compared to Christmas (the music!), but this season, like the last one, there’s a third factor that far dominates the others: How can ekht Jews, in Yiddish Menschen, celebrate a holiday that honors an ancient victory when the Jewish military in Israel continues to rain death and destruction upon their Palestinian brothers and sisters?   What Jew with a moral compass can challenge the Catholic Pope’s recent chastisement of Israel, following an airstrike in Jabaliathat killed 12 members of one family, including  seven children: “Yesterday, children were bombed. This is cruelty, not war.”  After spokespersons for the Israeli government protested Francis’s words, the pope amplified his condemnation: “And with pain, I think of Gaza, of so much cruelty, of the children being machine-gunned, of the bombings of schools and hospitals. What cruelty!” Shade on any Jew – Israeli, American or other – who still supports Israel’s genocidal war against the Palestinians. May their Hanukkahs be dark!

    A deliberate decision to kill civilians

    We learned this week from an investigation by The New York Times, that in the days after the Oct. 7 Hamas outrages, Israeli leaders specifically changed military rules of engagement to allow up to 100 civilians to be killed for every high-ranking Hamas militant targeted, and 20 civilians for every rank-and-file militant. The latter weren’t necessarily armed or uniformed, billeted in barracks, or travelling in convoys. They might be seasonal fighters, recently mobilized, or even just lookouts or money changers – in effect, Hamas affiliated gofers. When killed, they might have been in bed with their wives, seated at family dinners, or playing with their children. A successful attack is one that kills the target and inevitably everyone near them – right up to the predetermined limit.

    In practice, many more Palestinian civilians are killed than even the high number permitted by Israeli officials. The bomb that killed Ibrahim Biari, a senior Hamas commander in October 2023, according to the Times, also killed 125 others, including many small children. Israeli government war protocols mean that 25 of that number were innocents. Which 25?  The first or the last 25 dead? The youngest or the oldest 25 victims?

    In addition to the deaths-per-strike ratio, the Israeli military established a civilian death cap of 500 per day, in effect a quota. If on Tuesday, 499 non-combatants are killed, medals may be awarded. If on Wednesday, the number is 501, an official expression of regret is due, like the following, issued by Netanyahu after the bombing of a tent camp at Tel al-Sultan in Rafah in southern Gaza in May 2024, setting it ablaze: “Despite our utmost efforts not to harm innocent civilians, last night, there was a tragic mistake. We are investigating the incident and will obtain a conclusion because this is our policy.” An IDF spokesman quickly walked back even that limited mea culpa, claiming without evidence, that the fire was caused by munitions stored in the tent camp. The more likely source of secondary explosions was cooking gas cylinders.

    Subsequent investigations revealed that Israel knew full well that the camp was densely packed with refugees, and that its U.S. made GBU-39 bombs propelled lethal shrapnel and metal fragments as far as 600 meters. It’s also now clear that according to its revised rules of engagement, the deaths of as many as 200 civilians was considered a fair cost for whacking Yassin Rabia and Khaled Nagar, two senior Hamas officials, on May 26, 2024. In fact, the Israeli military and civilian leadership might have congratulated itself; that bomb killed only 150.

    Hamas militants have been killed by munitions grossly disproportionate to their purpose. Unguided 2,000-pound bombs, supplied by the U.S., have leveled entire apartment buildings. The consequence is an average daily death rate in Gaza higher than any other conflict this century. At least 10% of the pre-war Gaza population of 2.3 million has been killed or wounded, or else is missing or detained by  Israeli security. Some detainees have been tortured. A third of the total casualties in Gaza are children. A report prepared by the EU representative for human rights Olof Skoog, (obtained by The Intercept) determined that because the Gaza death toll matches the regions demographic breakdown, indiscriminate attacks – war crimes — are occurring. If it were otherwise, a far greater percentage of young men than women and children would be dying.

     The Hanukkah blessing

    This Hanukkah, my daughter Diane (aka Sarah, after the biblical matriarch) is visiting us from Pasadena, CA. We both recently fled in opposite directions; she west, to escape an abusive husband in Chicago; my wife Harriet and I east, to Norwich, U.K. to evade incipient American fascism.  We also left because we wanted to be closer to Harriet’s two daughters and her increasingly frail parents. On each night of Hanukkah – it commenced this year on December 25 — Sarah has lit the candles while I recited the single prayer I know:

    בָּרוּךְ אַתָּה, יְיָ
    אֱלֹהֵֽינוּ, מֶֽלֶךְ הָעוֹלָם,
    אֲשֶׁר קִדְּשָֽׁנוּ בְּמִצְוֺתָיו
    וְצִוָּֽנוּ לְהַדְלִיק נֵר שֶׁל חֲנֻכָּה.

    Baruch atah, Adonai Eloheinu, Melech haolam, asher kid’shanu b’mitzvotav v’tsivanu l’hadlik ner shel Hanukkah.

    The blessing starts, like most Jewish prayers, with an encomium to the master on high: “Blessed are You, Adonai our God, Sovereign of all…”  (I’ve always hated the bowing and scraping in Jewish prayers, but the blessing gets better) “…who honors us with moral action”.  Mitzvot ( מִצְוָה) is usually translated “commandments,” but my version isn’t wrong, and it allows us to embrace the righteous obligation to justice felt by generations of Jewish dissidents and activists. Hanukkah for me is a link between the past and a redeemed or post-revolutionary future.

    The candles Sarah lights are the cheap kind I grew up with — corkscrewed and fragile, fast burning and messy. They leave droplets of green, blue, purple or orange wax on our steel and brass menorah and Formica countertop. After about 20 minutes, they flicker out. Each night, I’ve watched the last candle flame die. Sometimes, it’s the Shamash, the light that delivers light to the others.

    It’s unclear now, when the Palestinians in Gaza will be delivered from their torment — their second Nakba — or who will help bring them the light of peace and justice. But given their resilience, they will in time recover and thrive as a community. The Jewish people also suffered a scourge – a Holocaust even greater in scale — and yet survived and prospered, both as a global diaspora and in eretz Israel, historic Palestine. But how will Israeli Jews and their supporters in the U.S. ever overcome the shame they must feel – if not now then soon — for what they have wrought in Gaza?

    The post Hanukkah 2024: Festival of Darkness and Light appeared first on CounterPunch.org.

    This post was originally published on CounterPunch.org.

  • Image by Planet Volumes.

    The story of the Israeli war on Gaza can be epitomized in the story of the Israeli war on Beit Lahia, a small Palestinian town in the northern part of the Strip.

    When Israel launched its ground operations in Gaza, Beit Lahia was already largely destroyed due to many days of relentless Israeli bombardment which killed thousands.

    Still, the border Gaza town resisted, leading to a hermetic Israeli siege, which was never lifted, even when the Israeli military redeployed out of much of northern Gaza in January 2024.

    Beit Lahia is largely an isolated town, a short distance away from the fence separating besieged Gaza from Israel. It is surrounded mostly by agricultural areas that make it nearly impossible to defend.

    Yet, a year of grisly Israeli war and genocide in Gaza did not end the fighting there. To the contrary, 2024 has ended where it started, with intense fighting on all fronts in Gaza, with Beit Lahia, a town that was supposedly ‘conquered’ earlier, still leading the fight.

    Beit Lahia is a microcosm of Israel’s failed war in the Strip, a bloody grind that has led nowhere, despite the massive destruction, the repeated ethnic cleansing of the population, the starvation and the genocide. Every day of Israel’s terrible war on the Palestinians serves as a reminder that there are no military solutions and that the Palestinian will cannot be broken, no matter the cost or the sacrifice.

    Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu, however, remains unconvinced. He entered the new year with more promises of ‘total victory’, and ended it as a wanted criminal by the International Criminal Court (ICC).

    The issuing of an arrest warrant for the Israeli leader was a reiteration of a similar position taken by the International Court of Justice (ICJ) at the start of 2024.

    The ICJ’s position, however, was hardly as strong as many had hoped or wanted to believe. The world’s highest court had, on January 26, ordered Israel “to take action to prevent acts of genocide”, but stopped short of ordering Israel to halt its war.

    The Israeli objectives of the war remained unclear, although Israeli politicians provided clues as to what the war on Gaza was really all about. Last January, several Israeli ministers, including 12 from Netanyahu’s Likud party, took part in a conference calling for the resettlement of Gaza and the ethnic cleansing of Palestinians. “Without settlements, there is no security,” extremist Israeli minister of finance, Bezalel Smotrich, said.

    For that to happen, the Palestinian people themselves, not merely those fighting on the ground, had to be tamed, broken and defeated. Thus, the ‘flour massacres‘, a new Israeli war tactic that was centered around killing as many Palestinians as possible while waiting for the few aid trucks that were allowed to reach northern Gaza.

    On February 29, more than 100 Gazans were killed while queueing for aid. They were mowed down by Israeli soldiers, as they desperately tried to lay their hands on a loaf of bread, baby milk or a bottle of water. This scene was repeated, again and again in the north, but also in other parts of the Gaza Strip throughout the year.

    The aim was to starve the Palestinians in the north so that they would be forced to flee to other parts of the Strip. Famine actualized as early as January, and many of those who tried to flee south were killed, anyway.

    From the early days of the war, Israel understood that to ethnically cleanse Palestinians, they must target all aspects of life in the Strip. This includes hospitals, bakeries, markets, electric grids, water stations, and the like.

    The Gaza hospitals, of course, received a large share of Israeli attacks. In March, once more, Israel attacked the Al-Shifa Medical Complex in Gaza City with greater ferocity than before. When it finally withdrew, on April 1, the Israeli army destroyed the entire compound, leaving behind mass graves with hundreds of bodies, mostly medical staff, women and children. They even executed several patients.

    Aside from a few statements of concern by western leaders, little was done to bring the genocide to an end. Only when seven international aid workers with the charity, the World Central Kitchen, were killed by Israel, a global outcry followed, leading to the first and only Israeli apology in the entire war.

    Desperate to distract from its failure in Gaza, but also Lebanon, and keen on presenting the Israeli public with any kind of victory, the Israeli military began escalating its war beyond Gaza. This included the strike on the Iranian Embassy in Syria on April 1. Despite repeated attempts, which included the assassination in Iran of the head of Hamas’s Political Bureau, Ismail Haniyeh, on July 31, an all-out regional war has not yet come to pass.

    Another escalation was taking place, this time not by Netanyahu but by millions of people around the world, demanding an end to the Israeli war. A focal point of the protests were student movements that spread across US campuses and, ultimately, worldwide. Instead of allowing free speech to flourish, however, America’s largest academic institutions resorted to the police, who violently shut down many of the protests, arresting hundreds of students, many of whom were not allowed to return to their colleges.

    Meanwhile, the US continued to block international efforts aimed at producing a ceasefire resolution at the United Nations Security Council. Ultimately, on May 31, US President Joe Biden delivered a speech conveying what he termed an “Israeli proposal” to end the war. After some delay, Hamas accepted the proposal, but Israel rejected it. In his rejection, Netanyahu referred to Biden’s speech as “incorrect” and “incomplete”. Strangely, but also unsurprisingly, the White House blamed the Palestinians for the failed initiative.

    Losing faith in the American leadership, some European countries began changing their foreign policy doctrines on Palestine, with Ireland, Norway and Spain recognizing the State of Palestine on May 28. The decisions were largely symbolic but indicated that western unity around Israel was faltering.

    Israel remained unfazed and, despite international warnings, invaded the Rafah area in southern Gaza on May 7, seizing control of the Philadelphi Corridor – a buffer zone between Gaza and the Egyptian border that extends for 14 kilometers.

    Netanyahu’s government insisted that only war can bring their captives back. There was very little success in that strategy, however. On June 8, Israel, with logistical support from the US and other western countries managed to rescue four of its captives held in the Nuseirat refugee camp in central Gaza. To do so, Israel killed at least 276 Palestinians and wounded 800 more.

    In August, another heart-wrenching massacre took place, this time in the Al-Tabaeen school in Gaza City, where 93 people, mostly women and children, were murdered in a single Israeli strike. According to the United Nations High Commissioner for Human Rights, women and children were the main victims of the Israeli genocide, accounting for 70 percent by November 8.

    An earlier report by the Lancet Medical Journal said that if the war stopped in July, “186,000 or even more” Palestinians would have been killed. The war, however, went on. The rate of genocide in Gaza seemed to maintain the same killing ratio, despite the major regional developments including the mutual Iranian-Israeli tit-for-tat strikes and the major Israeli ground operation in Lebanon.

    In October, Israel returned to the policies of targeting or besieging hospitals, killing doctors and other medical staff, and targeting aid and civil defense workers. Still, Israel would not achieve any of its strategic goals of the war. Even the killing of Hamas’ leader, Yahya Sinwar, in battle on October 16 would not, in any way, alter the course of the war.

    Israel’s frustration grew by leaps and bounds throughout the year. Its desperate attempt to control the global narrative on the Gaza genocide largely failed. On July 19, and after listening to the testimonies of over 50 countries, the ICJ issued a landmark ruling that “Israel’s continued presence in the Occupied Palestinian Territory is illegal.”

    That ruling, which expressed international consensus on the matter, was translated on September 17 to a UN General Assembly resolution “demanding an end to Israel’s occupation of Palestine within the next twelve months”.

    All of this effectively meant that Israel’s attempt at normalizing its occupation of Palestine, and its quest to illegally annex the West Bank was considered null and void by the international community. Israel, however, doubled down, taking its rage against West Bank Palestinians, who, too, were experiencing one of the worst Israeli pogroms in many years.

    According to the Palestinian Health Ministry, by November 21, at least 777 Palestinians have been killed since October 7, 2023, while thousands more were wounded and over 11,700 arrested.

    To make matters worse, Smotrich called, on November 11, for the full annexation of the West Bank. The call was made soon after the election of Donald Trump as the next US President, an event that initially inspired optimism amongst Israeli leaders, but later concerns that Trump may not serve the role of the savior for Israel after all.

    On November 21, the ICC issued its historic ruling to arrest Netanyahu and his Defense Minister Yoav Gallant. The decision represented a measure of hope, however faint, that the world is finally ready to hold Israel accountable for its many crimes.

    2025 could, indeed, represent that watershed moment. This remains to be seen. However, as far as Palestinians are concerned, even with the failure of the international community to stop the genocide and reign in Israel, their steadfastness, sumoud, will remain strong until freedom is finally attained.

    The post A Palestinian Year in Review: Genocide, Resistance and Unanswered Questions   appeared first on CounterPunch.org.

    This post was originally published on CounterPunch.org.


  • The mainstream media ignored the passing of a beloved former colleague of mine, Ambassador Raymond Garthoff, whose career spanned the most important years of arms control and disarmament between the United States and the Soviet Union.  Over the years, the media have devoted much attention to the opponents of arms control such as George W. Bush, Paul Wolfowitz, John Bolton, and Casper Weinberger, but have done little to explore the importance of its advocates and practitioners.

    One of the key reasons for the ignorance of the American public regarding the importance of arms control is the media’s failure to explain the intricacies and complexities of disarmament and to understate the overall importance of arms control to secure strategic stability in the nuclear age.  Too many national security reporters want “room service” on the key aspects of disarmament, expecting stories to be brought to them rather than to conduct their own research that is required.

    Garthoff’s career included tours at the Rand Corporation, the Department of State, and the Central Intelligence Agency.  He played a key role in the negotiations of the Partial Test Ban Treaty in 1963 and the Outer Space Treaty of 1967.  From 1969 to 1972, he was the senior negotiator at the Strategic Arms Limitation Talks in Helsinki and Vienna, and he was responsible for the completion of both the SALT and the Anti-Ballistic Missile Treaties in 1972.

    He was a student of Soviet strategic doctrine as well as a student of Soviet-American relations.  His two books on that relationship are classics.  No other work approaches them for their in-depth view of political and military events between the two superpowers in the key decades before the collapse of the Soviet Union in 1991.  The only critic of his writings on Soviet-American relations was Harvard Professor Richard Pipes, whose ideological bias prevented him from giving a judicious review of Garthoff’s work.  Pipes’ review in “Foreign Affairs” was an embarrassment to that journal.

    Gradually, the seminal arms control agreements between Washington and Moscow have been abrogated, leaving the New START Treaty as the last remaining arms control agreement, set to expire in February 2026.  There is no sign that either the White House or the Kremlin is prepared to bolster and extend the treaty or to negotiate a new one.  Neither the Biden nor Trump administrations over the past eight years has had a serious arms control expert on their staffs.

    Disarmament opponents have had an easy time of it due to the decline of the arms control community.  For this, President Bill Clinton is largely responsible.  He bowed to right-wing pressure from Senator Jesse Helms and Representative Newt Gingrich, who had support from the Pentagon, and accepted the destruction of the Arms Control and Disarmament Agency, which had insured that arms control would be funded and staffed on a long-term basis.  Some of the strongest participants at the SALT talks in 1971 and 1972 were from ACDA.  Pentagon pressure also led Clinton to abandon the Comprehensive Test Ban Treaty.

    Just as Clinton wouldn’t stand up to right-wing pressures, President Richard Nixon and National Security Advisor Henry Kissinger refused to stand up to pressure from Senator Henry (Scoop) Jackson.  The Democratic senator was an ideological opponent of negotiations with the Soviets, and forced Kissinger to accept the demotion of the treaties’ key negotiators, such as Garthoff, in return for voting for the SALT and ABM treaties.  Garthoff was sent to Bulgaria as ambassador in the 1970s, a backwater post that wasted the energies and intelligence of this gifted civil servant.

    More recently, John Bolton played a central role in the George W. Bush and Trump administrations in killing the achievements of arms control and disarmament.  Bolton occupied  key roles in the Department of State and the White House where he lobbied successfully for abrogating the ABM Treaty, which was an essential predicate for reducing offensive strategy weaponry.  He was Trump’s national security adviser when he lobbied for abrogating the Intermediate Nuclear Forces Treaty and Outer Space Treaty.  The INF Treaty had been responsible for the destruction of more nuclear weapons than any other disarmament treaty in history.

    Thus far, Trump has appointed to his administration no one with an interest or background in arms control.  His national security appointees have been supporters of increased defense spending, greater nuclear inventories, and ideological opponents of both Russia and China.  What could go wrong?

    Biden surprisingly ignored the issue of disarmament over the past four years for the most part.  A troglodyte such as Trump wouldn’t be expected to have any respect for disarmament, but it is puzzling that a president such as Biden, with five decades of experience in dealing with the arcane aspects of strategic stability and nuclear deterrence, would not have been fully staffed on the subject of disarmament.

    This disarmament vacuum, unfortunately, coincides with the worsening of relations between the three major nuclear powers (China, Russia, and the United States) as well as the risky nuclear activities of several of the minor nuclear powers (India, Israel, and Pakistan).  These lesser powers represent a particularly worrisome group because of their authoritarian governments and their unwillingness to partake in the Nuclear Non-Proliferation Treaty, which was introduced to the disarmament scene in the 1960s, when the Soviet Union feared the efforts of the United States to put West Germany’s finger on the nuclear button.

    Most worrisome of all is the nuclear programs of the three major nuclear powers who are conducting unnecessary expansions of their strategic programs at a time when nuclear overkill capabilities are more than obvious.  The current arms race is worsening the Cold War relations between the United States and Russia as well as between the United States and China.  The United States is committed to a long-term modernization of its strategic forces, and China is maintaining the rapid growth of its nuclear arsenal.  Russian President Vladimir Putin is even threatening the actual use of nuclear forces against Ukraine and its Western supporters.

    The hawkish credentials of nearly all of Trump’s national security appointees suggest that the nuclear competition will worsen and that we should anticipate increased tension and even confrontation between the United States and Russia and even the United States and China.  The art of strategic communication, which Ray Garthoff understood, has been lost for the most part, and the major nuclear powers are mindlessly adding to their nuclear weaponry.  A future column will address the dangers of nuclear escalation such as the Soviet war fears in 1983, when U.S. aggressive nuclear exercises caused a war scare in the Kremlin.

    The post The Death of Ambassador Raymond Garthoff and Disarmament appeared first on CounterPunch.org.

    This post was originally published on CounterPunch.org.

  • President Jimmy Carter sits casually with his feet on the table at the Resolute desk in the Oval Office of the White House on April 18, 1978 – Public Domain

    A pious Sunday school teacher confessing to lust in his heart but swearing never to lie, he came to Washington to reestablish public faith in government just when popular disgust at monstrous U.S. crimes in Indochina had reached unprecedented heights. The big business agenda during his term in office (1977-1981) was to roll back the welfare state, break the power of unions, fan the flames of the Cold War to increase military spending, engineer tax breaks for wealthy corporate interests, and repeal government regulation of business. While portraying himself as a peanut-farming populist, Carter delivered the goods for Wall Street.

    Having run as a Washington “outsider,” he immediately filled his administration with Trilateral Commission members, hoping that a coterie of Rockefeller internationalists could resurrect the confidence of American leaders and enrich business relations between Japan and the United States.

    His Secretary of State was Cyrus Vance, a Wall Street lawyer and former planner of the Vietnam slaughter. Secretary of Defense Harold Brown was Lyndon Johnson’s Air Force Secretary and a leading proponent of saturation bombing in Vietnam. Secretary of the Treasury Michael Blumenthal was the standard rich corporation president. Attorney General Griffen Bell was a segregationist judge who disclosed that he would request “inactive” status as a member of Atlanta clubs closed to blacks and Jews [Carter himself stated that housing should be segregated]. Energy coordinator James Schlesinger was a proponent of winnable nuclear war. Transportation Secretary Brock Adams was a staunch proponent of Lockheed’s supersonic transport. National security adviser Zbigniew Brzezinski was an anti-Soviet fanatic who said in an interview with the New Yorker that it was “egocentric” to worry that a nuclear war between the U.S. and U.S.S.R. would entail “the end of the human race.” Since it was unlikely that every last human being would perish in such event, Brzezinski recommended that critics of U.S. nuclear policy abstain from narcissistic concern for the mere hundreds of millions of people who would.

    In what William Greider, author of Secrets of the Temple (a study of the Federal Reserve Bank), called his most important appointment, Carter named Paul Volcker to chair the Federal Reserve Bank. Stuart Eizenstat, Carter’s assistant for domestic affairs said that, “Volcker was selected because he was the candidate of Wall Street.” The Wall Street agenda became clear when Volcker contracted the money supply and declared, “the standard of living of the average American has to decline.”

    Wealth was funneled upward and wages and production declined. Unemployment and bankruptcy rose, unions shriveled and disappeared, Pentagon spending soared. For the first time ever American white collar families couldn’t save money. With urban housing costs zooming, workers fled to remote suburbs, but the increased commute expenses tended to cancel out cheaper mortgages. Moonlighting and overtime work increased, but added income disappeared in eating out, second commutes, and hired child care. As the cost of necessities outpaced wage gains, only credit cards could fill the widening gap. Hamburger stands and nursing homes proliferated while well-paid manufacturing jobs fled to the Third World. The workforce of the future was said to be a generation of superefficient robots.

    Carter’s populist assurances simply whetted the public appetite for this kind of dismal anticlimax. While making a few listless gestures towards blacks and the poor, he spent the bulk of his energy promoting corporate profits and building up a huge military machine that drained away public wealth in defense of a far-flung network of repressive “friends” of American business.

    The heaviest applause line in his Inaugural Address was his promise “to move this year a step towards our ultimate goal – the elimination of all nuclear weapons from this Earth.” But after his beguiling rhetoric faded away, he embarked on a program of building two to three nuclear bombs every day. Although he had promised to cut military spending by $5 to $7 billion, he decided to increase it after just six months in office, and his 5% proposed spending increases in each of his last two years in office were identical to those first proposed by Ronald Reagan. Furthermore, having pledged to reduce foreign arms sales, he ended up raising them to new highs, and after speaking of helping the needy, he proposed cutbacks in summer youth jobs, child nutrition programs, and other popular projects serving important social needs. Similarly, though he had campaigned as a friend of labor, he refused a request to increase the minimum wage and opposed most of organized labor’s legislative agenda while handing out huge subsidies to big business. He made much ado about “human rights,” but returned Haiti’s fleeing boat people to the tender care of “Baby Doc” Duvalier, and when a member of the American delegation to the U.N. Human Rights Commission spoke of his “profoundest regrets” for the C.I.A.’s role in General Pinochet’s bloodbath in Chile, Carter scolded him, insisting that the C.I.A.’s actions were “not illegal or improper.”

    Carter came to Washington proclaiming his desire for a comprehensive Middle East peace, including a solution to the Palestinian question “in all its aspects.” Yet at Camp David he failed to grasp the root of the problem, let alone propose a mature way of dealing with it. He assumed that Palestinians were anonymous refugees whose nationalist aspirations could be safely ignored. He supposed a peace treaty could be signed in the absence of the PLO, world recognized as the Palestinians’ “sole legitimate representative.” He offered no apologies for negotiating an agreement that failed even to mention Jewish settlements in the West Bank, the Gaza Strip, and the Golan Heights. He did not protest Prime Minister Menachem Begin’s presentation of the Accords before the Israeli Knesset as a “deal,” one much more favorable to Israel than to “the Arabs.” He pretended not to notice that corralling Palestinians into Bantustans was not simply a tactic of war, but constituted Israel’s boasted final product of “peace”! Finally, his much praised Camp David accords were the death warrant for Lebanon, as Israel, its southern border secure with the removal of Egypt from the Arab military alliance, was freed to concentrate undivided attention on a long-planned invasion across its northern border. It was this invasion (June 1982) that convinced Osama bin Laden that only mass murder of Americans could ever change U.S. foreign policy.

    Carter was effusive in his praise and blind support of the Shah of Iran, who was deeply unpopular in his country due to policies of supermilitarization, forced modernization, and systematic torture. By the time Carter arrived in the White House the Shah’s throne sat atop a veritable powder keg. Iranian cities were hideously unlivable with fifteen percent of the entire country crowded around Teheran in shanty dwellings lacking sewage or other water facilities. The nation’s incalculable oil wealth reached few hands and a restless student generation had no prospects. The country’s bloated bureaucracy was totally corrupt. While Shiite leaders rallied popular support, the Shah’s secret police threw tens of thousands of Iranians into jail, the economy gagged on billions of dollars of Western arms imports (mostly from Washington), and Amnesty International speculated that Iran had achieved the worst human rights record on the planet. Meanwhile, Carter declared that “human rights is the soul of our foreign policy,” though he added the following day that he thought the Shah might not survive in power, a strange expectation if indeed the U.S. stood for human rights around the world.

    After the Shah was overthrown, Carter could not conceive of U.S. responsibility for the actions of enraged Iranian students who seized 66 Americans and held them hostage at the U.S. Embassy in Teheran, demanding the return of “the criminal Shah.” (He had admitted the Shah to the U.S. for emergency medical treatment for cancer, thus precipitating the “hostage crisis.”) To Carter, Americans were by definition innocent, outside history, and he dismissed Iranian grievances against the U.S. as ancient history, refusing to discuss them. In his distorted mind, Iranians were terrorists by nature, and Iran had always been a potentially terrorist nation, regardless of what they had suffered at U.S. hands. In short, without the Shah, Carter regarded Iran as a land of swarthy and crazed medievalists, what Washington today calls a “rogue state.”

    Having “lost” Iran, a key U.S. ally in the Middle East, along with military outposts and electronic eavesdropping stations used against the Soviet Union, the Carter administration began supporting Afghan Islamic fundamentalists, not making an issue of their having kidnapped the American ambassador in Kabul that year (1979), which resulted in his death in a rescue attempt. While U.S. officials condemned Islamic militants in Iran as terrorists, they praised them as freedom fighters in Afghanistan, though both groups drew inspiration from the Ayatollah Khomeini, who was, in the eyes of official Washington, the Devil incarnate. In a 1998 interview Carter’s national security adviser Zbigniew Brzezinski admitted that the U.S. had begun giving military assistance to the Islamic fundamentalist moujahedeen in Afghanistan six months before the U.S.S.R. invaded the country, even though he was convinced – as he told Carter – that “this aid was going to induce a Soviet military intervention.” Among the consequences of that policy were a decade-and-a-half of war that claimed the lives of a million Afghans, moujahedeen torture that U.S. government officials called “indescribable horror,” half the Afghan population either dead, crippled, or homeless, and the creation of thousands of Islamic fundamentalist warriors dedicated to unleashing spectacularly violent attacks in countries throughout the world.

    The list of disastrous policies can go on. For example, Carter continued the Ford Administration’s policy of backing Indonesia’s occupation of East Timor, which killed tens of thousands of Timorese during Carter’s years in office, and roughly a third of the Timorese population overall between 1975 and 1979. In 1977-1978 while Indonesia engaged in wholesale destruction in the form of massive bombardment, wiping out of villages and crops, and relocation of populations to concentration camps, the Carter Administration extended the military and diplomatic support necessary to make it all possible. In late 1977 Washington replenished Indonesia’s depleted supplies with a sharp increase in the flow of military equipment (Jakarta used U.S.-supplied OV-10 Broncos, planes designed for counterinsurgency operations) encouraging the ferocious attacks that reduced East Timor to the level of Pol Pot’s Cambodia. In a 1979 interview with the New York Times Father Leoneto Vieira do Rego, a Portuguese priest who spent three years in the mountains of East Timor between 1976 and 1979, said that “the genocide and starvation was the result of the full-scale incendiary bombing . . . I personally witnessed – while running to protected areas, going from tribe to tribe – the great massacre from bombardment and people dying from starvation.” In May 1980 Brian Eads reported for the London Observer that “malnutrition and disease are still more widespread than in ravaged Cambodia.” Relating the comments of an official recently back from a visit to Cambodia, Eads added that “by the criteria of distended bellies, intestinal disease and brachial parameter – the measurement of the upper arm – the East Timorese are in a worse state than the Khmers.” Another stellar achievement of the “Human Rights” administration.

    Furthermore, during Carter’s brief reign he ordered production of the neutron bomb (which his administration praised for “only” destroying people while leaving property intact), endorsed “flexible response” and “limited” nuclear war, lobbied for the radar-evading cruise missile, developed a rapid deployment force for instant intervention anywhere, enacted selective service registration in peacetime, and advocated the construction of first-strike MX missiles for use in a nuclear shell game along an elaborate system of underground railroad tracks proposed for the Utah desert. While lecturing the Soviets on human rights, he escalated state terror in El Salvador, crushed democracy in South Korea, gave full support to Indonesia’s near genocide in East Timor, and maintained or increased funding for the Shah, Somoza, Marcos, Brazil’s neo-Nazi Generals, and the dictatorships of Guatemala, Nicaragua, Indonesia, Bolivia, and Zaire. He refused to heed Archbishop Romero’s desperate plea to cut off U.S. aid to the blood drenched Salvadoran junta, and Romero was promptly assassinated. Furthermore, he said nothing at all when the London Sunday Times revealed that the torture of Arabs implicated “all of Israel’s security forces” and was so “systematic that it cannot be dismissed as a handful of ‘rogue cops’ exceeding orders.” And though he presented himself as sympathetic to those who had opposed the Vietnam war, he refused to pay reconstruction aid on the grounds that during the devastating U.S. attack on the tiny country, “the destruction was mutual.” (Try arguing that the Nazi invasion of Poland wasn’t a crime because “destruction was mutual.”)

    Carter turned domestic policy over to Wall Street, refusing to increase the minimum wage and telling his Cabinet that increasing social spending “is something we just can’t do.” According to Peter Bourne, special assistant to the president in the Carter White House, he “did not see health care as every citizen’s right,” though every other industrial state in the world except apartheid South Africa disagreed with him. He understood that liberals desired it, but, Bourne notes, “he never really accepted it.” Instead, “he preferred to talk movingly of his deep and genuine empathy for those who suffered for lack of health care, as though the depth of his compassion could be a substitute for a major new and expensive government solution for the problem.” In point of fact, money can be saved under a government funded plan, but Carter was uninterested. He insisted on controlling business costs rather than providing universal coverage, neglecting to note that under Medicare – universal insurance for the elderly – administrative costs were a fraction of those charged under private HMOs.

    Carter simply could not comprehend the vast unmet social needs that existed (and exist) in the United States. He thought there was a way to maintain a global military presence, balance the budget, and keep business costs low while adequately meeting social welfare needs via reorganizing programs. When his Secretary of Health, Education, and Welfare, Joe Califano informed him that without increased funding many welfare recipients would be worse off after any reorganization than before, Carter erupted: “Are you telling me that there is no way to improve the present welfare system except by spending billions of dollars? In that case, to hell with it!” In response to a comment that his denial of federal funding for poor people’s abortions was unfair, Carter summed up the political philosophy that rendered him hopelessly un-progressive: “Well, as you know, there are many things in life that are not fair, that wealthy people can afford and poor people cannot.”

    Like political candidates who do their bidding.

    Sources.

    Lawrence S. Wittner, Cold War America: From Hiroshima to Watergate, (Holt, Rinehart & Winston, 1978)

    Laurence H. Shoup, The Carter Presidency and Beyond, (Ramparts, 1980)

    Samuel Bowles et al, After The Waste Land: A Democratic Economics For The Year 2000, (M.E. Sharpe, 1990)

    Peter G. Bourne, Jimmy Carter – A Comprehensive Biography from Plains to Postpresidency, (Scribner, 1997)

    Doug Dowd, Blues For America – A Critique, A Lament, And Some Memories, (Monthly Review, 1997)

    William Blum, Rogue State – A Guide to the World’s Only Superpower, (Common Courage, 2000)

    William Blum, Killing Hope: U.S. Military and C.I.A. Interventions Since World War II, (Common Courage, 1995)

    Edward W. Said, Covering Islam – How the Media and the Experts Determine How We See the Rest of the World, (Vintage, 1997)

    Edward W. Said, The Question of Palestine, (Vintage, 1979)

    Robert Fisk, The Great War For Civilisation – The Conquest of the Middle East, (Knopf, 2005)

    Helen Caldicott, Missile Envy: The Arms Race and Nuclear War, (Bantam, 1986)

    Noam Chomsky, Radical Priorities, (Black Rose, 1981)

    Noam Chomsky, The New Military Humanism – Lessons From Kosovo, (Common Courage, 1999)

    Noam Chomsky, Towards a New Cold War – Essays on the Current Crisis and How We Got There, (Pantheon, 1973-82)

    Howard Zinn, A People’s History of the United States, (Harper, 1995)

    Michael Parenti, Land of Idols – Political Mythology in America, (St. Martin’s 1994)

    Michael Parenti, Democracy For the Few, Sixth Edition, (St. Martin’s, 1995)

    Walter LaFeber, The American Age – United States Foreign Policy at Home and Abroad since 1750, (Norton, 1989)

    William Mandel, Saying No To Power – Autobiography of a 20th Century Activist and Thinker, (Creative Arts: 1999)

    The post Jimmy Carter: the False Savoir appeared first on CounterPunch.org.

    This post was originally published on CounterPunch.org.

  • Photograph by Nathaniel St. Clair

    Civil discourse is preferable to the alternatives of coerced silence and violence. Coerced silence means that one side has exercised power to end conversation—to say, in effect, there is no point in further discussion; be quiet and accept that our desires will prevail. Violence means that reason has failed and we are reduced to the condition of resolving disputes by means of fang and claw, rock and club, bullet and bomb.

    Despite the dismal historical record of our species, as a professor I have held out hope that humans are capable of doing better. Ordinarily this would imply support for any effort, in universities or elsewhere, to promote civil discourse. But the efforts we see now—the selling of civil discourse as the solution to problems of polarization and rancor on our campuses and in society more generally—are a problem, because their main effect is to block change.

    In recent years we’ve seen a proliferation of university-based programs ostensibly intended to promote civil discourse. There is the Civil Discourse Project at Duke; the Dialogue Project at Dartmouth; the Dialogues Initiative at Georgetown; the Civil Discourse Lab at Vanderbilt; ePluribus at Stanford; the Project on Civic Dialogue at American University; and School of Civic Life and Leadership at UNC-Chapel Hill. This is to name but a few.

    The claim most often made to justify these programs is that students today don’t know how to carry on mutually respectful dialogue or debate, and thus end up yelling at each other or, worse, yelling at administrators and members of university governing boards. An adjacent claim is that faculty—usually meaning leftist or liberal professors—have failed to impart these skills. And so it has been necessary, the argument goes, to create new programs and curricula devoted to teaching the arts of listening and of rationally exchanging views, especially about emotionally fraught topics.

    Advocates of these programs have pointed to the campus anti-genocide protests last spring as evidence that special tutelage in civil discourse is needed now more than ever. The problem with those protests, civil discoursers allege, is that they were sometimes loud, got in the way of people moving about campus, made Zionist supporters of Israel feel unsafe, and were thus by definition uncivil. If students had only mastered the skills of polite civic engagement, no disruptions would have occurred, fewer feathers would have been ruffled, and more views would have been productively shared.

    These appeals to make dialogue civil again are seductive. Of course we should strive to listen to each other carefully and speak to each other calmly and rationally. Of course we should try to hone our abilities to do these things, because these abilities in turn enable us to find the common good, identify what is just and unjust, and pursue change peacefully. Of course higher education should nurture these abilities. And yet, in the context of entrenched inequality, calls for civil discourse—and the university programs that sacralize it—are often conservative ploys to impede the pursuit of justice.

    This is evident if we consider who is in a position to demand civility of whom, and who has the power to define what is civil. Historically, it has been those in power who demand civility from those who seek redress of grievances. “Speak politely, in soothing tones,” the subtext goes, “or we won’t listen to you at all.” The further message is that an inability to remain calm when trying to be heard, when trying to end an abusive state of affairs, will be taken as a sign of the irrationality of the demand. Today, we would call this gaslighting.

    Consider, for example, a request made by student protesters to discuss a university’s complicity in genocide. This would seem like an eminently civil first step. What is uncivil is the refusal on the part of administrators and governing bodies to engage in good-faith discussion of such matters. Which is exactly what we saw in last spring’s protests against Israel’s assault on Gaza. Protesters’ requests for dialogue were typically ignored, leading to escalation: louder voices, encampments, rallies, unauthorized postering, spray painting. Administrators defined these actions as disruptive, calling in police to make arrests. That isn’t civility; it’s a reassertion of domination.

    But what we are supposed to believe now, according to those who celebrate civil discourse, is that anti-genocide protesters—those who sought dialogue and a peaceful path to change—are at fault and in need of remedial instruction. Administrators who violently quash the expressive activity of protesters are lauded as voices of reason. Protesters who raise their voices in an attempt to be heard are dismissed as troublemakers undeserving of an audience. This smear tactic works because of differences in power between the groups confronting each other—ordinary people of conscience on one side, agents of the U.S. imperialist state on the other.

    Another problem with most current calls for civil discourse is that the goal of discerning the truth is shunted aside. Instead, the goals are said to be a sharing of views, an exchange of stories, a chance to see things from the perspective of the other. Discourse itself, it seems, is sometimes the only goal. All this might be fine if the issues at hand concerned aesthetic judgments or quirks of personal experience. But what if we need to determine and agree upon the facts of the matter in a case of genocide? For this, sharing views is not enough.

    I suspect that it is well understood, if seldom admitted by advocates of civil discourse, that sharing stories and views is not enough—that is, not enough to alter the behavior of political elites, the capitalist class, or the U.S. government. A feckless expenditure of energy is perhaps the real goal of the tactic: transform protest into well-contained talk so that business as usual can go on, leaving nothing changed at a larger level. Vent among yourselves if you like, share your views, but don’t get disruptive, or else the velvet gloves will come off.

    In the case of Israel’s assault on Palestinians, the call for civil discourse is cynical and galling, as if mere misunderstanding is what’s wrong. Do the many anti-Zionist Jews who belong to Jewish Voice for Peace, If Not Now, and B’Tselem not understand the Zionist view? By now, does any adult who has read the news in the past year not understand the Zionist narrative about Israel? It offends reason to claim that the problems of land dispossession, apartheid, daily humiliation, and genocide will be solved by politely sharing views in university seminar rooms. These problems can be solved only by changing the behavior of the U.S. government and the behavior of the Israeli state in Palestine.

    What’s required—what Frederick Douglass reminded us is always required when confronting power—are demands that will inevitably be defined as uncivil. That’s why protest movements tend to escalate from petitions to marches, from marches to boycotts, and from boycotts to strikes and other forms of civil disobedience. Only when the costs of carrying on business as usual become greater than the costs of making concessions will concessions be made. In the face of vast inequality, that’s how change occurs. Only among equals who cannot coerce each other is civil discourse alone likely to be enough.

    None of this is to say that civil discourse is not to be strived for. I still hold out hope that we can do better than beat each over the head as we try to end oppressive social arrangements—in Palestine, in the U.S., and around the planet. But the reality is that those who benefit from inequality will not be rationally argued into relinquishing power and privilege. History leads us to expect no such thing. In the world today, the powerful will first respond rhetorically—calling insistent demands for change uncivil; demanding in turn endless debate about complexities and nuances and impossibilities—as a prelude to responding violently.

    If there is to be a peaceful transition to a more just and equal world, it will not come through a polite exchange of views between the powerful and powerless. Nor will it come from sharing views in forums of the powerless, unless those forums are also aimed at discerning the truth, making plans for change, and putting those plans into action. Our best hope then is for collective action that disrupts the status quo not by violently confronting the powerful, but by withholding co-operation until the once powerful are left with no one to wield their guns, drop their bombs, or tell their lies. That is the kind of civility worth fighting for.

    The post Civil Discourse in a Time of Genocide appeared first on CounterPunch.org.

    This post was originally published on CounterPunch.org.






























































  • I know this for a fact, you don’t like how I act
    You claim I’m sellin’ crack,
    but you be doin’ that
    I’d rather say “See ya” ’cause I would never be ya
    Be an officer? You wicked overseer
    You hotshot, wanna get props and be a savior?
    First show a little respect, change your behavior

    Change your attitude, change your plan
    There could never really be justice on stolen land
    Are you really for peace and equality?
    Or when my car is hooked up, you know you wanna follow me
    Your laws are minimal
    ‘Cause you won’t even think about lookin’ at the real criminal
    This has got to cease
    ‘Cause we be gettin’ hyped to the sound of da police

    – Sound of da Police, KRS-One

    California Highway Patrol riot squads firing “rubber” bullets and tear gas at antiwar students on the campus of UCLA.

    January

    + On the night of December 4, Niani Finlayson, a 27-year-old black woman living in Lancaster, California, called 9/11 for help, as she was being beaten by her former boyfriend. The audio from the call records Finlayson shouting: “He won’t get out of my house … He will not leave me alone … I need the police here right now.” She can be heard screaming on the tape and telling the man repeatedly to get off of her.

    A few minutes later two Los Angeles Sheriff’s deputies arrive at her apartment complex and knock on the door. Finlayson answers with her young daughter, Xaisha, standing next to her. The body cam footage shows that Finlayson is holding a kitchen knife in one of her hands and begins to tell the cops that she trying to defend her daughter, who her ex has been hurting. The daughter says the man had “punched” her. The female deputy enters the room and Finlayson and her daughter move back. Then Deputy Ty Shelton comes through the door, holding a Taser in one hand and his gun in the other. Three seconds later Shelton opens fire, hitting Finlayson four times, as her daughter stands beside her. The ex-boyfriend can be heard screaming: “No, no, why did you shoot?”

    This is Shelton’s second lethal shooting while responding to a domestic disturbance call. In 2020, a few weeks after the murder of George Floyd, Shelton shot Michael Thomas in the chest during a verbal argument with his girlfriend. Thomas, a 61-year-old black man, was unarmed. Shelton didn’t have his body cam on and he wasn’t charged.

    + A new report by the National Registry of Exonerations documented 129 cases in which people were falsely convicted at least partly because of flawed hair analysis and testimony. Fifteen of these defendants received a death sentence.

    + U.S. mass shootings over the past ten years:

    2014: 272

    2015: 332

    2016: 383

    2017: 347

    2018: 335

    2019: 414

    2020: 610

    2021: 689

    2022: 646

    2023: 654

    + Keith “KJ” Frierson, a 10-year-old boy living in Sacramento, California was shot dead over the weekend when the shooter, who was also 10 years old, got mad after losing a bicycle race, grabbed his father’s gun and opened fire. In Largo, Florida, a 14-year-old boy fatally shot his sister in an argument over Christmas gifts, only to be shot moments later by his own teenage brother.

    + A North Carolina pastor was arrested after trying to shove a man’s head into a McDonald’s deep-fryer.

    + Violent crime in the US is down almost everywhere, but San Francisco, where it has been on the rise since Chesa Boudin was removed from office and “tough-on-crime” Brooke Jenkins took his place.

    + A West Virginia woman says a bartender working on a Margaritaville at Sea cruise ship slipped her a date rape drug, then snuck into her cabin in the middle of the night and raped her. She became pregnant and her rapist later forced her to get an abortion.

    + In keeping with last year’s pardons, which freed no one from prison, Bidenhas issued a new round of pardons that will free no one from prison

    + During his 2020 campaign, Biden pledged to cut the federal incarceration rate in half. When Trump took office, the federal prison population stood at 185,617. When he left office, there were 155,562 people incarcerated in federal lockup, a decline of 30,055. Under three years of Biden, the number of federal prisoners has increased by 1,149 inmates for a total of 156,711 people behind federal bars.

    +++

    + During his campaign, Biden pledged to end the federal death penalty. But his Justice Department just announced it would seek the death penalty in the racist mass murder at a Buffalo supermarket, even though the defendant, Payton Gendron, is already serving a life without parole sentence in New York State. Janai S. Nelson, director of the NAACP’s Legal Defense Fund denounced the decision, saying the organization “roundly condemns the pursuit of the death penalty in all circumstances.” Nelson said that the 2022 mass shooting was a “heinous act of white supremacist violence that had a devastating impact on the black community in Buffalo and beyond. We stand with the Buffalo community as it continues to reel from this painful event and works to continue to heal. We also demand that the federal government pursue an all-of-government approach to the hate motivated incidents that leads with prevention of and protection from white supremacist violence. We do not, however, believe that the death penalty is part of this equation.”

    + Not only is Rudy Giuliani’s personal reputation in tatters but so is the reputation of the tough-on-crime policing system he supervised as mayor of NYC in the 90s. There have now been 18 overturned convictions from that era based on the testimony of a single corrupt NYPD detective, Lou Scarcella. 

    + In 2021, Philadelphia created a Police Oversight group. Nearly three years later it hasn’t investigated a single case.

    + An LA Sheriff’s deputy shot a coworker’s gang tattoo off on a camping trip. Internal documents on the incident uncovered by the LA Free Press show:

    + Investigators never asked about tattoos or deputy gangs

    + Shooter & victim lied in statements

    + 22 people, incl. 1 known deputy gang member attended

    + It’s official: Police in the US killed more people in 2023 than any year in the last decade:

    + At least 1,232 killed, a rate of more than 3 a day 

    + 445 victims were fleeing police 

    + There was a rise in killings by sheriffs and in rural areas 

    + Black people were killed at a rate 2.6 times higher than whites

    + California K-12 schools have more police officers than social workers and more security guards than nurses, according to state data released earlier this month. Police stopped 6,441 kids in schools in 2022. Black youths are handcuffed at twice the rate of white youths.

    + The cop convicted of brutally killing Elijah McClain avoided prison, instead he was sentenced to 14 months in jail with authorized work release. The judge cited his “positive social history and service to his country and community.”

    + Police in Phoenix went on a foot chase of a man accused of domestic violence. They tackled the suspect in an alley, fired beanbags at him, then shot him with a shotgun and ran over him in a police SUV. The cops were agitated because the man had pointed a pellet gun at them in self-defense. All along, the cops had been chasing the wrong guy.

    + At a press conference last week, NYC Mayor Eric Adams first denied that a passage in his 2009 book in which he fired a gun at school ever happened, then blamed a coauthor (none is listed), and finished off by claiming to be unaware that his own book had been published at all. Speaking of the Mayor, the NY Daily News reports that Adams’ legal defense fund has been fattened by donations from Leonard Blavatnik, a billionaire businessman with ties to a US-sanctioned Russian oligarch, and crypto mogul Brock Pierce.

    + NYC Mayor Eric Adams to the graduating class of the Department of Corrections, telling the new Rikers guards he’ll always have their backs no matter what abuses they commit: “People are trying to take away your power and authority to do the job right…But…you have a Goddamn mayor that believes in what you’re doing, and I will fight like all hell to be with you.”

    + In an attempt to slow the rate of re-incarceration, a bill in Colorado would give people up to $3,000 after release from prison. If passed, it would make Colorado the first to codify a program like this into state law.

    + Tony D. Vick, who has been incarcerated in Tennessee for the last 27 years: “The private, for-profit prison I’m housed at does not offer fruit or milk on any of the meal trays, nor fresh vegetables or anything that has any hope of pleasing the palate or the stomach.”

    + Members of the Texas National Guard “physically barred” US Border Patrol agents from trying to rescue three migrants (a woman and two children) who drowned in the Rio Grande. Doesn’t this qualify as negligent homicide, at the very least?

    + When someone calls 911 in Santa Monica now, a drone is dispatched from the roof of the police station.  In as little as 30 seconds, it can start collecting information before officers arrive. Meanwhile, Serve Robotics, a company that delivers food for Uber Eats, provided footage filmed by its robots to the LAPD as evidence in a criminal case. Emails show that the robots, which are now a ubiquitous presence in the city, are being used for surveillance.

    + Yet another dead prisoner in Alabama has been found missing all of his organs, including his brain.

    February

    + New York Post (Not the Onion)…

    + The NYPD is the most lavishly funded police department in the world. It has a budget of $11 billion a year, plus an additional $1 billion in overtime. All with little or no accountability. In order to fund the police, the Mayor wants to slash funding for schools, libraries, health care, and housing….

    + Last week NYC Mayor Eric Adams quietly vetoed a measure passed by the City Council to ban solitary confinement in city jails.

    + Nearly all the copies of a small-town Colorado newspaper were stolen from newspaper racks on the same day the Ouray County Plaindealer  published a story about the alleged rape of a 17-year-old girl that took taken during an underage drinking party held at the police chief’s house, while the chief was home.

    + Several DC police have been caught turning over confidential information on crash victims to local attorneys in exchange for referral fees.

    + The war on drugs has also been a war on women. Women’s drug arrests have risen 216% since 1985. More than 25% of women incarcerated today are held for drug crimes.

    + Last year, the Alabama Parole Board held 3,583 parole hearings in fiscal year 2023; yet it granted parole in just 297 cases–or roughly 8%–even though the board’s own guidelines suggest more than 80% of eligible prisoners should qualify for release.

    + After Brittany Wise was briefly jailed over a traffic ticket in Georgia, she couldn’t regain custody of her seven children because she didn’t have stable housing. The children have been in foster care for nine months.

    + Two former LA County Sheriff’s deputies have now been sentenced to federal prison for abducting and framing a skateboarder in Compton in 2020. In his victim impact statement, Jesus Alegria told the former deputies: “What goes around comes around.”

    + At least 45 people died while in LA County’s custody at the Men’s Central Jail last year. Three people already died there in the first three weeks of 2024.

    + The FBI raided the homes of four Albuquerque cops and the law office of a local attorney. They also towed away a patrol car, apparently as part of an illicit DUI scheme. The raids took place shortly after Albuquerque DA Sam Bregman threw out more than 150 DWI cases these officers were involved in. Cops who work DUI cases are some of the highest-paid officers largely because of the amount of overtime they earn while testifying in court.

    + Without dissent, the Supreme Court cleared the way for Alabama’s experimental execution of Kenneth Smith with nitrogen gas, an unprecedented method, on Thursday.

    + “I’ve never seen rats jump so high, so fast and look so agitated. They broke their nails trying to claw their way out. It was horrible to watch” – A doctor who used nitrogen to euthanize rats.

    + Federal Judge Jill Pryor of the 11th Circuit on Alabama’s effort to execute Kenny Smith with nitrogen gas after a previous failed attempt to execute him by lethal injection: “The cost, I fear, will be Mr. Smith’s human dignity, and ours.”

    + New York City will purchase millions of dollars of medical debt and then erase it in effort to help as many as 500,000 city residents, I loathe Eric Adams but why Biden isn’t doing stuff like this every day (even if he has no intention of fulfilling his promises) makes absolutely no political sense…Instead, he’s going to war against YEMEN. It’s political malpractice.

    +++

    Kenneth Smith was executed by the state of Alabama for a contract killing. He was paid by a pastor to murder his wife. The state of Alabama paid an execution squad to strap Kenneth Smith to a death gurney, clamp a mask over his face, and suffocate him to death with nitrogen gas. Smith thrashed and convulsed for at least four minutes as the nitrogen squeezed the oxygen out of his lungs. What is the message here?

    Nitrogen hypoxia was touted as an efficient and humane method of killing humans. Compared to what? The lynchings of 340 people that took place in Alabama between 1877 and 1943? The electric chair? Hanging? Firing squad? Lethal injection, which the state previously used to try to kill Smith and failed? It took Kenneth Smith at least 22 minutes to die, gasping for breath, his stomach heaving, vomiting into his gas mask. Is this the new definition of humane? Is 22 minutes to death a new measure of efficiency?

    According to Alabama’s State Attorney General, Steve Marshall, it was a “textbook” case of execution. Who wrote the textbook, Dr. Mengele?  Marshall bragged about the execution as if Alabama had been the first state to land a man on Mars: “As of last night, nitrogen epoxy as a means of execution is no longer an untested method; it is a proven one.” Marshall sounded like a pitchman for an execution franchise.

    Even though they managed, barely it seems, to kill Kenneth Smith,  the state still can’t find any doctors willing to supervise its lethal gassings and lend the killings medical legitimacy. They can’t even find a willing veterinarian.  Will Alabama state colleges and universities replace their sociology degrees with a BS in Death Penalty Administration? Will community colleges offer certificates in the proper application of Execution Technologies?

    But did the execution of Kenneth Smith really go as smoothly as Marshall claimed? We were told that Smith would slip into unconsciousness almost immediately after the valves were opened and the nitrogen began to flow into his lungs. He didn’t. We were told that the execution would be painless. It wasn’t.  We were told it would all be over in minutes. It wasn’t.

    It’s impossible to know the full details of what really happened to Kenneth Smith. How much agony he experienced, how long he struggled for breath, how long it took him to die. Why? Because the state of Alabama closed the curtain on the death chamber before Smith was pronounced dead. The handful of witnesses allowed in the execution viewing room weren’t able to witness his death, only the preamble of his killing. What is the state hiding behind its fatal curtain? An affinity for torture?

    How long did it take Kenneth Smith to die? We don’t know for sure. At least 22 minutes. But perhaps as long as 28 minutes. A long time. But perhaps that’s the kind of death Alabama wants. Given the blood-thirsty statements of Governor Kay Ivey and AG Marshall, you’d be forgiven for thinking so.

    +++

    + On a summer day in 2020, four young black girls were going out to a nail salon with their mother, Brittney Gilliam, when they were pulled over by police in Aurora, Colorado, who mistakenly believed the car Gilliam was driving had been stolen. As Gilliam was led away in handcuffs, the four girls, one of whom was 6 years old and wearing a pink tiara, were forced to the pavement in parking at gunpoint. Two of the girls had their wrists handcuffed, and one of them cried out“Mommy.” The cops held their guns drawn for about three-and-a-half minutes, and only removed the girls’ handcuffs after eight-and-a-half minutes, once they realized the car Gilliam was driving wasn’t stolen. Gilliam sued and this week the troubled Aurora Police Department settled for $1.9 million. Two of the officers who terrorized the young girls remain on the police force.

    + The NYPD makes 40 times more arrests for fare evasion at the Atlantic Av. L station in Brownsville/East New York than at an average stop in the City.

    + A Louisiana law allows judges to profit from their own decisions in criminal cases, taking money from the poorest people in our society and using it for luxury benefits. An in-depth piece by Type Investigations shows that judges across the state have “used these Judicial Expense Funds (JEFs) to pay for expenses ranging from the staff salaries and law library subscriptions to luxury cars and rooms at the Ritz Carlton.” The practice continues even though these court-funding mechanisms that originated in the Jim Crow era were ruled unconstitutional by two federal court decisions in 2019.

    + From 2019 to 2021, the number of children killed by gun violence has increased by about 50 percent to a new high of 4,733.

    + Hawai’i’s Supreme Court ruled this week that its state constitution does not protect an individual right to bear arms. In his majority opinion, Justice Todd Eddins takes direct aim at the deeply flawed reasoning of the US  Supreme Court in its recent gun cases. Eddins writes:

    History is prone to misuse. In the Second Amendment cases, the Court distorts and cherry-picks historical evidence. It shrinks, alters, and discards historical facts that don’t fit…Bruen unravels durable law. No longer are there the levels of scrutiny and public safety balancing tests long used by our nation’s courts to evaluate firearms laws. Instead, the Court ad-libs a “history-only” standard.

    + On Saturday, LAPD officers shot and killed a man in Skid Row in downtown Los Angeles. The man was allegedly waving a plastic fork.  Here’s how LAPD spokesperson Lt. Letisia Ruiz defended the shooting to KTLA: “Any object can cause harm, depending on how it’s used.”

    + RIP  Craig Watkins, the first black DA in Texas history, who created the first nationally recognized Conviction Integrity Unit, presided over more than 35 exonerations, and designed a roadmap for addressing legitimate post-conviction claims of actual innocence.

    + San Francisco Mayor London Breed is backing a March 5 ballot measure that would require single adults on welfare to be screened and treated for illegal drug addiction or else lose cash assistance. This is squarely within the New Democrat tradition. Drug testing of impoverished single mothers was one of the punitive features of Bill Clinton’s welfare “reform,” which was pushed through the Senate by Joe Biden.

    + Justin Davis, a Pennsylvania pastor who was fired by his Church after he appeared in a video welcoming LGTB parishioners to the congregation, decided to run for office in Harrisburg to denounce the deadly conditions in the Dauphin County jail. Although he ran a shoestring campaign, Davis won a surprise victory and flipped the balance of the county government. Now Davis aims to improve the conditions inside one of the most notorious jails in the country, where at least eighteen prisoners have died since 2019.

    + Rep. Jason Shoaf, a Republican from Port St. Joe, Florida, wants the state to adopt a “stand your ground”-like law targeting what he describes as bearsthat are on crack” kicking people’s doors down in the middle of the night.

    + A video taken by a high school student shows an Indiana lawmaker flashing a gun to students who were visiting the statehouse to talk to legislators about gun control.

    + Alabama Democrat Rep. Juandalynn Givan has put forth a bill that calls for convicted rapists to be either castrated or given a vasectomy, Newsweek reported.

    + Lawsuits against prison guards are costing the state millions a year. Ten years ago, a state fund paid out $177,567 related to lawsuits against Alabama Department of Corrections employees and leaders. In 2023, it paid $3.5 million. And, according to the Alabama Daily News, in the first three months of fiscal 2024, it has already shelled out $1.3 million. The prisons being hit with the most claims, and most expensive lawsuits, are St. Clair Correctional Facility ($4.47 million) and Donaldson ($2.48 million).

    + A panel recommended ex-LA Sheriff Alex Villanueva be ineligible for rehire after finding he violated county policies by discriminating against & harassing the Inspector General.

    + In Mississippi, incarcerated women were sent to work at Popeye’s for less than minimum wage and even “hired” out to individuals to do housework, yardwork, etc.

    + Massachusetts Governor Maura Healey just nominated her former romantic partner, Gabrielle Wolohojian, a corporate lawyer known for defending businesses against consumer class action suits, for a seat on the state’s supreme court.

    + Justin Mohn, a MAGA man from Levittown, Pennsylvania, beheaded his father, whom he denounced as a “20-year federal employee,” then posted a video of the decapitated head in a bloody plastic on YouTube, while calling for a “revolution” against the “woke mobs” and the “Biden regime” and to fight an “army of illegal immigrants.” Meanwhile, down in Palm Beach a 44-year-old MAGA man named Brian McGann, Jr. became so enraged when he learned that his father had been vaccinated against COVID that he drove his pickup truck to Brian McGann, Sr.’s house and beat him to death. We’re going to have to revise Oedipus for the MAGA era.

    March

    + Alicia White, one of the cops involved in the police killing of Freddie Gray, landed a plum new job Department’s Public Integrity Bureau, where she will oversee Internal Affairs, the division which investigates and disciplines corrupt and killer cops.

    + A Kentucky cop named Brent Hall responded to a call about an extremely drunk woman. She went to the ER. Upon her return home hours later, the cop showed up at her house, gave her vodka, got her even more drunk and raped her. Hall’s now been charged.

    + Ruth Wilson Gilmore: “They’re planning jails for kids whose parents haven’t been born yet.”

    + Three people were caught bringing fentanyl over the Paso del Norte border last week. They were all US citizens.

    + In an unsigned opinion a panel of the 11th Circuit Court of Appeals found that the prosecution improperly withheld evidence of Florida death-row prisoner Harry Phillips’ mental illness and presented false arguments at trial. Even so, the court upheld his conviction and death sentence.

    + Almost 40% of LA Sheriff’s Department personnel don’t live in LA County.  At least 51 of them live in states like Idaho and Arizona. One lives as far east as Kentucky.

    + In the last thirty years, the number of violent and property crimes solved by California police through an arrest dropped by 41%. During the same 3 decades, the police budgets in the state increased by 52%.

    + Dominic Choi, the new interim chief of the LAPD, will be paid ($400,000) almost twice as much as California’s governor ($234,000).

    + Percent of people in state prisons who have been diagnosed with a mental disorder: 43%

    + Percent of people in state prisons currently receiving therapy or counseling from a professional: 6% (Source: Prison Policy Institute)

    + From 2014 to 2021, there were over 300 preventable deaths in US prisons, including 187 suicides, 89 homicides and 56 deaths deemed “accidental.”

    + Back in November, I wrote about the case of Timothy Murray, the 11-year-old from Brownsville, Texas was locked up in solitary confinement for three days, following a dispute with his school’s principal. Last week, a judge dismissed all charges against him.

    +++

    + There’s no question Thomas Creech committed some awful crimes. But perhaps none as awful as what the state of Idaho did to him last week when it tried to carry out its first execution in 12 years, using, in the words of Creech’s lawyers, “unknown individuals with unknown training” who attempted to “inject him with the State’s mysteriously acquired pentobarbital.” The members of the Idaho Department of Corrections’ death squad jabbed Creech 10 times, searching futilely in both of his arms and both of his legs for a vein that would hold the lethal IV needle. Creech is one of the oldest prisoners on death row. He has been in prison most of his life. He was sentenced to death in 1981 by a judge not a jury and Creech’s challenge to that sentence as a violation of his Eight Amendment rights was dismissed by the Idaho Supreme Court as “untimely.” Idaho has a history of purchasing execution drugs from what Creech’s lawyers called “shady sources.”

    + Michel Foucault: “It is comparatively easy to give up chopping off a few heads, because the blood makes a mess, because this is something that is no longer done in polite circles, and because there is the risk one may occasionally kill an innocent person. One gets into a more serious and difficult debate when it comes to giving up the death penalty in terms of establishing the principle that no public power (no more than any individual) has the right to take anyone’s life. At that point, you immediately come to the questions of war, the army, compulsory military service, and so on.”

    + Iran hanged at least 834 people in 2023, the second-highest number of executions in at least twenty years.

    + Violent crime in the US has declined by 49 percent since it peaked in 1991.

    + Things people have been holding when shot by the LAPD: phones, lighters, a bike part, a car part, a wooden board and, most recently, a plastic fork.

    + A new report from the Texas Defender Service found that 20 of the 21 people sentenced to death in Harris County were people of color.

    + In the U.S., Black women are six times more likely to be killed than white women, according to a new study in The Lancet. In some states, the rate is even higher. In Wisconsin, Black women were 20 times more likely to be killed.

    + A former Missouri car salesman named Harry Trueblood, who sold at least 250 guns across the state, thirty of which ended up at crime scenes, including murders and suicides, was convicted of selling guns without a license and sentenced to…probation.

    + Only a couple of weeks after New York Governor Kathy Hochul was ridiculed for saying she reserved the right to obliterate Canada if it decided to cross Lake Erie and raid Buffalo, Hochul announced that she is dispatching the National Guard into the subways of NYC, authorizing the troops (under no known constitutional provision) to search bags at stations predominately used by poor and minority subway riders. As John Teufel pointed out, the Governor’s theatrical move comes despite the fact subway crime was down 2.5 percent in 2023 over the previous year and “ is on par with 2013/2014 numbers, when everybody was crowing about how safe the subway is.”

    + Hochul: “[Riders] can refuse. We can refuse them. They can walk.”

    + Hochul has that demented HRC gaze and haughty rectitude, revealed by the too-wide open eyes and icy smirk–as if she’d just taken a hit of amyl nitrate and is ready to bomb Benghazi or invade the Bronx…

    + Ending stop and frisk in NYC resulted in 44% fewer children dropping out of school due to contact with the criminal court system.

    + Police chases kill around 700 people a year. Most of the victims aren’t even the fleeing drivers. San Francisco just voted to

    + Cops kill more than 10,000 pet dogs every year.

    + For three decades, as the Democrats went Full-Metal Neoliberal, they tried to keep the Left in line at election time by vowing to be the guardians of the Supreme Court. In that time, the Court moved farther to the right than it’s been since Plessy v. Ferguson and they did nothing to expand the court or restrict the reach of its judicial review.

    + Thousands of former Confederates, including Jefferson Davis, were disqualified from running for office under the 14th Amendment. None of them were disqualified by an act of Congress. So much for originalism.

    + The Courts aren’t broken but working as they almost always have from Dred Scott (1857) to Plessy (1896) to Lochner (1905) to Buck v Bell (1927, eugenics) to Korematsu (1944) to Bowers (1986, sodomy) to Bush v. Gore (2000) to Citizens United (2010) to Bruen & Dobbs (2022).

    + Democrats in the Senate still haven’t subpoenaed Harlan Crow or Leonard Leo.

    +++

    “The police in this country make no distinction between a Black Panther or a black lawyer or my brother or me. The cops aren’t going to ask me my name before they pull the trigger.”

    —James Baldwin

    On Wednesday night, the State of Georgia, abetted by the US Supreme Court, executed Willie Pye. It was the first execution in Georgia in four years, long one of the leading death machines in the nation.

    Georgia’s pause in executions wasn’t voluntary. It was a consequence of the COVID pandemic, which had caused the prison system to restrict visits to inmates, even visits by lawyers, which meant that the counsels for death row prisoners couldn’t adequately prepare appeals or applications for clemency.  All of those limitations remain in place today, even on death row.

    But this rule didn’t apply to Willie Pye. The reasons are too legally obtuse and arbitrary to go into. When Georgia, the state without mercy, decided to restart the death machinery, Pye was at the top of the list, a list he shouldn’t have been on in the first place.

    Willie Pye was black. No surprise there. Since the death penalty was re-constitutionalized in 1976, 34% of the defendants executed have been black. The rate is even higher in Georgia, which has put to death 77 people since 1976, 29 of them black (38%). 

    Willie Pye was a black man sentenced to death by an overwhelmingly white jury (there was only one black member) in a Georgia county so notorious for its racism that a confederate monument stood in front of its courthouse until the late 1960s. It now resides in the local cemetery.

    Willie Pye was poor. Too poor to afford a lawyer, so a public defender was appointed for him. A bad one and the only one in town. Pye’s lawyer, Johnny Mostiler, put on what could charitably be called a perfunctory defense, neglecting to present a range of mitigating factors that might have spared Pye’s life, such as the abuse and violence he endured as a child and the fact that he may have suffered from fetal alcohol syndrome. Both of Pye’s parents were alcoholics. And his father, who labored on a prison chain gang when Pye was born, was a violent alcoholic, who frequently flailed on the Pye children and their mother.

    Yet, the only witness Pye’s lawyer called during the entire trial was…Willie Pye, rarely a winning courtroom strategy. Indeed his lawyer was so ineffectual at trial that in 2021 a three-judge panel of the 11th Circuit Court of Appeals took the rare step of vacating Pye’s death sentence on the grounds of inadequate legal representation. But a year later the ruling was reversed by the full court, citing the Anti-Terrorism and Effective Death Penalty Act, one of the merciless federal crime bills of the Clinton Era crafted by Joe Biden. The appeals court didn’t dispute the ineptness of Pye’s lawyer, but simply ruled that under the Clinton/Biden law he no longer, in the interest of “effectiveness,” had the right to challenge it.

    Willie Pye wasn’t the only person convicted for the crime he, alone, was sentenced to death for. Two other men were also arrested for the murder of 21-year-old Alicia Lynn Yarbrough. Both of those men, Anthony Freeman and Chester Andrews, pled out and were sentenced to life in prison. Pye, who maintained his innocence, risked going to trial with a lawyer who didn’t even probe the holes in the story told by his alleged co-conspirators. He paid the ultimate price for making the state prove its case against him. (Freeman, after serving 24 years behind bars, is now free.)

    Willie Pye’s lawyer was not only incompetent, he was also, according to other lawyers and courthouse watchers, a racist, and frequently made racial slurs about his own clients, telling one colleague he thought “young black men were lazy” and saying of another client facing execution: “This little nigger deserves the death penalty.”

    One of Mostiller’s most egregious failings was not to have Pye given a mental health evaluation before his trial or examine his school records. When Pye’s appellate attorneys did so, they discovered that Pye had an IQ score of only 68, which should have excepted him from execution under the Supreme Court’s decision in Atkins v. Virginia, which ruled that putting to death people with mental disabilities or brain trauma violated their Constitutional rights under the Eight Amendment. But the current Supreme Court rarely feels obliged to follow their own precedents anymore, especially in death penalty cases, and refused to hear Pye’s appeal on these compelling grounds. The Thomas-Alito Court is so obsessed with history and tradition that it seems only a matter of time before it finds a constitutional basis for lynching.

    So nearly 30 years after being convicted and sentenced to death in a trial so deeply flawed that three of the jurors who voted for the death verdict pleaded for his life to be spared, the State of Georgia stuck a needle into 59-year-old Willie Pye’s arm and injected him with a dose of phenobarbitol that spread through his system until his heart stopped beating at 11:03 pm.

    Willie Pye is dead and Georgia is back in the execution business. 

    +++

    Source: Death Penalty Information Center.

    + Willie Pye was the third person executed in the US in 2024. There are 29 other scheduled executions for the remainder of the year, 13 in Oklahoma, 8 in Ohio, 3 in Texas, 2 in Missouri, and one each in Alabama, Georgia and Idaho. Of those, 14 have pending death warrants.

    + The morning of Pye’s execution the editorial board of Scientific Americancame out against the death penalty, saying capital punishment “does not deter crime, is not humane and has no moral or medical basis.”

    + In the last 12 months, police have shot and killed 1,137 people in the US. They’ve killed at least 10,000 people since Michael Brown was shot and killed in August 2014.

    + NYC judge to a public defender, prior to denying bail to his impoverished client: “No judge has ever lost their job setting bail on someone.”

    + In 2023, children unintentionally shot and killed 157 people in the US and injured another 270.

    + NYPD overtime pay budget $671 million 2022; cuts to NYC libraries budget $58.3 million

    + During his campaign for office, LA district attorney George Gascón promised to prosecute killer cops.  But thus far his office has charged only 8, securing only one conviction, former LA Sheriff’s deputy Andrew Lyons, who served a mere 12 days in the LA county jail for killing Ryan Twyman, an unarmed father of 3.

    + More than 1000 people in Pennsylvania are serving life without parole sentences for murders they personally didn’t commit–60% of them are black.

    + A Mississippi cop named Michael Green forced a man to drink his own urine, according to a new federal lawsuit: “Green removed his duty vest and filmed B.E. while B.E. got on the ground and licked his urine. B.E. gagged when he made contact with the floor. In response to B.E.’s gagging, Green told B.E., ‘Don’t spit it out.’ B.E. gagged again. ‘Lick that shit up. Drink your fuckin’ piss.’”

    + More than 40% of U.S. exonerations involve cases in which no crime ever occurred. Child sexual assault cases have among the highest rates of false accusations and nearly 250 people have been wrongly convicted of child sex abuse that never happened.

    + Hate crimes committed in K-12 schools have quadrupled in states that have passed anti-LGBT legislation since 2020, according to a Washington Post analysis of FBI data.

    +  Democrats in the New York General Assembly introduced a bill that would expand the definition of “domestic terrorism” to include blocking a public road or bridge. The “crime” would be punishable by a sentence of up to seven years in prison.

    + Rat fur, arsenic, copper, PFAS “forever” chemicals, DDT, coal ash, and radioactive radon are just some of the toxic substances detected in the drinking water of US prisons.

    + Here’s how San Bernardino County Sheriff Shannon Dicus defended the lethal shooting of Ryan Gainer, a 15-year-old black high school student, who deputies shot three times while he held a gardening tool: “Certainly juveniles can be dangerous. He’s large of stature. He is physically fit.”

    + On Tuesday, cops in El Cerrito, California pursued a burglary suspect onto the Bay Bridge. The suspect was driving into oncoming traffic, and crashed head-on into another car, killing the driver. San Francisco voters approved Prop. E, earlier this month, would give police even more leeway to engage in these kinds of chaotic chases.

    + The Legal Aid Society has released a list of NYPD officers with the most claims against them. One of the cops, Sergeant David Grieco, has had 48 cases filed against him since 2013, amassing a total of $1,134,825.35 in lawsuit payouts. Grieco remains on the force. In all, NYC taxpayers have paid out more than half a billion in settlements for lawsuits against the city’s police for misconduct.

    + Last February, an LA Sheriff’s deputy accosted Emmett Brock, after Brock had flipped him off when he saw the cop having a confrontation with a woman on the sidewalk. The deputy ordered Brock, who is transgendered, out of his car, then threw him to the pavement in the parking lot of a 7/11 and began punching him repeatedly in the head. The beating was captured on video. The ≠deputy, Joseph Benza, claimed that Brock, a 23-year-old school teacher, had bitten him. Brock was arrested and taken to jail, where he says deputies demanded to inspect his genitals. Brock was charged with felony resisting arrest, which soon caused him to lose his job as a teacher at Frontier High School.  This week a judge ruled there was “no evidence” that Brock bit the deputy and declared him “factually innocent.” Brock is still unemployed. Benza is on the job and has faced no disciplinary action for the violent false arrest.

    April

    + Ironically, Biden’s shameful backtracking on his campaign pledge to end the federal death penalty may save Julian Assange from being extradited to the US, since the Justice Dept. has refused to assure the UK it will not try to execute him under the terms of the Espionage Act.

    + The wife of James Ho, one of the circuit judges who banned mifepristone last year, took multiple payments from the group that brought it to court.

    + Federal judge Charles R. Breyer writing in his dismissal of Elon Musk’s suit against the Center for Countering Digital Hate, for documenting the rising swill of hate speech on Twitter since Musk took it over: “Sometimes it is unclear what is driving litigation, and only by reading between the lines of a complaint can one attempt to surmise a plaintiff’s true purpose. Other times, a complaint is so unabashedly and vociferously about one thing that there can be no mistaking the purpose. This case represents the latter circumstance. This case is about punishing the Defendants for their speech.”

    + Meanwhile, the Intercept’s Sam Biddle acquired documents through a FOIA request showing that Elon Musk’s Twitter/X was selling user data for government surveillance at the very same time it was allegedly fighting government surveillance in court.

    + The city of San Jose has put cameras on a municipal vehicle to train AI systems to detect homeless encampments. The city sends the footage to private computer vision companies who are using it to build homeless-encampments-detection algorithms.

    + Shortly after midnight on March 21, 17-year-old Karadius Smith was walking home with some friends in Leland, Mississippi, when a town cop began chasing him in a police cruiser and, according to Smith’s mother, ran him over from behind, leaving tire tracks on his back. The black teen died in the hospital later that day from his injuries. The cop who ran over Smith remains on the job and the police department has refused to let the family or their lawyer see the unedited footage of the chase and collision.

    + NYPD officials say they will deploy 800 more officers into the subway to “stop” fare evasion.

    + Earlier this week, 19-year-old Win Rozario, in the midst of a severe mental crisis, phoned 9/11 for help. When the NYPD arrived at his family’s apartment in Queens, they saw the 140-pound Rosario holding a pair of scissors and they tasered him. As he writhed on the floor, Rosario’s mother rushed to comfort him, dislodging the taser prongs. When Rosario reached for the scissors, the two cops shot him dead.

    + When MLK was bailed out of the Birmingham jail, he didn’t finance his own bond. The United Auto Workers, and others, raised tens of thousands of dollars to free him. Now the state of Georgia has passed a law banning bail funds from contributing to people’s bonds.

    + On his first day in his office, the new coroner in St. Tammany Parish, Louisiana called in a bomb threat that wasn’t a bomb [it was a box filled with body bags that had been in the office for 10 years], suggested his office had bugged by his predecessor and shut down a rape kit program because he’s “a businessman” and “it’s not a moneymaker.”

    + More than 60 percent of suspended driver’s licenses in the state of Ohio don’t originate from bad driving offenses, but because the driver owes an unpaid debt.

    +++

    + Using Andres Malm’s “How to Blow Up a Pipeline” as the pretext, three House Republicans, Oversight Committee Chairman Rep. James Comer of Kentucky Glenn Grothman of Wisconsin and Mike Waltz of Florida, are launching a probe into “potential threats against critical domestic energy infrastructure after a spike in calls for violence by radical eco-terrorists.”

    + “With radical environmentalists around the world commonly engaged in the destruction or attempted destruction of art and other property, blocking transit, disrupting private gatherings, and delaying energy infrastructure projects,” the three wrote in a letter announcing the probe. “The Committee seeks to understand the threat that environmental violent extremists also pose to the physical energy infrastructure of the United States and implications for national security.” 

    + When FBI director Christopher Wray appeared before the Committee last month, Rep. Waltz grilled Wray on the dangers of the book (published Verso) being taught on college campuses:  “We have 16 universities teaching [Malm’s book]  as part of their curriculum. Sixteen universities! I would consider that facilitating domestic terrorism.” the book by Andreas Malm. As a point of reference, there are around 4,000 colleges and universities in the U.S. A film of Malm’s book made many top 10 lists last year, including my own.

    + If Comer and Company were really worried about exploding pipelines, they’d be investigating the pipeline companies, themselves. Since 1986, there have been more than 8,000 pipeline explosions, causing more than 500 deaths, 2,300 injuries and $7 billion in damages, according to data from the federal Pipelines and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration. None of the incidents are attributed to sabotage. They blow up on their own.

    +++

    + Columbia students were right in 1968. History proved it. Columbia students are right today. The university has no good answers to their demands that the school stop investing in genocide. Calling in the NYPD proves it.

    + Abbie Hoffman: “The only reason you should be in college is to destroy it.” In Columbia’s case, the administration is doing the job for the students.

    + Columbia Professor Rebecca Jordan-Young: “The faculty who are supporting the students do not all agree on the issue of Israel and Palestine, [but] we are astonished and disgusted with the way the university has cracked down on the students.”

    + From Wednesday’s House interrogation of Columbia University’s President, Minouche Shafik…

    + God also wanted Abraham to slit his son Isaac’s throat, which is pretty much what Shafik did when she called the NYPD goon squad on the kids in her care. When it comes to protecting academic freedom, Giordano Bruno she’s not…What Shafik is, by contrast, is a former vice president of the World Bank,  a former Deputy Managing Director of the IMF, and a former Deputy Governor of the Bank of England, who also enjoys a life peerage in the House of Lords. She’s going to serve the university’s donors not its students.

    + Since Eric Adams became mayor of NYC, at least 31 people have died while awaiting trial at Rikers.

    + Before the eclipse, prisons in New York State handed out eclipse glasses to the inmates, then just before the solar event took place the prisons were placed on lockdown. “Then after it was over, they collected the glasses, and the prison literally opened up the doors an hour after it happened, and it was regular movement,” inmate Joseph Perez told HellGate. “Once in a lifetime event, missed.”

    + Police reform advocate Dana Rachlin has filed a federal lawsuit against the NYPD. Rachlin charges that officials in the department leaked informationabout rape allegations she had made, as retaliation for her criticism of violent policing.

    + NYC agreed to a $17.5 million payout for women forced by NYPD to remove hijabs.

    + Newly released documents show that at least 12 Minneapolis police officers were disciplined after the George Floyd protests of 2020. One sergeant was fired for pepper-spraying a Vice reporter. Another was let go for brutally beating Jaleel Stallings, a 29-year-old Army veteran who was out after curfew. Eight were suspended for using excessive force on protesters, failing to de-escalate encounters or turning on their body-worn cameras. The city has paid out $50 million in police brutality cases since the murder of Floyd.

    + The US is the only country in the world that sentences children to life without parole, meaning many of them will die in prison.

    + The Appeal has published the first national database of prison commissary prices, revealing an exploitative system that forces incarcerated people to pay up to 5 times the market price for some items. For example, Indiana prisons charge $33 for an 8-inch fan. A similar one sells online for $23 at Lowe’s. In Georgia, where prison labor is unpaid, a 10-inch electric fan is marked up more than 25% to $32. In 2023, the commissary vendor for the Texas state prisons raised the price of water inside by 50%.

    + Kwaneta Harris on how Texas prisons control what women read: “People in solitary aren’t allowed to go to the prison library… we qualify for one book a week… the librarian always sends a Christian-themed book. In 2018, I asked her, “Why don’t you give me what I request?” She said, “I’m called to save your heathen soul.”

    + It sounds like something out of Kafka or Stalinist Russia. Someone stole the identity of William Woods. Woods was later arrested by the LAPD, who believed the man who swiped his identity over him.  A judge later sent Woods to a mental hospital because he continued to insist that he was the real William Woods. He spent two years locked up before he was finally released.

    + A cop in Indian River, Florida was arrested on child porn charges, after he was recognized during a call at a high school by one of his victims, who said the officer had been contacting her police that the officer had been contacting her on Snapchat, asking for naked and topless photos. The deputy, Kai Cromer, was arrested on his first day on the job. Cromer is 19 years old and had told friends, ‘I’m going to be law enforcement, I’m very powerful.’ 

    + A St. Louis judge awarded almost $23.5 million to Luther Hall, a former police officer who was beaten by colleagues when he was working undercover during a protest. Hall suffered several herniated discs and a jaw injury that left him unable to eat.

    + The Albuquerque Police Department has been under federal oversight for the last 10 years. In that time,  Albuquerque police have continued to shoot people at a higher rate than any other large city in the US. In 2014, when the Department came under a federal consent decree, Albuquerque cops killed 9 people. Last year, they killed 13.

    Texas Lt. Gov. Dan Patrick.

    + Texas Lt. Gov. Dan Patrick says that if the government locks up 15% of the population, there will be no crime: “Only about 15% of all Americans commit 100% of the crime … If you lock up the 15%, we don’t have any crime.” In other words, he wants to lock up nearly 50 million people. Patrick calls himself a “libertarian.”

    + Louisiana’s House of Representatives passed a bill giving the police the power to arrest anyone who can’t produce identification to the arresting officer and take them in for fingerprinting.

    + A federal judge ruled this week that Los Angeles city officials altered and fabricated evidence to support the city’s defense against allegations that it illegally seized and destroyed the property of homeless people in the city.

    + For decades Idaho has locked psychiatric patients in maximum-securityprison cells. The patients haven’t been convicted or, in many cases, even charged with a crime.

    + Brent Hall, a police officer in Bullitt County, Kentucky, died of a heart attack while chasing some teens when he was off duty. Hall had previously been fired from the Bullitt County Sheriff’s Office after being accused of rape and sodomybut quickly landed a job in the Pioneer Village Police Department in the very same town.

    + Jonathan Stone, county chair of the Trump campaign, in New Hampshire is a former cop who threatened to kill his colleagues in a shooting spree, murder the chief of police and rape the chief’s wife because he was suspended by the department 5 days after it was revealed he had been having a relationship with a 15-year-old high school girl. The incident occurred in 2006 but was just made public last week, after a court case brought by a local paper. After Stone was fired from the department, he opened a gun store and later gave Trump an inscribed AK-47. He now serves as a New Hampshire State representative.

    + The story the Chicago cops told was that they pulled Dexter Reed over in Humbolt Park on March 21 for not wearing his seat belt, then in the next 41 seconds shot at him 96 times. But a video released this week shows that the police officers couldn’t have seen into Reed’s car, given their location and the GMC Terrain’s darkly tinted windows. Three of the four officers emptied their guns and reloaded and continued firing at Reed as he staggered out of the car, unarmed. One officer fired “at least 50 times.” Reed was shot three times while he was on the ground.

    May

    California Highway Patrol riot squads firing “rubber” bullets and tear gas at antiwar students on the campus of UCLA.

    America, why are your libraries full of tears?

    – Allen Ginsburg, “America”

    + As America’s liberal elites declare open warfare on their own kids, it’s easy to see why they’ve shown no empathy at all for the murdered, maimed and orphaned children of Gaza. Back-of-the-head shots to 8-year-olds seem like a legitimate thing to protest in about the most vociferous way possible…But, as Dylan once sang, maybe I’m too sensitive or else I’m getting soft.

    + Here’s the political background to the police raids against antiwar students on campuses across the country this week, violent crackdowns that have Joe Biden’s fingerprints all over them: On Tuesday, Biden demonized the protesters as hate groups. On the same day 22 Democratic House members called for the students at Columbia to be cleared from the campus, this was followed by Chuck Schumer speaking on the floor of the Senate denouncing the occupation of Hind Hall as an act of terrorism. Then the NYPD did its vicious nightwork at Columbia and CCNY. On Wednesday morning, the Biden White House compared these brave students–from Columbia to UCLA, Indiana to Texas–to the white power tiki torch thugs at Charlottesville. On Thursday, Biden gave a speech that would have condemned the tactics of the Civil Rights Movement, women’s movement, Native American Rights movement, anti-Vietnam War movement, Stonewall, anti-apartheid movement, BLM and the labor movement he claims to venerate (not to mention the Boston Tea Party) as outside the American tradition of free speech. Biden is the author of the most repressive crime laws in the history of a nation whose statutes are full of repressive crime laws. He hasn’t changed. In fact, he’s gotten worse as his brain demyelinates and his grip on power becomes more and more tenuous.

    + In contrast to Biden’s reactionary blandishments of the antiwar movement, here are the words of the most successful progressive leader in the US today, Shawn Fain, head of the UAW:

    The UAW will never support the mass arrest or intimidation of those exercising their right to protest, strike, or speak out against injustice. Our union has been calling for a ceasefire for six months. This war is wrong, and this response against students and academic workers, many of them UAW members, is wrong. We call on the powers that be to release the students and employees who have been arrested, and if you can’t take the outcry, stop supporting the war.

    + Perhaps the UAW will now retract its premature endorsement of Biden? Unlikely, of course. The endorsement itself probably doesn’t matter much. Many of the UAW’s rank-and-file will still vote for Trump. The campaign money might. The endorsement lends Fain’s very clear statement even more weight. Fain’s statement is not going to change Biden’s mind. He’s encased himself in 50 years of pro-Israeli political concrete. But it helps to undermine the disgusting narrative put out by the White House and top Democrats that the students are naive dupes of Hamas, justifying these brutal crackdowns.

    + The “naive” students at Columbia understand the historical context of their movement and the previous movements on their campus better than any of the administrators seeking to evict, suspend, expel & imprison them. It is why, despite the police raids, expulsions and arrests, they will win and their tormentors fall in disgrace.

    + Columbia University has an endowment of $13.6 billion and still charges students $60-70,000 a year to attend what has become an academic panopticon and debt trap, where every political statement is monitored, every threat to the ever-swelling endowment punished.

    + Doesn’t the White House have anyone who speaks Arabic on staff? Perhaps they didn’t hire any–that would be a Biden thing to do. Or perhaps they’ve all quit. Who could blame them, hearing the administration equate “intifada” with hate speech? “Intifada” means “shaking off,” as in a protest or uprising, the kind of public action allegedly protected by the Constitution. In Arabic, the Civil Rights movement, the anti-Vietnam war protests, the women’s movement, the OWS protests, and the BLM protests were all called “intifadas,” as was the Warsaw Ghetto uprising.  This Intifada will likely spell the end of the Biden presidency without a single stone being thrown.

    + The Biden administration is not only incapable (more likely unwilling) of practicing peace-seeking diplomacy in Gaza or Ukraine, but here at home, as riot police batter unarmed students from coast to coast, in raids the White House’s own belligerent and bigoted statements instigated and justified. It’s a dereliction of the duties of his office and should be as impeachable an offense as any malfeasance Trump engaged in.

    + In 1970, Richard Nixon famously made a trip to the Lincoln Memorial to actually talk with anti-war protesters for more than two hours. Biden sneers at them, encourages the liberal press to smear them and university presidents to send in riot squads to clear them off campus…

    + Columbia student organizer Jon Ben-Menachem: “Joe Biden should immediately stop making statements which manufacture consent for threats to the physical safety of American students.”

    + One of the Columbia trustees that Baroness Shafik “consulted” with before “inviting” the NYPD Riot Squad to invade campus, break into Hind Hall and arrest the students in her care was Jeh Johnson, Obama’s former director of Homeland Security who now sits on the board of Lockheed. Johnson once claimed that Martin Luther King, Jr. would have supported the wars in Afghanistan and Iraq.

    + For nearly two days, the NYPD covered up the fact that one of their officers had fired a gun inside Hind Hall, while they were arresting students. Ultimately, the shooting was only revealed by the New York City DA’s office. If you call in the NYPD, you can pretty much guarantee there will be bang-bang…Is there any doubt now that the NYPD raid did more damage to the buildings at Columbia than the students? The people who invited these cops on their campus should never be guardians of students again.

    + Prem Thakker: “The dilemma for American college students is that their tax and tuition dollars are helping fund a plausible genocide; if they protest that fact, their tax and tuition dollars are then used to beat and arrest them & their teachers.”

    + Daniela Gabor: “Minouche Shafik wrote a 2021 book – ‘What We Owe Each )ther’ – where she proposes a reset of the social contract to improve intergenerational fairness. Then she went to Columbia and brought a notoriously violent police force into that social contract.”

    + John Fetterman, the oafish senator from Pennsylvania, went from being a quirky political clown to Pennywise, the clown from Stephen King’s “It”: “The protesters at Columbia demonstrated that there are two factions of the protesters–there’s the pro-Hamas and then there’s the really pro-Hamas.”

    + The great jazz pianist Vijay Iyer: “Gen Z has agitated for action on gun control, climate change, reproductive justice, trans rights, voting rights, racial justice, immigrant rights, reducing police violence, and stopping genocide. Elders have failed them at literally every turn.”

    + Judith Butler: “If calling for an end of genocide is understood as making a Jewish student feel unsafe, then the safety of the situation has been oddly co-opted by that particular Jewish student. Palestinians are the ones in need of safety [from genocide].”

    + At Dartmouth, the police threw to the ground Professor  Annelise Orleck, the 65-year-old head of the university’s Jewish Studies program.

    + Raphael Orleck on the bodyslamming arrest of the chair of Dartmouth’s Jewish Studies program, Annelise Orleck: “That’s my fucking mom—-she’s okay now and bailing out the students who got arrested. I’m so proud.” Orleck has been banned from the Dartmouth campus, where she’s taught for 34 years, for the next six months for trying to protect her students from NH riot police. Orleck has been banned from the Dartmouth campus, where she’s taught for 34 years, for the next six months for trying to protect her students from riot police.

    + The pro-Israel fanatics who attacked UCLA students Tuesday night with clubs and bottle rockets, as campus security cowered inside a building like deputies of the Ulvade police force, shouted out it’s time for a “Second Nakba!” Don’t wait for Biden or CNN to condemn this eliminationist rhetoric and violence.

    + Around 3:30 on Weds., morning, the pro-Israel mobs attacked four student journalists for the Daily Bruin on the campus of UCLA. The gang surrounded the Bruin reporters, including editor Catherine Hamilton, sprayed them with mace, pointed laser lights at their faces and verbally harassed them. Hamilton said she was punched repeatedly in the chest and upper abdomen as she tried to break free. Another student journalist was shoved to the ground, beaten and repeatedly kicked. “We expected to be harassed by counter-protestors,” Hamilton said. “I truly didn’t expect to be directly attacked.”

    + Momma, we’ve found the “outside agitators”… The Daily Beast reports that before the violent attack on anti-war demonstrators at UCLA, Jessica Seinfeld (wife of the comedian) and Bill Ackman (billionaire husband of the plagiarist Neri Oxman) gave thousands of dollars for a pro-Israel demonstration on campus.

    + UCLA professor Danielle Carr: “It’s hard to overstate the degree of outrage & betrayal on behalf of all the faculty now, especially after what happened last night, after about 200 very violent pro-Israel protesters descended on the camp and were shooting fireworks and acting real violent. And it took the university several hours to respond and secure the students’ safety. The irony that in the name of student safety the encampment will be facing a militarised police invasion tonight, probably including tear gas, it’s just hard to say fully how disgusted many of the faculty are finding this.”

    + As Professor Carr predicted, the day after the pro-Israel mob assaulted UCLA students and faculty, the California Highway Patrol arrived on campus, not to protect the students from “outside” assailants, but to open fire on them with tear gas and rubber bullets

    + During the CHP crackdown on UCLA student protesters, at least 5 students were shot in the head with rubber bullets, the cops fired flash-bang grenades directly into the crowd and more than 130 students were arrested.

    + The Los Angeles Public Defenders’ Union called the UCLA arrests “shameful and a complete failure of leadership”. President Garrett Miller said they are ready to “represent every person facing charges.”

    + There’s something happening here, but you don’t know what it is, do you, Mister Joe…?

    + Biden: “Dissent must never lead to disorder.”

    + From Martin Luther King, Jr.’s “Letter From a Birmingham Jail”:

    I have almost reached the regrettable conclusion that the Negro’s great stumbling block in the stride toward freedom is not the White Citizen’s Council-er or the Ku Klux Klanner, but the white moderate who is more devoted to “order” than to justice; who prefers a negative peace which is the absence of tension to a positive peace which is the presence of justice; who constantly says “I agree with you in the goal you seek, but I can’t agree with your methods of direct action;” who paternalistically feels he can set the timetable for another man’s freedom; who lives by the myth of time and who constantly advises the Negro to wait until a “more convenient season.”

    + Biden on the George Floyd protests: “We will not allow any President to quiet our voice. We won’t let those who see this as an opportunity to sow chaos throw up a smokescreen to distract us from the very real and legitimate grievances at the heart of these protests.” But that was then under Him, this is now under Me…

    + Contrary to Biden’s deplorable speech denouncing the student anti-war demonstrations as violent, a new report by the Armed Conflict Location and Event Data Project (ACLED) found that 99% of campus protests over Palestine at US colleges have been peaceful.

    + Biden received five draft deferments during the Vietnam War but, like Trump, never took part in the student movement to end the genocidal war in Southeast Asia. He was happy for others–poor whites, Hispanics and Blacks–to serve, kill and die in his place. No surprise he condemns the students protesting to end his wars.

    + In his memoir, Promises to Keep, Biden admitted he “never saw the war as a great moral issue.” While enjoying his draft deferment to attend Syracuse University, he described being irritated by the anti-war protests on campus. His irritation rose to fury after SDS occupied the chancellor’s office and hung banners out the window of the Administration Building. “They were taking over the building,” Biden wrote, “and we looked up and said, ‘Look at those assholes.’ That’s how far apart from the antiwar movement I was.”

    + The bike lock the NYPD held up as proof that “outside agitators” were behind the occupation of Hind Hall is available for sale on campus via Columbia’s Public Safety department under their “Crime Prevention Discount Bike, Locker and Laptop Lock Program”.

    + Chris by Bike: “Cops don’t know this is a bike lock because they’ve never investigated a bike theft in their lives.”

    + Ralph Nader: “The enforcer president of Columbia University— Minouche Shafik—is one of the wealthiest people in America. As president, she makes over $2000 an hour every weekday. In three days, she makes more than many blue-collar workers at Columbia make in a year.”

    + Professor Sami Schalk, University of Wisconsin-Madison: “At the hospital, the nurse took photos ‘in case you want to file a report.’ Report to whom? The very people who strangled me at work in broad daylight with cameras rolling? Those people?”

    + During a week of ever-escalating assaults on students and faculty, Jill Biden is hosting the first ever “Teachers of the Year” State Dinner at the White House. Some of the best won’t be there because they’re in jail, in the hospital or trying to arrange bail for their incarcerated pupils…

    + Ari Fleischer was better at his job and he was one of the worst hired liars I’ve ever seen. To compare the racist violent mob at Charlottesville to students on campuses large and small across the US is just repulsive at a personal level and self-destructive on a political one.

    + On May 6th, the Pulitzer Prizes are scheduled to be announced at Columbia University. On Wednesday., night student journalists at Columbia, many of them reporting from inside Pulitzer Hall, were threatened with arrest if they moved across their own campus to report on a police raid targeting their fellow students and faculty. They won’t win any Pulitzers, but their reporting has been far more vivid, informative and less biased than the elite media the administration and NYPD allowed on university grounds.

    + One of the lies the Adams administration used to justify the paramilitary raids on Columbia was that “a wife of a known terrorist” was inside Hind Hall with the protesters. NYC media ran with this obvious lie. This morning Deputy Police Commissioner Rebecca Weiner said the woman wasn’t in Hind Hall, wasn’t part of the protests, but had been seen on campus last week and that they “have no evidence of any criminal wrongdoing on her part.”

    + The woman Adams slanderously smeared was Nahla al-Arian wife of Sami-al Arian, the former professor of computer engineering at South Florida (and CounterPunch contributor), who was never convicted of a crime by a jury but pled to one count after a mistrial, then was wrongly held under house arrest for refusing to testify in a federal case…the charges were later dismissed. Adams falsely Sami al-Arian was “arrested for and convicted for terrorism on a federal level” and implied that Nahla, a retired elementary school teacher, had somehow helped to train the students in civil disobedience. In fact, she was in NYC with her two daughters Laila and Lama, both journalists, stopped by the encampment for about 20 minutes and, according to her daughter Lama, had some hummus and left because she was tired. Nahla called the Columbia students “beautiful and busy.”

    + “The whole thing is a distraction because they are very scared that the young Americans are aware for the first time of what’s going on in Palestine,” Nahla Al-Arian said. “They are the ones who influenced me. They are the ones who gave me hope that at last the Palestinian people can get some justice. I sat and I felt happy to see those students fighting for justice for the oppressed people in Palestine.”

    + According to Lama, one of the best young documentary filmmakers around, her mother found out this week that more than 200 of her relatives have been killed in the Israeli bombardment of Gaza.

    + Anyone who wants to know more about the bogus case against Sami Al-Arian and the decades-long harassment of his family should watch the documentary, The USA v. Al-Arian, which shows how in the post-9/11 mass hysteria the Patriot Act was used against a university professor for merely knowing someone who was a member of Palestinian Islamic Jihad years earlier.

    + Two days after the raid, Adams was still being pushed to name how many “outside agitators” had been arrested by the NYPD. Adams had no answers, because there weren’t any and shrugged off the questions, saying: “I don’t think that matters…One professor poisoning a classroom of students is just as bad as 50.”

    + A year ago, NYC Mayor Eric Adams vowed to bring what he’s learned from Israeli Police to the NYPD. That rare promise kept…

    + Adams justifying the police raids: “These are our children and we can’t allow them to be radicalized.” Adams and the Democrats have done more damage to academic freedom than Ron DeSantis and Christopher Rufo.

    + In Eric Adams, the people of NYC must endure the hybridization of the lies of a politician with the lies of an NYPD cop.

    + The real “outside agitators” on the campuses of Columbia, NYU, and CCNY were the police themselves. (For example, less than half of all NYPD officers live in NYC and only 25% of LAPD officers live in Los Angeles.)

    +++

     

    Daniel Perry awaiting the verdict at his trial for the murder of Garrett Foster.

    In one of the most egregious uses of the pardon power since Bill Clinton freed billionaire tax cheat, Israeli agent and international fugitive Marc Rich as the clock struck midnight on his lamentable administration, last week Texas Gov. Greg Abbott freed an avowed racist who ran a red light, before plunging his car into a crowd of protesters and fatally shooting a man who was trying to protect people from being run over. Abbott granted the killer a pardon, even though the gunman had been obsessed for months with the idea of killing BLM activists.

    Just before 10 o’clock on the night of July 25, 2020, a crowd of anti-police brutality protesters were crossing the intersection of Fourth Street and Congress Avenue in downtown Austin, Texas, when a car ran a red light and repeatedly drove into the mass of people.

    Several of the protesters approached the car to get the driver to stop menacing pedestrians. One of them was Garrett Foster, a 28-year-old Air Force veteran, who was pushing his wheelchair-bound fiancé, Whitney Mitchell, a quadruple amputee, across the intersection as the car honked at and rammed into the protesters. Foster was carrying an AK-47 rifle for protection, as allowed by Texas’ open-carry law.

    As Foster approached the car, telling the driver to “move on, move on,” Daniel Perry, a 30-year-old US Army sergeant, took out his own gun, a .357 Magnum revolver, shot Foster five times through the car’s window and fled the scene. Foster, who like Perry was white, died at the scene.

    Later, Perry called the police and reported his version of what happened. Seeking to shield himself behind Texas’s expansive Stand Your Ground Law, Perry claimed he shot in self-defense after Foster came toward him with his AK-47 slung over his shoulder. None of the witnesses reported seeing Foster point his weapon toward Perry or his car. And video of the incident showed Foster keeping his rifle at what gun enthusiasts call the “low-ready” position.

    Almost before Foster’s blood had dried, Perry had become a hero of the vigilante right, an adult version of the man-child Kyle Rittenhouse. And a Texan, too, with all that implies in the mythology of American masculinity. Perry was portrayed as a brawny defender of the civil order, a regular American who’d struck back at the lawlessness and anarchy, which many conservative blowhards fumed, had taken over the streets of urban America after the murder of George Floyd.

    June

    + Since Eric Adams became mayor of New York City complaints against the NYPD have spiked to a 12-year high, according to the city’s Citizen Complaint Review Board. Among the as NYC’s police watchdog agency cracks down on officers wearing ‘white supremacist’ morale patches on duty. Among the complaints investigated by the watchdog agency are reports of NYPD cops wearing white supremacist patches on their body armor: “The skull patch on subject officer 2’s uniform was a specific imagery commonly used by white supremacist groups. Subject Officer 2 stated that the patch was a gift, and the skull insignia did not have offensive connotations. The investigation found that the display of the patch on subject officer 2’s uniform was discourteous and offensive.”

    + Kudos to the NYPL for taking a direct shot at NYC’s ridiculous mayor, Eric Adams, who wants to shovel more and more money to the police at the expense of the city’s libraries…

    + Meanwhile, the NYPD spent $22 million for “ShotSpotter” surveillance technology that was supposed to detect incidents of gunfire in the city. However, an audit of 8 months of ShotSpotter alerts found that 87% of the timeNYPD officers were dispatched to a scene, there was no evidence of a shooting.

    + For decades, prosecutors in Alameda County, California (Oakland) have sought to exclude Jews and blacks from juries in death penalty cases. The handwritten records show numerous examples of DAs marking down when jurors appeared to be Jewish, disparaging Black women and using explicitly anti-gay slurs.

    + Last year saw the lowest rate of violent crime in the US in 50 years. So far this year the violent crime rate has fallen by another 15%.

    + There were only 13 homicides in Baltimore in all of May. From 2015 to 2022, the city averaged more than 32 victims each May. 13 is one of the lowest number of victims for the month of May in the city’s modern history (since 1970). Homicides in Charm City are down by more than 48% since 2022

    + More people were killed by US Customs and Border Patrol (171) in 2022 than died at the Berlin Wall in its entire 28-year existence (136).

    + Biden: “What do you think Trump would have done on January 6 if Black Americans had stormed the Capitol? I don’t think he would be talking about pardons. This is the same guy who wanted to tear gas you as you peacefully protested George Floyd’s murder.” Uh, the Portland Police Department, in one of the most “liberal” cities in the US, drenched so many protesters and nearby neighborhoods in tear gas that a war crimes team was called in to investigate it…

    + The price of freedom!  The first five months of U.S. gun violence in 2024, as of June:

    •7,038 gun deaths

    •13,154 gun injuries

    •195 mass shootings

    •322 children shot

    •1,864 teenagers shot

    •530 incidents of defensive gun use

    •593 unintentional shootings

    •286 murder-suicides

    + Psychological torture by cop in Fortuna, California: After Thomas Perez reported his elderly father missing, Fortuna cops hauled him in for a 17-hour interrogation, during which they threatened to kill his dog, and badgered him into falsely confessing to having murdered his dad. But unbeknownst to the cops, Perez’s dad was alive.

    + At least 20 elementary school children in San Bruno, California were sickened by a San Francisco Sheriff’s Office training a half-mile away from ingesting decades-old chemical weapons after officers were invited to bring and use up outside munitions.

    + An Indiana sheriff paid child support for his secret child with the county auditor by using the local volunteer firefighter association’s credit card.

    + Apache County, Arizona doesn’t have an animal shelter. So the cops round up homeless dogs, shoot them and dump the bodies by the railroad tracks.

    July

    “It is silly to go on pretending that under the skin we are brothers. The truth is more likely that under the skin we are all cannibals, assassins, traitors, liars and hypocrites.”

    — Henry Miller

    + Last Saturday a 20-year-old kitchen worker named Thomas Crooks, described as a loner nerd by friends, asked his father if he could borrow the family AR-15 semi-automatic rifle for some target practice at the local shooting range. Dad handed him the gun and sent young Tom on his way. But Tom bypassed the shooting range and drove 45 miles north from Bethel Park to Butler, Pennsylvania, where Donald Trump was presiding over an outdoor rally. Along the way, Crooks stopped to load up with 50 rounds of ammo and buy a five-foot tall ladder. 

    Crooks arrived at the scene in Butler after the Secret Service and local cops had swept the area. He used his ladder to climb to the roof of a small warehouse about 450 feet from where Trump was speaking. The warehouse was outside of the primary security area under the supervision of the Secret Service and had been handed over to local police and sheriffs, those heroic figures so often valorized as the “sovereign leaders” of rural America by MAGA. Three police snipers were inside the building Crooks used as his shooting perch, but none of them were on the roof.

    Several rally-goers told the local police they’d seen a man (or man-child) walking the perimeter of the site and then climbing onto the roof with a gun. Butler County Sheriff Michael Slupe said one of his deputies climbed to the roof and encountered Crooks, who saw the officer and turned toward him, pointing his AR-15. Rather than confront Crooks, the deputy dropped to safety. A few seconds later Crooks started firing. One of his eight shots nicked Trump’s ear (no stitches needed) and others hit three people at the rally, killing one and seriously wounding two. Crooks was then shot and killed by the Secret Service’s “counter-sniper team.” He was wearing a T-shirt with the logo from Demolition Ranch, a youtube channel featuring gun and demolition porn.

    Trump, dribbles of blood streaked across his face, was marshaled off the stage by the Secret Service, while pumping his fist and shouting, “Fight! Fight! Fight!” Trump was taken to a local hospital, where his ear was swabbed, and he was quickly sent on his way. Trump spent much of the next day playing golf.

    As for Trump’s would-be assassin, Crooks didn’t seem overtly political. His politics were the politics of the gun. He searched online for the names of Biden and Trump, equally, it seemed and was likely to have pulled the trigger on the first one who entered the sights of his AR-15. There was just a dime’s worth of difference between them as far as he was concerned. Crooks is the next variation on Kyle Rittenhouse, a fucked up white kid, working a dead-end job in a shabbily run nursing home, who ventured forth bound for glory with a semi-automatic rifle in the Republic of the Shooter.

    +++

    + Crooks fits the profile of every young, alienated white mass shooter since Eric Harris and Dylan Klebold walked into the lunchroom at Columbine looking to settle scores with anyone who’d bullied, laughed at or ignored them in gym class–only now the semi-automatic rifles can be bought more easily, openly carried nearly everywhere and amped up to full-auto with a bump stock.

    + Laura Bassett: “A white Republican man shot a white Republican man because of critical race theory?”

    + One of Crooks’ classmates at Bethel Park High School told the New York Timesthat as a freshman Crooks became a frequent object of ridicule by bullies at the school. “Those other kids would always say, ‘Hey, look, at the school shooter over there. They would tease him about his poor hygiene, body odor. He was an easy target.”

    + The family of Trump’s would-be assassin Thomas Crooks is listed in a 2016 Trump campaign database as gun-owning Republicans who live a “gun-owning lifestyle.” The Trump campaign targeted them for pro-gun messaging. When the FBI searched the Crooks’s home, they found more than a dozen guns.

    + There’s no question that the Trump shooting will increase the power of the very same “Deep State” institutions so many MAGA people fear and believe were behind the plot to assassinate him.

    + FDR not only survived an attempted coup plotted by Wall Street tycoons in 1933 but he was also shot at while riding in an open car in Miami during that same year. One of the errant bullets killed the Mayor of Chicago, Anton Cermak.

    + Nixon after George Wallace was shot in 1972 at the Laurel Shopping Center parking lot in suburban DC: “We must all stand together to eliminate this vicious threat to our public life. We must not permit the shadow of violence to fall over our country again.” There’s no originality to American politics anymore. The same trite banalities are recycled over and over.

    + Trump was shot with a 5.56×45mm bullet, commonly called a Five-Five-Six NATO round– the standard cartridge for NATO rifles. No way the US stays in NATO if he’s reelected.

    Five-Five-Six NATO round.

    +++

    + Coast Guard gunboats are patrolling the canals of Milwaukee during the RNC Convention. This will probably soon become a permanent feature of all urban waterways in the US…

    + An executive of the gay dating app Grindr described the Republican National Convention as “basically Grindr’s Super Bowl.”

    + Tuesday was Back the Blue night at the GOP convention. It says something about the truly perverse psychological state of American politics that the RNC convention spent last night heaping praise on law enforcement days after local police retreated from confronting the Trump shooter, while in Milwaukee out-of-town cops providing “security” for the RNC gunned down an unarmed black homeless veteran as a threat more than a mile from the convention.

    + Samuel Sharpe, a homeless Black veteran who was a regular at an encampment in downtown Milwaukee, was shot and killed by police today. Not by Milwaukee Police, but by a Columbus, Ohio police officer, in town to help police the RNC Convention, who shot Sharpe a mile from the convention. “Why are cops from Ohio way out here?” asked David Porter, a friend of Sharpe’s. “Had that been Milwaukee PD that man would be alive right now. I know that because they know him.”

    + As if to emphasize their indifference to the victims of the shooting, they’re having an AR-15 giveaway at the GOP convention…

    + Days after a 20-year-old tried to nail Trump with an AR-15, a federal appeals court ruled that Minnesota’s law requiring people to be at least 21 to carry a handgun in public is unconstitutional.

    + While the Democrats–for some reason comprehensible only to Democrats–have “paused” fundraising after the failed assassination attempt, a Trump-owned company is selling sneakers for $299 a pair with an image of his bloodied face after the rally shooting…

    August

    Grayson fires three shots at Sonya Massey, while his partner watches with gun drawn.

    Deputy Sean Grayson didn’t turn on his body camera until after he’d shot Sonya Massey three times. This is probably why he thought he could get away with saying he killed Massey in self-defense, as she was charging toward him with a pot of boiling water. What Grayson didn’t realize is that his partner’s body cam recorded the entire fatal encounter, showing that the diminutive, unarmed Massey was hiding from the Springfield deputy, when Grayson walked around the kitchen counter, shot her in the face and left her to bleed out. Then he lied about it…lies that were caught on tape and exposed as lies on tape.

    Grayson should never have been hired as a cop. His record contains one blemish and red flag after another, starting with his abbreviated career in the US Army. Sean Grayson joined the Army in May 2014, but his career as a wheeled vehicle mechanic lasted less than two years, before he was discharged for “misconduct, (serious offense).” During his time in the Army, Grayson pleaded guilty to charges of driving under the influence. Shortly after his discharge, he was arrested again for drunk driving. On his application for a job with the Logan County Sheriff’s Department, Grayson said he had been drunk “a lot” in his life.

    Despite this dubious resume, Grayson received his law enforcement certification in 2021 and over the next three years was hired by six different law enforcement agencies: the town police departments of Pawnee, Kincaid, Virden and Auburn, Illinois and the sheriff’s offices in Logan and Sangamon Counties. For the first couple of years as a cop, Grayson was only paid $17.50 an hour, but he was compensated by gaining the authority to exert power over people making much more or nothing at all.

    While working as a deputy for Logan County, Grayson was disciplined by the department for a high-speed vehicle chase that resulted in him wrecking his cruiser after hitting a deer. It was determined that Grayson had violated department policy on vehicle pursuits. 

    Two complaints were filed against Grayson during his short stint in Logan County, one by a woman who accused him of “inappropriate behavior” during an arrest and another by a jail inmate who claimed Grayson had “abused his power” during an interrogation in his cell. Neither complaint led to any charges or disciplinary action.

    In another incident last year, Grayson became irate when Wayman Meredith, police chief of Girard, Illinois, refused to call child protective services on a woman outside of Grayson’s mother’s home.  “He was acting like a bully,” Meredith told CBS News. “He was wanting me to do stuff that was not kosher.”

    Audio recordings obtained by CBS News show that two years before he shot Sonya Massey, Grayson was reprimanded for falsifying information in his police reports while working for the Logan County sheriff’s office.

    “If we can’t trust what you say and what you see, we can’t have you in our uniform,” a supervisor can be heard telling Grayson on one of the tapes. “The sheriff and I will not tolerate lying or deception…Officers [like you] have been charged and they end up in jail.”

    Grayson had been fired by the town of Kincaid’s police department because he refused to live within ten miles of the city limits and he left his job with the Virden police department without giving any notice. “He just stopped covering shifts,” a department spokesman said. He spent less than a year with the Auburn police department before leaving that post to Sangamon County Sheriff’s Office, where he was employed on the night he got the call about a possible prowler outside Sonya Massey’s house in Springfield, Illinois.

    +++

    Grayson interviews Sonya Massey on her porch.

    A little before one in the morning on July 6, Massey, a 36-year-old Black woman struggling with emotional issues, called 911 to report that she believed an intruder was trying to break into her home. Grayson and his partner, still unidentified, pulled up to the address, parked their cruiser and searched the front and backyards of Massey’s house. Finding no one or any sign of a break-in, Grayson and his partner went to the front porch. Grayson pounds four or five times on the door and brusquely, yells: “Are you coming to the door or not? All right. Hurry up!”

    Massey finally opens the door, holding a cell phone.  

    Massey says, “I called for help.”

    Grayson, who looms over her, replies: “What do you want help with?”

    “I heard somebody outside,” Massey says.

    “Yeah, we checked your house,” Grayson says. “We checked your backyard. I walked all the way through all these backyards. We checked the front yard. We didn’t see nobody. Nobody’s out.”

    Massey, a thin woman in a nightgown who weighed only 110 pounds, seemed to be calm, as the deputies questioned her about her 911 call and a car in her driveway. Massey told the two cops that the car, a black SUV with a smashed window, wasn’t hers. The unidentified deputy leaves for a couple of minutes to write down the license plate number of the car and call it into the station. After he returns to the porch, the deputies enter the house with Massey. Once inside, Grayson asks Massey, who is sitting on a sofa, for her ID, “A driver’s license will do, and I’ll get out of your hair.” 

    Grayson and his partner ask Massey for her ID, then tell her to remove a steaming pot from her stove.

    While the other deputy searches the house, Massey rummages through her purse and then flips through a stack of papers looking for her license. “I’ve got papers, I’ll show you my papers,” Massey says, anxiously.

    Looking a little confused now, Massey, who was recovering from a recent surgery, asks Grayson to hand her a Bible. Whatever the deputies are thinking at this point, they haven’t read Massey her Miranda Rights or placed her under arrest. In fact, Grayson tells her, “Don’t worry, you’re not in trouble.”

    One of the deputies notices a pot of steaming water on the gas stove in Massey’s kitchen and asks her to turn it off, saying “We don’t need a fire while we are here.” Massey gets up walks into the kitchen, turns the burner off and removes the pot of water. As she’s holding it, the unidentified deputy takes a couple of steps backward. 

    Massey ask why the cops are moving back, as she turns off the stove and removes the pot of water.

    “Why are you going?” Massey asks.

    “Away from that steaming water,” the deputy says.

    “Oh, the steaming water?” Massey says. “Then I rebuke you in the name of Jesus.”

    “Huh?” the deputy asks.

    “I rebuke you in the name of Jesus,” Massey repeats.

    “You better fucking not or I swear to God I’ll fucking shoot you in the fucking face,” Grayson yells, as he draws his 9MM gun (not his TASER or his mace) and points it at Massey. The other deputy, who is standing to Grayson’s right, also draws his gun.

    Grayson aims his gun at Massey as she says, “I’m sorry.”

    Massey puts her hands and says, “I’m sorry.” Then she ducks behind a breakfast bar.

    Grayson moves a couple steps to his right, yells: “Drop the fucking pot, drop the fucking pot.” Then he fires three shots. One of the shots hits Massey in the face below her left eye. As he stands over her body, Grayson again yells, “Drop the fucking pot.” The other deputy shouts into his radio, “Shots fired. Shots fired.” At this point, the cops had been in Massey’s house for less than three minutes.

    Grayson’s partner radios dispatch: “Headshot wounded female. 1078.” 

    Only now does Grayson turn his body camera on.

    The deputy puts his gun in his holster and tells Grayson,” I’m going to go get my [medical] kit.”

    Grayson says, “Nah, she’s done. You can go get it, but that’s a headshot.” Then Grayson tells his partner, “I’m not taking boiling water to the fucking head and look it came right to our feet, too. God damn it.”

    “Are you good,” the deputy asks Grayson.

    “Yeah, I’m good. Let her fucking just…What are you going to do, man?”

    The deputy leaves to get his medical kit. Grayson walks back into the living room and paces around muttering. He makes no attempt to render any medical aid to Massey. 

    When the deputy returns and applies pressure to Massey’s bullet wound, he tells Grayson she has a pulse and is gasping for breath. 

    Finally, Grayson walks out of the house to the patrol car. He comes back with his medical kit and asks if there’s anything he can do. When he’s told no, Grayson responds, “All right, I’m not even gonna waste my med stuff then.” 

    When the paramedics arrive, the two deputies struggle to remember Massey’s name. The paramedics tell the cops, they’d been there earlier in the day. Massey had been recovering from a recent surgery.

    When other deputies arrive at the scene, they ask Grayson if he’s doing okay. He says, “Yeah, I’m okay. This fucking bitch is crazy.”

    Grayson tells another deputy at the scene, “She set it up on purpose, so it is what it is.” 

    “Where’s the gun?” one deputy asks Grayson.

    “No, she had boiling water and came at me with boiling water,” Grayson says. “She said she was going to rebuke me in the name of Jesus and came at (me) with boiling water.”

    Crime scene tape is deployed around Massey’s house, as Grayson falsely tells his fellow cops that she charged toward him with a pot of boiling water.

    One of the last images on the body cam footage shows the deputy who, unlike Grayson, tried to save Massey’s life standing at the back of his patrol car, wiping her blood from his hands. Another deputy asks him, “You good?”

    “I’m fine,” he says. “I’m going to chill in my car for a second. Camera’s off.”

    Sonya Massey, mother of two, was pronounced dead on arrival at the hospital, making her the 701st person killed by police this year. (Another 59 people have been killed by police since Massey’s death on July 6.)

    +++

    + The tribute to the Central Park 5 at the DNC was moving. But given all the robust bragging this week about how she went after “street crime” in SF is there any doubt that Harris would have aggressively prosecuted the Central Park 5 had she been DA in NYC at the time?

    + A new database by Mapping Police Violence shows that police in the US use violence against more than 300,000 people every year and that incidents of police violence–tasers, pepper stay and tear gas, police dog attacks, neck restraints, rubber bullets and baton strikes–have risen since the George Floyd protests.

    + Cops are now starting to use AI Chatboxes to write their arrest reports. The device is being marketed by Axon, the company behind Tasers and body cameras. What could go wrong, HAL? 

    + At least six infants have been abandoned in Houston since June. The state’s abortion ban seems to working as planned…

    + This week police in Nassau County on Long Island made their first arrestunder a new law banning face masks, because of the backlash against anti-genocide protests and rightwing hysteria about COVID-era mandates. The arrestee? An 18-year-old Latino boy.

    + Ain’t no justice: A judge dropped charges against some of the Louisville cops involved in the shooting of Breonna Taylor, saying that Taylor’s boyfriend was largest responsible for her killing: “There is no direct link between the warrantless entry and Taylor’s death.”

    + For the first time in more than 10 years, the Democratic Party platform included no mention of eliminating the death penalty.

    + When homicides in Philadelphia went up during the pandemic, the press was quick to blame the rise on the policies of progressive DA Larry Krassner. Last year But years homicides in Philly fell by 24.9% and are down another 41.1% this year with no coverage giving credit to Krassner.

    + Already under fire for making thousands of traffic stops targeting Black neighborhoods, now comes news that the Chicago Police Department made over 200,000 secret stops last year alone in violation of a 2003 law requiring them to document every traffic encounter.

    + Newly released text messages from the NYPD’s notorious Strategic Response Group, show that before a BLM protest in June 2020, where police pepper-sprayed, beat and arrested hundreds of people, members of the unit were encouraged to be aggressive. In one message a day before the planned protest, Captain Julio Delgado told his officers: “We’re looking for arrests.” And followed this up by saying, “Can we plz play too?” As the protests were unfolding, Detective Jessica Delgado texted Delgado to “Kick their asses tonight Capt!.” 

    + Shortly after receiving the surprise endorsement of the Phoenix Police Union, Rep. Rueben Gallegos, running for US senate in Arizona against MAGA-fixture Kari Lake, Gallego, sent a letter to the US Department of Justice asking them to call off its investigations against the Phoenix police and its effort to bring the department under a consent decree.

    + Albuquerque Police Chief Harold Medina says cops have a “Fifth Amendment” right to turn their body cameras off.

    September

    + The school year in America hasn’t officially opened until there’s been a school shooting.

    + School shootings are American Exceptionalism in action. No other country does them like we do. None even come close. USA! NRA! USA! NRA! USA! NRA!

    + A country that tolerates the routine shootings of its own school children as the cost of doing business in our weird notion of a “free society” is unlikely to feel any empathy for Palestinian children killed by the weapons we sell Israel. Violence is our chief export; indifference to the bloodshed is our national characteristic.

    + While crouched in a classroom with her classmates as bullets were firing from the shooter’s AR-25 down the hall, a  16-year-old student texted her mother “I know I’ve not been a perfect daughter. I love you. I’m sorry.” This is how we build character in America.

    + Two public school teachers were murdered today protecting their students. Let the smears on them as brainwashing purveyors of communism, gender ideology and critical race theory begin…

    + Last year, the shooter threatened to kill people at school. Because there wasn’t “probable cause,” the FBI made no arrests and Georgia lacks a red flag law, the local police didn’t remove guns from the then 13-year-old’s home.

    + The father of the Georgia school shooter told the Georgia Bureau of Investigation that he purchased the AR-15 rifle for his troubled son as a Christmas present, just as Jesus would’ve wanted his birth celebrated.

    + I wonder where Dad got the idea?

    Xmas card of Rep. Andy Ogles, GOP-TN.

    Xmas card of Rep. Lauren Boebert, GOP-CO.

    Xmas card from Nevada lawmaker Michele Fiore.

    Xmas message of Rep. Thomas Massey, GOP-KY.

    + JD Vance, who now speaks at outdoor rallies inside a box of bulletproof glass, said that school shootings are now “a fact of life” in America.

    You take the good
    You take the bad
    You take them both and there you have
    The facts of life
    The facts of life

    + Number of school shootings in the US by year…

    2024: 45
    2023: 82
    2022: 79
    2021: 73
    2020: 22 (Pandemic school closures)
    2019: 52
    2018: 44
    2017: 42
    2016: 51
    2015: 37
    2014: 36
    2013: 26
    2012: 13
    2011: 15
    2010: 13
    2009: 22
    2008: 18

    + States with the highest per capita school shootings since 2008

    Louisiana: 32 shootings; 0.69 shootings per 100,000 people
    Maryland: 32 shootings; 0.52 shootings per 100,000 people13 s
    Alabama: 25 shootings; 0.50 shootings per 100,000 people
    Tennessee: 33 shootings; 0.48 shootings per 100,000 people
    Mississippi: 13 shootings; 0.44 shootings per 100,000 people
    Arkansas: 13 shootings; 0.43 shootings per 100,000 people
    North Carolina: 41 shootings; 0.41 shootings per 100,000 people
    Georgia: 41 shootings; 0.38 shootings per 100,000 people

    +++

    + Policing in America: Last Sunday, two NYPD cops started chasing a suspected subway fare evader. They tried tasering Derrell Mickles twice, but he kept running, jumped off the L train and allegedly pulled out a knife, prompting the cops to pull out their guns and shoot the suspect multiple times in the stomach. They also shot a male bystander in the head (who was later declared brain dead), a woman bystander in the leg and another cop in the armpit–all over a $2.90 unpaid subway fare. Mickels’ mother said she had no idea her son was shot. An officer left a business card at her door the day of the shooting, but she had no idea why.

    + A witness said that the alleged farebeater was walking away from police when he was tasered and then shot at nine times. The witness also says Mickles’ hands were in his pockets and that he never saw a knife.

    + Some may recall the role a mysterious knife played in the justification for arresting Freddie Gray, who Baltimore police beat up and killed during a “rough ride” in a police van. The cops said they initially stopped and arrested Gray for possession of a switchblade knife that later turned out to be a pocket knife legal under Maryland law, which the cops only found after they’d already detained him.

    + NYPD Tasers fail 40% of the time.

    + Embattled NY Mayor Eric Adams said that the NYPD cops showed admirable “restraint’ in the subway shooting. How many more bystanders should they have taken out over the $2.90 fare, Mr. Mayor?

    + Before former cop Adams was elected Mayor in 2022, the NYPD overtime pay for patrolling the subway cost the city $4 million annually. It’s now $155 million.

    + What’s interesting about this crime scare-story from the NY Daily News is that the NYPD can count their own police shootings to boost the crime stat numbers. As Rebecca Kavanaugh pointed out, the “Beware of Strangers” story “cited NYPD statistics showing 14 people killed by strangers in 2020 and 26 in 2021. What it didn’t mention is that 8 of the 2020 and 5 of the 2021 killings were by police.”

    + New York State judges allowed prosecutors to introduce evidence in more than 400 cases that appellate courts later determined police had obtained illegally.

    + Over the last couple of decades, 163 police agencies across California allowed cops charged with misconduct to quietly retire in exchange for permanently burying the misconduct cases. The cops then soon get hired for other police jobs. All of these backroom deals were engineered by the same police lobby group.

    + Two days before the state of South Carolina was scheduled to execute Khalil Divine Black Sun Allah, 46, the prosecution’s key witness at trial, Steven Golden, came forward to admit he lied at trial and that Khalil is innocent: “I don’t want [Khalil] to be executed for something he didn’t do.”

    + In order to more repressively police its students, the University of the University of California announced a list of military weaponry it wants to escalate its warfare on its students: 

    + 3000 rounds of pepper munitions
    + 500 rounds of 40mm impact munitions
    + 12 drones
    + Nine grenade launchers 

    + The US is no longer the world’s leading jailer. Even though the incarceration rate in the States has remained steady, it has been surpassed by the mass arrests taking place in El Salvador. Under the repressive Bukele regime, the incarceration rate in El Salvador has soared to nearly twice the rate in the US. 

    + Trump: “My parents would drop me off at a subway and I’d go to Union Turnpike, or I’d go to wherever. They had no fear that I was going to be disappearing. They would take me to a subway, put me on, and say, bye, darling, bye.” The murder rate in NYC in 1960, when Trump was 14, was nearly twice what it is today.

    + The sheriff of Letcher County, Kentucky, was arrested after shooting a judge at the county courthouse. But he didn’t shoot the deputy…

    November

    + Tucker Carlson, campaigning for Trump as the angry, daughter-spanking Dad America needs: “There has to be a point at which dad comes home…Dad comes home, and he’s pissed…You know what he says? ‘You’ve been a bad little girl, and you’re getting a vigorous spanking right now.’”

    + People magazine, not The Nation…

    + When asked about the possibility of political executions, Michael Flynn vowed that the Gates of Hell” will be opened if Trump is reelected.

    + An investigation by NPR found that Donald Trump has threatened to prosecute, investigate, arrest or otherwise punish perceived enemies more than 100 times since 2022.

    + Infants in the US have died at higher rates after abortion bans went into effect, according to a study published in JAMA Pediatrics. This is evidence of a national ripple effect, regardless of state-level status,” said Dr. Parvati Singh, an assistant professor of epidemiology with The Ohio State University College of Public Health and lead author of the new study The health of infants and children has never been an issue for most of the anti-abortion movement.

    + After Kim Paseka learned that she was carrying a non-viable pregnancy, she said she “felt like a walking coffin.” Paseka lives in Nebraska, which has implemented a 12-week ban on abortions and because Paseka wasn’t raped and the pregnancy didn’t pose an immediate threat to her life, her doctors told her there was nothing they could do. “I had to go back to the hospital for three more scans, Paseka said, “where I had to see the heartbeat weaken further week by week, and during this whole time, I’m so nauseous, I’m tired I’m experiencing all the regular pregnancy symptoms, but I was carrying a non-viable pregnancy.” It took nearly four weeks for Paseka to miscarry at home.

    + In a ruling striking down Ohio’s abortion restrictions, Judge Christian Jenkins cited the fact that Ohio’s Republican AG Dave Yost asked him to ignore the state’s new constitutional amendment and uphold anti-abortion laws anyway. Jenkins refused.

    + The Florida official who sent letters threatening TV stations for airing pro-choice ads has filed a declaration in federal court stating that (1) DeSantis’ office directed him to send them, and (2) he resigned rather than send more.

    + Locate X is a US government-bought tool that tracks phones worldwide without a warrant. It’s now being used to track phones at abortion clinics. Joe Cox at 404 Media obtained leaked records of the tracking device in action and watched a phone go from Alabama to an abortion clinic and back again…

    + A lawsuit filed in Norfolk, Virginia, by the Institute for Justice argues that the warrantless use of Flock surveillance cameras, which are now in 5,000 different US cities, is unconstitutional under the Fourth Amendment: “It is functionally impossible for people to drive anywhere without having their movements tracked, photographed, and stored in an AI-assisted database that enables the warrantless surveillance of their every move. This civil rights lawsuit seeks to end this dragnet surveillance program.”

    + An investigation by the Associated Press found that nearly 100 people in the US were killed or injured since 2017 in plots that included US military or veterans, most of them in service of a far-right agenda. According to the AP: “the No. 1 predictor of being classified as a mass casualty offender was having a U.S. military background – that outranked mental health problems, that outranked being a loner, that outranked having a previous criminal history or substance abuse issues.”

    + While testifying against legalizing medical marijuana, Kansas Peace Officers Association Vice President Braden Moore says he doesn’t want the pungent odor in his state. “It’s not conducive to the state of Kansas, I don’t believe.” The Official State Smell of Kansas: Industrial Hog Farms.

    + U.S. Special Operations Command is developing AI-generated social media users that “Appear to be a unique individual that is recognizable as human but does not exist in the real world” for intelligence-gathering purposes.

    +++

    + Kristi Neom, Trump’s choice to run the Dept. of Homeland Security, is banned from stepping foot on every tribal reservation in South Dakota after repeatedly slandering the tribes as acting like subsidiaries of the Mexican drug cartels…

    + The party that obsessed over the seizure and killing of P-Nut the Squirrel and Fred the Raccoon is about to make a confessed puppy killer the head of a national department that can do warrantless no-knock raids, where dogs are often killed merely for barking.

    + Sen Markwayne Mullin on Trump’s AG pick Matt Gaetz: “The first time I ever met this guy, he walked up to me, and Kristi Noem was at the podium. We were just elected, so we were going through orientation. And he walked up to me and said, ‘Man, she’s a fine bitch!’” Cabinet meetings should be a blast! Does Corey Lewandowski, with whom Noem has become especially intimate, according to reporting by Ken Silverstein, know about this?

    + Back in April, Rep. Tony Gonzalez (R-Arizona) had this to say on CNN about Matt Gaetz: “I serve with some real scumbags. Matt Gaetz, he paid minors to have sex with him at drug parties.”

    + “I hereby resign as a US representative…effective immediately, and I do not intend to take the oath of office for the same office in the 119th Congress. To pursue the position of attorney general in the Trump administration. Signed, sincerely, Matt Gaetz.”

    + The House Ethics Committee has been investigating Gaetz since 2021. Gaetz resigned from Congress on the same day Trump announced his plans to nominate him for Attorney General and two days before the House Ethics Committee was set to vote on releasing its “highly damaging” report outlining its investigation into the Republican for sexual misconduct. The committee loses its jurisdiction over Gaetz after he leaves Congress.

    + John Clune, the attorney for the woman at the center of the child sex trafficking allegations involving Gaetz, is urging the committee to release its report, saying, “She was a high school student, and there were witnesses.”

    + After being told of Gaetz’s nomination for Attorney General, Rep. Mike Simpson (R-Idaho) said: “Are you shittin’ me?”

    + Charlie Sykes, a former Republican congressman from Ohio: “Appointing Gaetz as attorney general is designed to trigger the Libs. In reality, it is humiliating the Senate’s new GOP majority. Before they even take office.”

    + To Gaetz’s credit, he has called on Trump to pardon Edward Snowden…

    December

    + Not only does Trump want to use the military in his mass deportation scheme, but he has also vowed to  invoke the Insurrection Act to use the US Army “to get crime out of our cities.” He has specifically mentioned sending federal troops into the “crime dens” of Chicago and New York City. During a campaign rally in Iowa this fall, Trump declared: “You look at what is happening to our country — we cannot let it happen any longer. Because you are not supposed to be involved in that, you just have to be asked by the governor or the mayor to come in; the next time, I am not waiting.”

    + The US is currently experiencing 41 “national emergencies.” One of them, which Jimmy Carter declared in 1979, involves freezing Iranian assets and remains in force.

    + Unless, of course, the emergency orders actually help people…

    + The mass arrests and deportations could all, well, go south very quickly. It turns out that public support for deportations in the US varies wildly, from 62% to 33%. The answer depends entirely on how the question is asked…

    + A 2022 study by a team of Stanford economists estimates that nearly a quarter of all US innovation since 1976 has been produced by high-skilled, foreign-born individuals, despite the US’s relatively onerous immigration requirements.

    + This week, Governor Greg Abbott offered 1,600 acres of Texas land for the incoming Trump administration to build detention camps for migrants.

    + Katherine Yon Ebright, Brennan Center: There is no plausible basis for saying that migration or narcotics trafficking constitutes an invasion or predatory incursion that would justify the president invoking the Alien Enemies Act. That law (deeply flawed as it is) is designed for wartime use.”

    + Jesse Watters on FoxNews: Watters: “If I was a migrant and I saw that Trump won, I’d pack my bags and get on the first flight to Nicaragua because here’s the other option: 6 AM ICE knocks on your door, puts you in a van. Your wife had already left for work. Where is she now?”

    + Watters is such a smug wheezebag that he could have gotten a job as the weekend press spokesman for Blinen’s State Department.

    +++

    + Special Forces Vet. Evan Hafer to Joe Rogan on Trump Declaring War on the Cartels: 

    “‘It is going to get wild come January 20th…If we declare war on the cartel, these dudes are not gonna understand what the fuck is going on. They are in for a world of ultra-violence they’ve never actually felt before … They have fucking no clue if we organize these Tier 1 units against them … What I would be doing if I was down there … I would be getting ready to retire right now because if Delta Force is hunting me, bro I would be so terrified.”

    + Let them force public school students to read the Scriptures and soon enough Texas schoolkids will hate the Bible as much as they do algebra and English comp…

    + Alexander Cockburn said that compulsory school prayer was the best inoculation against contracting the virus of Christianity in adulthood.

    + How can the people who constantly plead for a return to comity, civility, and decorum in politics–assuming there ever was such a prelapsarian state in the US–be counted on to fight the most outrageous policies pursued by people who don’t have those words in their vocabulary? 

    + MAGA Youth leader Josiah Moody says sexual intercourse should only be for procreation and that sex without procreation is “gay sex” and people who are infertile should remain celibate. But is it ok to spill Onan’s seed if you’re infertile?

    + A new analysis of NYPD’s “shotspotter” system shows that 83% of the street surveillance network’s alerts might not have been triggered by gunfire.

    + Baltimore is on track to end the year with fewer than 200 murders. 

    + Scared that someone might take his stuffed bunny, a 13-year-old with autism and intellectual disabilities in Tennessee told a teacher that his backpack might explode. The school called the police, who arrested the boy and charged him with a felony.

    + In the last 18 months, fentanyl deaths in the US have declined from nearly 10,000 a month to less than 6,000 a month. One reason may be the availability of NARCAN.

    + After Portland recriminalized street drugs, the Portland Police Bureauadmitted in a statement released Tuesday that Multnomah County’s drug addiction issues are “much more complex and cannot be solved solely by law enforcement activity.” How many times do they have to rediscover in a decade?

    +++

    + Biden in June on whether he’d pardon Hunter: “I am not going to do anything. I will abide by the jury’s decision.”

    + James Woods called Hunter Biden’s pardon a coverup of the “Biggest Criminal Operation in American History.” Back down, Jay Gould! Move over, Meyer Lanksy! Stand aside, Bernie Madoff! Try harder, Ken Lay! Back of the line, Marc Rich! Next time, Dick Cheney!

    + Before dismissing the charges against Hunter Biden, Federal Judge Mark Scarsi, a Trump appointee vetted by the Federalist Society, had a few words for the President: Judge Scarsi in CA dismisses Hunter Biden charges — but takes President Biden to task. “Two federal judges expressly rejected Mr. Biden’s arguments that the Government prosecuted Mr. Biden because of his familial relation. And the President’s own…DOJ oversaw the investigation. The President asserts that [Hunter] Biden ‘was treated differently’ from others ‘who were late paying their taxes because of serious addictions,’ implying that Mr. Biden was among those individuals who untimely paid taxes due to addiction. But he is not.”

    + Gavin Newsom, already angling for the next tough-on-crime Democrat from California with presidential aspirations, also condemned Biden’s pardon of Hunter:  “I took the president at his word. So, by definition, I’m disappointed and can’t support the decision.”

    + A YouGov poll asked: Do you approve or disapprove of Joe Biden’s decision to pardon his son Hunter Biden?

    Disapprove 50%
    Approve 34%
    Not sure 16%

    + The only issue I have with Biden (who has the stingiest pardon record of any modern president) pardoning his son is that in four years, he’s yet to show the same empathy for other people’s sons, moms, dads, brothers, and sisters. He should start by clearing death row and pardoning the victims of his own excessively punitive and racially motivated crime bills, many of whom are still rotting in federal prison or under federal supervision…

    + Recall that Biden was one of the bigwigs on the Senate Judiciary when it enacted a 100-to-1 crack versus powder cocaine sentencing disparity under which distribution of just 5 grams of crack carried a minimum 5-year federal prison sentence. In comparison, the distribution of 500 grams of powder cocaine carried the same 5-year mandatory minimum sentence.

    + There are 41 inmates on federal death row. If Biden doesn’t commute their death sentences, Trump will almost certainly try to kill them as quickly as he can.

    + I suppose Trump, given his animosity toward the FBI, would be more likely to finally free Leonard Peltier, a genuine political prisoner, from federal prison than Biden. Still, it’s time to right a 50-year-long injustice, Joe. Step up to the plate and do it. Then issue pardons for Reality Winner, Edward Snowdon, Julian Assange, Thomas Drake, Jeffrey Sterling, and Chelsea Manning.

    + People are saying that Biden’s pardon of Hunter is proof of his guilt, which is absurd. Innocent people are convicted every day in courts across the country. Some are executed (See: Marcellus Williams.) The only problem with the pardon power is that it isn’t used widely enough.

    + Yvonne Chisholm: “For 248 years, a POTUS never asked for immunity. Trump asked & was granted. Why? Because there’s absolutely nothing he won’t do. A Democrat POTUS will never get away with what Trump has & will do. The real thugs can stay mad… ”

    + Presidents have been committing crimes for 248 years with de facto immunity. None asked for it because they were never indicted for war crimes, surveilling US citizens without warrants, corruption, torture, and lying the country into war. The court made explicit what had been implied.

    + Even the “best” presidents did unspeakable things: Lincoln oversaw the largest mass execution in US history and FDR locked up 10s of thousands of American citizens of Japanese descent for no reason other than their race. Were there any other even remotely good ones? JQ Adams, maybe.

    + Of course, Bill Clinton foolishly rushed forth to claim that the pardon he gifted to his half-brother Roger for cocaine trafficking wasn’t comparable to Biden’s pardon of Hunter, which is an absurd thing to say. But what about Marc Rich, Bubba? 

    + The presidential pardon is a good thing. It should deployed much more generously.

    +++

    + Most Democrats kept their mouths shut after the dispiriting not-guilty verdict in the NYC subway vigilante case. Not Rep. Jasmine Crockett: “Jordan Neely was unarmed. He needed support and care.   Instead, he received a death sentence. His family grieves while the man who took his life walks free.”

    + A recent Gallup survey found that only 21% of Americans have a “great deal” or “quite a lot” of confidence in the country’s criminal justice system, down from 34% in 2004. I’d be surprised if this number doesn’t drop further under the incoming Trump administration.

    + Police horses as “therapy animals?”  I remember walking out of the Staple Center after being the “Al Gore analyst” for the BBC during the last night of the DNC in 2000 and watching LAPD officers on horseback trample screaming demonstrators in the “protest pen’ outside the stadium following RAtM’s performance…

    + Anita Dunn, one of Biden’s former top advisors, slammed the president’s pardon of Hunter: “A president who ran to restore the rule of law who has upheld the rule of law who has really defended the rule of law kind of saying, ‘Well, maybe not right now.’” Of course, it’s totally consistent with Biden’s flouting of the rule of international law when it comes to Gaza.

    + According to a poll from the AP, only 2 in 10 Americans approve of President Joe Biden’s decision to pardon his son Hunter after earlier promising he wouldn’t.

    + So Trump’s nominee for Surgeon General, Dr. Janette Nesheiwat, knocked over a box when she was 13. The box contained a gun, which discharged when it hit the floor, killing her father. Is this still a case of “guns don’t kill people, people kill people?”

    + The last eleven months of gun violence in the US…

    + 15,717 gun deaths

    + 29,985 gun injuries

    + 479 mass shootings

    + 741 children shot

    + 4,124 teenagers shot

    + 1,142 incidents of defensive gun use

    + 1,323 unintentional shootings

    + 632 murder-suicides

    Source: Gun Violence Archive.

    + Over a three-year period,  the Sheriff’s Office in Broward County, Florida, cooked its own crack cocaine so it could sell it to people that deputies would then arrest for buying crack cocaine. The DA’s office is attempting to clear the convictions.

    + On December 22, Biden commuted the sentences of 37 of the 40 people on federal death row to life in prison without parole. If the death penalty is “wrong” morally and constitutionally (cruel and unusual punishment), it’s wrong, period. Why not commute the sentences of all 40 inmates? How typical of Biden to leave the Death House door open and thereby undermine the unequivocal message he could have sent.

    + Police in the US killed at least 1273 people in 2024.

    The post The Sound of da Police: the Year Criminal Injustice appeared first on CounterPunch.org.

  • Industrial plant, Longview, Washington. Photo: Jeffrey St. Clair.

    One can be excused for worrying over what tomorrow might bring as expanded battle lines are redrawn across the globe, the world’s wealthiest nation ever consumes itself in a cataclysm of partisan hate amid a growing digital reformation, and unchecked carbon emissions continue to cause more environmental disaster by the day. Will nuclear conflict, machine control, or climate breakdown ultimately destroy our pale blue dot of a planet or is it all just more apocalyptic blather that never comes to pass?

    Not everyone agrees, aided and abetted by well-connected nay-sayers who stifle dissent and push disinformation to keep the status quo – business as usual, damn the consequences. Indeed, one has only to realize that the harbingers of doom all have the same goal – money. War keeps the arms dealers in business, tech-driven division stops us asking about corporate control, and fossil fuels reap untold riches in a protected petroleum economy as the earth grows warmer every year.

    Veracity is irrelevant if enough people believe. A 2021 University of New Hampshire survey, found that only 83% of Americans believe the earth revolves around the sun, 64% in anthropomorphic climate change, and 58% in human evolution, while a 2022 Pew survey showed that 39% (45% Republicans) believe we are actually living in the end times. Some even want to witness Armageddon in their own lifetime, hoping conflict in the biblical lands of Abraham, David, and Jesus will achieve their triumphant end. Comforted by the promise of more in another life, such fantasy grows with the body count across the Middle East. The UN secretary-general António Guterres has even called the situation in Gaza “apocalyptic.”

    The United States and Russia also control 12,000 nuclear warheads as they move closer to each other’s red lines in war-ravaged Ukraine, a more likely path to world destruction. Citing Russia’s 7 to 8% of GDP on defence spending, former Dutch prime minister and new NATO head, Mark Rutte, called on member countries to spend over 2% of GDP on defence, stating that NATO should “shift to a wartime mindset” and redirect money from “pensions, health, and social security.” Increased confrontation with China also threatens future warfare. Pushing the world closer to the edge, the atomic doomsday clock reads 23:58:30.

    As noted by statesmen and scientist Benjamin Franklin, “There never was a good war or a bad peace,” but rather than strengthening security via renewed diplomacy, militarism invites more danger as a thoroughly modern nuclear Armageddon ticks closer, started by nervous battlefield belligerents, a software glitch, or a Slim Pickens crazy. Some have even called for the nuclear briefcase to be restricted in case anyone wants to tempt the fates. Truth is what you make it, whether a long-sought requirement for entrance into the next world for the faithful or a symbolic end via the unthinkable for others.

    Thought to be written by St John the Divine circa 95 AD in a fit of anarchic allegory on the Aegean island of Patmos,the Book of Revelation oddly holds sway two millennia on, despite its long-expired prediction of “things which must shortly come to pass,” a mish-mash of convoluted messaging, and scattershot renderings of apocalyptic prophecy, including the end in a final battle between good and evil at a place called Armageddon. How we arrive at that fateful end is unknown, while none of us – the religious or the scientific – know the hour. Clearly, St John did not know of nuclear war when he wrote Revelation, but metaphor and myth can be just as dangerous. There will be no blaring of trumpets or angel calls.

    A biblical Armageddon seems crazy enough, yet the UNH survey found that many Americans either believe in or are unsure of demonstrable fictions: 19% flat earth, 25% the earth is not billions of years old, 28% microchip implant vaccinations, and 29% no NASA moon landing (more for Millennials and Trump supporters). The earth age is a bit misleading, because one may know the world wasn’t made in seven days as written in the Bible, although not the measured value of 4.5 billion years via uranium radiometric dating.

    Nonetheless, a significant percentage still believe the world is only 6,000 years old, thanks to the oddest biblical accounting in the 16th century by Bishop Ussher, who worked backwards from the begats in Matthew to calculate that creation began at “night fall preceding October 23, 4004 BC,” a very precise yet completely erroneous date. Seven of ten Americans also believe in astrology (83% Millennials, Harris, 2024), suggesting many seek to connect to a force beyond themselves, yet don’t know how. We may not survive a seventh millennium.

    Nor can we easily disregard the interpretation of those who believe these are the end days. As in the past, meaning is ripe for the picking. In John’s eschatological vision, seven is especially important (7 spirits, 7 angels, a lamb with the book of 7 seals, a 7-headed dragon) as are other ominous numerical baddies (4 horsemen, 4 beasts with 6 wings), including the second beast adorned with the infamous “666” mark. Some believe seven is perfection and thus six is one less. A presumed candidate in the first century was Nero, who fiddled as Rome burned. Emperors are often the fall guy when things go wrong and empires crumble.

    Although the end didn’t come then, conjecture remains. The Great Fire of London in 1666 brimmed with deadly potential as did the millennium bug of 2000, although the text clearly states 666 is “the number of a man.” With six letters in their names, Martin Luther, Adolph Hitler, and Joseph Stalin were all labelled as possible world-ending baddies. Ditto Albert Einstein (father of the bomb), Saddam Hussein (from “fallen Babylon”), and Ronald Wilson Reagan (“Star Wars” defence system).

    The hunt continues as Donald Trump returns to power, seated atop the US government, a second-coming if one wants to sound the alarm. If you do the math, via a simple substitution cipher (A = 1, B = 2, C = 3, …), it turns out “Antichrist is Donald John Trump” equals 333, which multiplied by 2 for his second administration equals 666. Scary stuff, but anyone can make up a cypher or quote scripture to see what they want in a Rorschach rendering of the future. Nor has cryptocurrency stopped us from buying or selling without the mark of the beast carved into our arms or foreheads – yet. Barcodes and microchip implants via forced vaccines have also been hailed as signs amid worry over world government and no borders.

    One can scare thyself silly about the possible meanings: Joseph and Benjamin led the last of the twelve tribes of Israel (Biden and Netanyahu?), warriors patrol territory by the Euphrates River that flows through the battlefields of Syria and Iraq, while the United States is home to thousands of flying eagles (albeit now an endangered species). A crown of 12 stars, virgin-male followers, dragon-female fights all feature – will Wales battle the European Union?

    Who cares if the text is gibberish as noted by Thomas Jefferson: “The ravings of a maniac, no more worthy, nor capable of explanation than the incoherences of our own nightly dreams.” In Apocalypse Now, Francis Ford Coppola reimagined Joseph Conrad’s The Heart of Darkness into a metaphor for human suffering and horror amid endless war, run by soulless administrators with barbaric goals, his cinematic take on the end days.

    In The Antichrist, Friedrich Nietzsche sees the end days as part of his vast criticism on Christianity, naming the Antichrist as the priesthood who use sin and redemption to control a watered-down religious life. To the would-be minister, son of a Protestant pastor, and unapologetic cultural critic, Nietzsche’s Antichrist is not a future mythical figure, but those who proclaim the goal of Christianity is to forgive presumed sins in a last judgement at the prescribed end, essentially a Pavlovian reward to escape today’s made-up misery.

    To Nietzsche, the priesthood – whether the synagogue, church, or upper echelons of government – is fundamentally anti-intellectual and must make science an enemy to oppose “the sound comprehension of cause and effect.” Faith is subjective and unprovable, whereas science is objective and provable, and thus must be disavowed at all costs lest the hierarchy of lies be exposed. Instead of liberating humankind, a weaponized Christianity designed by the main New Testament author Paul restrains our better instincts, creating an afterlife as a tool to control childlike masses and rule over an uninformed rabble.

    In today’s vernacular, disinformation is rampant, especially via social media that keeps us occupied with the trivial instead of sharing and celebrating verifiable truths. Citizenship becomes dumbed down to simple workmanship, while the mob is distracted by idiot entertainment, self-help nonsense, and non-stop selling. The Christian theological grip on truth remains anti-intellectual, anti-evolutionary, and anti-scientific, such as a preposterous belief in a 6,000-year-old earth made in seven days, while denial of obvious facts such as inequality, evolution, and global warming go hand in hand with control from above.

    To be sure, myth and mysticism can help explain the unexplainable. We are all alone in some way with our own worry about existence and the future. Belief in God or the moon in Jupiter offers hope, but using war as an apocalyptic flashpoint to witness the end is a myth too far, whether fought on Har Megiddo in northern Israel or delivered by a flurry of WWIII megaton nuclear warheads. Preventing war is the best option to achieve future happiness, including for the 14,400 select faithful jostling at the gates to enter the next world. Whatever happened to the blessed peacemakers in a religion of love?

    If the bombs don’t get us – divinely ordained or not – a widening political divide continues to fuel the fire of an America in disarray as the middle leaches to the extremes. Life is full of everyday conjecture, ominously so in an era of rigid opinion, hot-take judgements, and billionaire-controlled asocial media, but nowhere is the rhetoric more toxic than in the United States, where intransigence has become a negotiating tool in an increasingly bitter left-right rage. Anger over lost manufacturing jobs (especially to China), uncertain finances (as ever), and a nostalgic Archie Bunker binary “manosphere” (when “girls were girls and men were men”) add to the heat, stoked by a new breed of Internet alchemists.

    The coming revenge-filled second administration of Donald Trump – chief divider in a presumed less-than-great America – is increasing the heat even more as addictive social media brings out the worst in a carnival of hate, egged on by an unaccountable media more into mudslinging than mudraking. Trump may have other motives – White American growth, closed borders, and plutocratic rule – but the main goal is money. Witness the endless selling of Bibles, steaks, running shoes, pickleball paddles, hats, NFTs, suit fragments, …, even victory cologne as if an evangelical deodorant salesman selling to those who sweat for God and country. Everything is for sale, including government assets as the new libertarians prepare to strip anything that isn’t nailed down. Is government even needed in that America?

    Trump is the figurehead of a reformed muscular capitalism where “more is more,” falsely claiming greed as the way to higher living in a 24/7 infomercial. He is the standard bearer of redemption by consumption, opposing weak “love thy neighbor” liberal thinking after more than four decades of failed trickle-down neoliberal economics and globalism. Fear is the main tool, whether an afterlife withheld to the unrepentant or in the here and now as in obvious populist headlines or tweets, such as “Evil immigrant kills honest citizen while inept government looks on” or some other phony tabloid atrocity. Make America Great Again is another fake, quasi-religious claim about future salvation, financial or otherwise.

    In fact, true Christians act to reduce their enemies in this life rather than wait for salvation in the next. Good deeds and sharing matter more than perpetuating a priestly order over our souls. But that is of little concern to today’s fishermen doom-sayers, hell-bent on control, who purposely confuse New Testament love with Old Testament horror as they toddle off with our savings. Is it any wonder tax cuts accrue to the richest when they make the decisions, while corporations benefit from accompanying cutbacks in health, education, and environmental protection? As long as one can purchase the latest relics at Trump.com.

    The economic caste system keeps the poor stuck in mud, although few dare to point out excessive wealth as the reason, fingering sharing as a curse on individualism straight from the pages of Ayn Rand. The sugary platitudes include “The Lord helps those who help themselves,” standard libertarian sentiment for the able, yet no use to those unable to compete (and not in the real Bible). In fact, such bootstrap creation doesn’t exist, only extensions as British economist E. F. Schumacher noted in his 1973 Small is Beautiful: A Study of Economics as if People Mattered, where “the poor are more dependent on the rich than ever before, … gap-fillers for the rich.” Today, the old economics is even more rigged, further widening an already obscene inequality by insider deals and restricted-access technology.

    As noted by Richard Wilkinson and Kate Pickett in The Spirit Level: Why Equality is Better for Everyone, “As voters we have lost sight of any collective belief that society could be different. Instead of a better society, the only thing almost everyone strives for is to better their own position – as individuals – within the existing society.” Alas, it is difficult to unite against the greedy when Silicon Valley spends $394 million to sway the vote ($243 million by recent Trump convert Elon Musk). It is hard to include civic duty at the ballot box when votes are so easily bought and rarely make a difference.

    The free-market pendulum has been swinging to the right for decades, the New Deal sell-off starting with Ronald Reagan and his derisive “I’m from the government and here to help,” followed by Bill Clinton who repealed the 1933 post-crash Glass-Steagall Act that regulated bank investments, and Barack Obama’s 2009 bank bailout. Why not dismantle the rest and remove all government regulation? What will remain of the commons if everything is sold?

    As the digital behemoths gobble up local businesses in the name of presumed market efficiency, the growing tech takeover aims to make the wealthy even wealthier. Efficiency to the tech elites means no regulations, fairness forgotten in a “me-first” future MAGA world, where quantity matters over quality. In fact, regulation is needed more than ever to counter the proliferation of online lies, Internet scams, and fake AI-generated content. Without moderation, the Internet is another Wild West, a playground for the strongest according to classical economics and predatory capitalism. No country for weaklings in an evermore aggressive, push-button Wi-Fi and AI world.

    We are embarking on a French Revolution in reverse, restoring an aristocracy of wealth, with the king’s head glued on, well-connected as usual and proclaiming a religion of reborn greatness – Make Jesus Great Again. Trump and his billionaire cronies are readying democracy for the guillotine to restore an unabashed American priesthood, tithing included in every citizenship – a paywall Pravda – updates regularly installed at $9.99 per month.

    The goal is to replace bureaucratic and regulatory oversight with Silicon Valley savants, a lean, supposedly streamlined intermediary acting as gatekeeper to control the flow of information and money. The behavioural idealogues want to run the show like twinkling Mad Men singing from their consumerist hymn sheets. Paypal, Amazon, Facebook, and X are just four of the horsemen (X-men Musk might joke). Black Friday will be year round, run by the new cyber bullies raised to department heads. As in any gamed economy, the rich take the cash and the consumer is left holding the bill.

    Who better to lead an anti-intellectual battle against a message of equality, inclusivity, and diversity than a cabal of techno priests atop the triangle of the proposed new world “system” (one can’t call chaos and incompetence “order”). At least 12 billionaires have already been appointed to run Trump 2.0, the trimmer barons and robber mandarins of our times. Rana Foroohar of The Financial Times calls them “techno libertarians” in “a marriage of techno-determinism and libertarianism,” where “the line between Milton Friedman and tech billionaires such as Elon Musk, Peter Thiel, Marc Andreessen, and Mark Zuckerberg blurs into a philosophy that aims to end all constraints on markets.”

    One can add Amazon’s Jeff Bezos, who stated he was “very optimistic” about Trump’s plans to cut back more regulation. Indeed, Trump has been created precisely to marshal a newly invigorated corporate takeover, free from government oversight. “Modernization” means selling to the private sector. The world must not end as Frank Zappa joked in paperwork.

    “Efficiency” is the buzzword to hide the real motivation. Tech control is about the bottom line, demanding uniformity not freedom of speech and diversity (such as they are). Tech control is about cyber bullies punishing more doom-scrolling minions at the till. They never stop stealing like rust. Payday lenders rake in record profits via easy online access with obscene annual rates up to 350%, while predatory gambling and credit card debt scale to new highs.

    The big lie is that government doesn’t work and must be overthrown by an elite billionaire class, the übertech-men prescribing Trumpism for the lesser “brute-men” wearing MAGA hats like rosaries, for whom all the commandments are to be broken in the name of efficiency. Perfection is a downloadable app, without an undo or unsubscribe button when the auto-bills overflow. You too can be a winner on the backs of even lesser brute-men in a new Amway America as FOMO is raised to religion by the cyber priests whose collection plate is wired directly into the sermon through rage-to-engage social media algorithms.

    Everything is for the chop, including the Department of Education, the Consumer Financial Protection Board, and the Environmental Protection Agency. Will Bill Gates get to install his standardized testing hobby horse via Microsoft licence or receive more government funding for his so-called small modular reactors, a still unproven and costly nuclear technology? The rewiring of the brains of tomorrow has begun. But why can’t Gates use his own billions as in The Giving Pledge? – tomorrow will be too late. Even Daylight Saving Times may be cut, initially designed to conserve electricity and preserve fuel during World War One.

    Cementing his status as chief Trump-whisperer and wealth influencer, Musk exclaimed after the November 6 election, “It is morning in America again.” The world’s richest man stands to become a major benefactor after donating $240 million to Trump’s campaign, assuring his place at the libertarian high table. Access isn’t cheap, although millions mean little to a multi-billionaire. Since the sun rose on November 6, the richest ever person’s wealth has grown by 77% to over $400 billion. Will Musk become the first trillionaire thanks to Trump’s proposed tariffs against the new Department of Government Efficiency boss’s competitors?

    Perhaps Musk is protecting his own investments to ensure that the $7.5 billion, 500,000-strong, EV charging network in Biden’s Inflation Reduction Act (IRA) is rolled out across the country as planned by 2030 or that he need not unionize his growing workforce via Trump-stamped edict. Musk also called for an end to the $7,500 federal EV credit that no longer applies to his own company, Tesla having reached the 200,000 sales limit in 2018. If you can’t get your own free government credit, stopping the competition is the next best thing.

    A one-time darling of the left for engineering the electric-vehicle revolution – now at over 10% of global sales (50% in Europe) and still growing despite a Big Oil hybrid pushback – Musk is a dark horse. No doubt, he wants to pay less tax and promote union bans at the expense of workers in the name of efficiency – standard libertarian thinking that doesn’t apply to all. Reducing excessive regulations and bureaucratic management is to be welcomed, but not everyone can benefit from a presidential friendship as in a real democracy. Perhaps Musk wants to redirect NASA funds to realize his goal of dying on Mars. Or is the real goal to stop government taming the tech titans? No one is against trimming the fat as long as one doesn’t hit bone. The first Trump administration increased the US national debt by $8 trillion.

    Fast-evolving artificial intelligence, automation, and robotics don’t yet control our lives, but the tech takeover may be the scariest future world, where the transactional is codified by a zero-sum über-inequality. In that future, the rich don’t get richer, they get super richer, while the rest pay more as online sales approach parity with bricks and mortar, destroying local economies, turning warehouse workers into assembly line shop rats, and delivery drivers into slaves (check out Ben Hamper’s Rivethead and Ken Loach’s Sorry We Missed You for a glimpse into that horror). Have your credit card ready.

    Next up is planetary warming that may finish us off before any world war or tech takeover as the earth’s climate finally spirals out of control. That end has already begun as each year brings more damage. 2024 was the hottest year ever, besting 2023’s hottest. First convened in 2000 in Rio de Janeiro on the anniversary of Earth Day, the United Nations International Panel on Climate Change (IPCCC) assesses the effects of anthropomorphic global warming and reports its findings every five years. The last report in 2023 (AR6) warned that changes from greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions are now unavoidable and irreversible with “a rapidly closing window of opportunity to secure a liveable and sustainable future for all.”

    In his 2015 Encyclical Letter Laudato Si’ “On care for our common home,” Pope Francisco cited pollution, climate change, throwaway culture, biodiversity loss, global inequality, the globalization of technology, human fulfilment, and ecological education among a long list of worries. He urgently appealed “for a new dialogue about how we are shaping the future of our planet.” That was ten years ago. UN secretary-general António Guterres was more direct, noting that 2024 was a “masterclass in climate destruction.” Without any serious changes, 2025 will bring even more bad news. 2026 will be worse.

    It’s not as if we didn’t know. The petroleum industry has known for decades that carbon dioxide warms the atmosphere via the greenhouse effect, yet did nothing to counter emissions and even blocked further research. According to a 2023 Science study, the American Petroleum Institute “has been aware of potential human-caused global warming since at least the 1950s,” while Exxon “has known since the late 1970s that its fossil fuel products could lead to global warming with ‘dramatic environmental effects before the year 2050.’” As noted in a 1982 internal Exxon report on the effect of atmospheric carbon dioxide, “Our best estimate is that doubling of the current concentration could increase average global temperature by about 1.3º to 3.1º C.”

    In 1988, NASA Goddard Institute for Space Studies director James Hansen testified to the US Senate Committee on Energy and Natural Resources about his research on the greenhouse effect. He concluded that global temperatures are the highest since instrumental measurements, a causal relationship between greenhouse gases and global warming, and the beginning of extreme events. The subject was so worrisome to stumping Republican candidates that political advisor Frank Luntz proposed a less-frightening name in a 2002 memo: “It’s time for us to start talking about ‘climate change’ instead of global warming and ‘conservation’ instead of preservation.” Catastrophe was turned into crisis followed by business as usual.

    Despite the obvious scientific conclusions on anthropomorphic global warming, 36% of Americans don’t believe humans are responsible for climate change let alone planetary warming via greenhouse gas absorption from burnt fossil fuel emissions and leaked methane, not surprising when the news and government policy is set to maintain a global economy run on oil. Some even call global warming a hoax, designed to counter American economic dominance.

    Today, the incoming administration in Washington is sharpening its claws against green reforms. Expect more drilling, more fracking, and more exported liquid natural gas (LNG) as the world’s number-1 historic polluter rolls back billions of dollars in planned clean-energy funding. The United States can afford to go it alone, damn the rest, but none of the rhetoric is good for the environment as the lies are repeated to maintain the status quo and oversized investment in fossil fuels ($7 trillion in annual subsidies according to the IMF).

    How gullible must one be to believe that wind mills cause cancer, global warming is a hoax to harm rich nations, and $369 billion in green spending is a scam? Even those on the right know the truth, such as 18 Republican house members who called on speaker Mike Johnson not to axe the IRA’s clean-energy tax credits after Trump threatened to repeal some or all of the law (80% of investment and jobs are in red states). Environmental Entrepreneur’s Bob Keefe stated the new administration should support the IRA if it was “truly interested in creating jobs, driving economic growth, bringing down energy prices, because we know that solar and wind is the cheapest power that there is available in America.”

    Destroying green investment will also worsen American competitiveness with China. As the outgoing US Energy Secretary Jennifer Granholm noted, the IRA is already bringing supply chains and critical mineral processing back home with 900 new factories: “It is a bad strategy to turn your back on all this investment reshoring of manufacturing jobs.” The post-carbon revolution is under threat, however, as her appointed successor is a fracking CEO, who has stated there is no climate crisis and is unlikely to share market and political sensitivities toward clean-energy technology.

    Of course, Donald Trump and Joe Biden are little different when it comes to selling oil, including LNG to Europe as industry continues to suffer the loss of Russian gas, although Biden did pause pending export projects. War is good for business. The flow of oil also requires the United States to remain as the world’s policeman. Trump may find that “drill, baby drill” is more military than economic, where Pax Americana exists to keep the oil flowing. Trump calls it energy dominance. Democracy, dictator, it doesn’t matter.

    As hard as it is to stop what has been put in motion, developing nations cannot grow as developed nations did on the backs of coal, oil, and natural gas. The COP29 NCQG plan is a start and must be backed with action over words, calling for between $300 billion and $1.3 trillion per year in financing to developing countries by 2035. The alternative is to roll on as usual, doing more of nothing. Netflix is full of superhero movies to pass the time.

    So what to do? Electrification is one future that could halt the consequences of two centuries of burning fossil fuels. The current global electric grid is about 8 terawatts (1 TW in the US). Double that will be needed to electrify all coal, oil, and natural gas plants. Add another current grid’s worth to electrify all cars, trucks, and buses, requiring about 24 TW in total to replace petroleum. Crazy? Sure, and even crazier if we want to do it by 2050. The current percentage of green grid energy is about 1 TW or roughly 10% of electric supply and 2.4% of what we need. Turning the Titanic around might be easier. But what if we have no choice?

    Continuing to burn fossil fuels threatens our climatic future with more hurricanes, flooding, sea-level rise, acidic oceans, melting permafrost, albedo loss, and drought, today’s seven environmental plagues as scary as any apocalyptic horsemen. If one counts Exxon and Mobil as a single human entity (see 2010 Citizens United v. FEC Supreme Court ruling), the Seven Sisters also fit the dreaded six moniker. Burnt carbon is the new end, because of a continuing daily offering of 100 million barrels of petroleum (5 million in wind-rich Texas), 10 billion cubic meters of natural gas, and 23 million tons of coal – while fossil fuels still produce 88.4% of carbon dioxide emissions (coal 38%, oil 30%, natural gas 19%).

    Last year, Elon Musk downplayed the concern in a tweet, “… climate change definitely will not end the world as we know it!” And yet he funds the $100 million Carbon X Prize, a bold initiative designed to remove atmospheric carbon, albeit not affordable on a viable scale. More carbon is not the answer as in continuing to burn fossil fuels with carbon-sucking add-ons. More carbon perpetuates dangerous political regimes, pollution, and global warming. More carbon speeds us to the end.

    With time running out to tame our environmental mark on nature, one can see that oil is the master of our fate. Why not rooftop solar on every church and public school, electric engines for every government runabout and public bus (easily recharged overnight in existing warehouses), and no more trillion-dollar subsidies to the oil industry? Community solar can be the new church in a shared commons that takes pressure off piping in more supplies to even bigger cities. The new Trump administration can’t tear it all down and stay the course.

    Individual states are also strengthening their green plans to counter a potential loss of federal aid with California leading the way. The bans are coming in Europe and California. As is the competition from hybrid technology and liquid fuels that keep the petrol barons in business. China is leading the way, lapping the United States and Europe on renewable energy investment, development, and sales. Consumers want greener and cleaner energy, not just for the atmosphere, but for economic savings. Why not embrace the change? Isn’t it time to end the business of oil?

    Global warming is the most serious threat to our future. We have about 25 years to reduce 50 billion tons of greenhouse gases annually pumped into the atmosphere to essentially zero and then start sucking out the burnt carbon added since the beginning of the industrial age. With China and India ramping up their Western ways of consumption that seems unlikely. Adaptation may be all we have left.

    Applause to those trying to counter the continued pollution and warming by Big Oil, from big to medium to small (e.g., GreenpeaceExtinction RebellionThe Great Bubble Barrier). One can benefit from removing waste and concentrating on simpler goals: walk or take public transport instead of driving if you can, buy second-hand, take the stairs. Symbolic, but also important for change. We can’t wait any longer to be useful. Boos to all those who don’t care enough to stop what’s going on (primarily the fossil fuel industry and government backers).

    Ending the burning of petroleum for power and liquid fuel in a doubling or tripling of the electric grid is scary, just as the expansion of electrification was at the turn of the twentieth century that brought modernity to the world. Of course, rooftop solar is unmetered, representing a fundamental shift in the world economy. No one needs to know what I do with my own home-grown power. It’s not world government the nay-sayers fear, but no government.

    Heaven is not a future reward, but the act of doing good today. We are on our last warnings. The earth will survive our bad stewardship; humans may not. Increased electrification offers the best chance to stop more pollution and warming. Armageddon versus electrification? It’s our choice.

    Enola Gay
    Is mother proud of little boy today?
    Ah-ha, the kiss you give
    It’s never going to fade away.

    – Orchestral Manoeuvres in the Dark (Enola Gay)

    The world spins on its axis
    One man struggles and another relaxes.

    – Massive Attack (Hymn of the Big Wheel)

    I know we’ve come a long way
    We’re changing day to day
    But tell me, where do the children play?

    – Cat Stevens (Where do the Children Play)

    The post The End Days? World War, Tech Takeover, and Global Warming appeared first on CounterPunch.org.

    This post was originally published on CounterPunch.org.